Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F

(Mark One)    

o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from                    to                                                 

Commission File Number                        

LOGO

LUXOFT HOLDING, INC
(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

British Virgin Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Gubelstrasse 24
6300 Zug, Switzerland
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Ordinary Shares with no par value   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of March 31, 2017: 22,010,199 Class A ordinary shares with no par value and 11,436,022 Class B ordinary shares with no par value

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act

Yes  o     No  ý

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  o     No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  ý     No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  ý     No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of "large accelerated filer" "accelerated filer", "smaller reporting company"and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o   Emerging growth company  o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o

Indicate by check mark basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  ý   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board  o
  Other  o

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  o     Item 18  o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):

Yes  o     No  ý


Table of Contents


PRELIMINARY NOTES

        As used herein, and unless the context suggests otherwise, the terms "Luxoft," "Company," "Group," "we," "us" or "our" refer to Luxoft Holding, Inc and its direct and consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise stated or indicated by context. We define Central and Eastern Europe ("CEE") to include Albania, Belarus, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Moldova, Montenegro, Kosovo, Poland, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia and Ukraine.

        Throughout this annual report, we refer to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in our business. "Luxoft" is our registered trademark. We also have several other registered trademarks, service marks and pending applications relating to our products and services. Other trademarks and service marks appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective holders.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

        In addition to historical facts, this annual report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We make forward-looking statements in this annual report that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business and financial condition, as well as the results of operations, liquidity, plans and objectives. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "believe," "could," "seek," "may," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "should," "plan," "will," "would," "expect," "predict," "project," "potential" or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events. These statements may be found in the sections of this annual report on Form 20-F (the "annual report") titled "ITEM 3. Key Information—Risk Factors," "ITEM 4. Information About Luxoft," "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects," "ITEM 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—United States Federal Income Taxation—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations," "ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" and elsewhere in this annual report, including the section of this annual report entitled "ITEM 4. Information about Luxoft—Business Overview—Overview" and "ITEM 4. Information about Luxoft—Business Overview—Industry Background," which contain information obtained from independent industry sources. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:

    the persistence and intensification of competition in the IT industry;

    the future growth of spending in IT services outsourcing generally and in each of our industry verticals, application outsourcing and custom application development and offshore research and development services;

    the level of growth of demand for our services from our clients;

    the level of increase in revenues from our new clients;

    general economic and business conditions in our locations, including geopolitical instability and social, economic or political uncertainties, such as in Russia and Ukraine, and any potential sanctions, restrictions or responses to such conditions imposed by some of the locations in which we operate;

    seasonal trends and the budget and work cycles of our clients;

    the levels of our concentration of revenues by vertical, by geography, by client and by type of contract in the future;

i


Table of Contents

    the expected timing of the increase in our corporate tax rate;

    our expectations with respect to the proportion of our fixed price contracts;

    our expectation that we will be able to integrate and manage the companies we acquire and that our acquisitions will yield the benefits we envision;

    the demands we expect our rapid growth to place on our management and infrastructure;

    the sufficiency of our current cash, cash flow from operations and lines of credit to meet our anticipated cash needs;

    the high proportion of our cost of services comprised of personnel salaries;

    IBS Group Holding Limited and its subsidiaries consideration of further divesting all or a portion of its ownership interest in us; and

    our continued financial relationship with IBS Group Holding Limited and its subsidiaries including expectations for the provision and purchase of services and purchase and lease of equipment.

        The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors, some of which lie beyond our control or ability to predict, that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In particular, you should consider the risks discussed in "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this annual report.

        You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or will occur. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this annual report to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

Industry Data and Other Information

        This annual report includes data, forecasts and information obtained from industry publications and surveys and other information available to us. Forecasts and other metrics included in this annual report to describe our industry are inherently uncertain and speculative in nature and actual results for any period may materially differ. Estimates and forecasts involve uncertainties and risks and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed above and in "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors" of this annual report.

        The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the "Gartner Report(s)") represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. ("Gartner"), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Annual Report) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

ii


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

  1

ITEM 3.

 

KEY INFORMATION

  1

A.

 

Selected Financial Data

  1

B.

 

Capitalization and Indebtedness

  2

C.

 

Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds

  2

D.

 

Risk Factors

  2

ITEM 4.

 

INFORMATION ABOUT LUXOFT

  42

A.

 

History and Development of Luxoft

  42

B.

 

Business Overview

  42

C.

 

Organizational Structure

  77

D.

 

Property, Plants and Equipment

  78

ITEM 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  79

ITEM 5.

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

  79

A.

 

Operating Results

  80

B.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  93

C.

 

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

  102

D.

 

Trend Information

  102

E.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

  103

F.

 

Contractual Obligations

  103

ITEM 6.

 

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

  104

A.

 

Directors and Senior Management

  104

B.

 

Compensation

  109

C.

 

Board Practices

  111

D.

 

Employees

  117

E.

 

Share Ownership

  118

ITEM 7.

 

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  118

A.

 

Major Shareholders

  118

B.

 

Related Party Transactions

  121

C.

 

Interests of Experts and Counsel

  122

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  122

A.

 

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

  122

B.

 

Significant Changes

  123

ITEM 9.

 

THE OFFER AND LISTING

  123

A.

 

Offer and Listing Details

  123

B.

 

Plan of distribution

  124

C.

 

Markets

  124

D.

 

Selling Shareholders

  124

E.

 

Dilution

  124

ITEM 10.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  124

A.

 

Share Capital

  124

B.

 

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

  125

C.

 

Material Contracts

  134

D.

 

Exchange Controls

  134

E.

 

Taxation

  134

F.

 

Dividends and Paying Agents

  140

G.

 

Statement by Experts

  140

H.

 

Documents on Display

  140

I.

 

Subsidiary Information

  141

iii


Table of Contents

ITEM 11.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK. 

  141

ITEM 12.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

  142

PART II

  143

ITEM 13.

 

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

  143

ITEM 14.

 

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

  143

ITEM 15.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

  143

ITEM 16.

 

[RESERVED]

  145

ITEM 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

  145

ITEM 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

  145

ITEM 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  146

ITEM 16D.

 

Exemptions From the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

  146

ITEM 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

  146

ITEM 16F.

 

Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

  147

ITEM 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

  147

ITEM 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

  147

PART III

  148

ITEM 17.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  148

ITEM 18.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  148

ITEM 19.

 

EXHIBITS

  148

iv


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 3:    Key Information

A.  Selected Financial Data

        The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. We have derived the consolidated statements of income data for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in "ITEM 18. Financial Statements," which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. We have derived the consolidated statements of income data for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this annual report. Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 
  For the years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015   2014   2013  
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

                               

Sales of services

  $ 785,561   $ 650,752   $ 520,548   $ 398,331   $ 314,596  

Operating expenses

                               

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    474,980     379,331     293,960     229,537     185,557  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    213,723     171,707     128,952     95,946     76,911  

Depreciation and amortization

    34,847     23,814     16,834     12,944     8,981  

(Gain)/ Loss from revaluation of contingent liability

    (10,031 )   (2,511 )   1,166     922      

Impairment loss

    5,287                  

Operating income

    66,755     78,411     79,636     58,982     43,147  

Other income and expenses

                               

Interest expense, net

    (81 )   121     (543 )   (1,508 )   (1,277 )

Other gain (loss), net

    5,119     3,947     1,430     557     (1 )

Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange contract

    1,314     261     1,321     (1,134 )   (621 )

Net foreign exchange (loss)

    (2,604 )   (381 )   (8,867 )   (961 )   (66 )

Income before income taxes

    70,503     82,359     72,977     55,936     41,182  

Income tax expense

    (7,865 )   (12,108 )   (9,828 )   (4,706 )   (3,645 )

Income from continuing operations

    62,638     70,251     63,149     51,230     37,537  

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations

                     

Net income

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149   $ 51,230   $ 37,537  

Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

                     

Net income attributable to the Group

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149   $ 51,230   $ 37,537  

Actual net income per ordinary share and pro forma per Class A and Class B ordinary shares(1):

                               

Basic

  $ 1.88   $ 2.13   $ 1.93   $ 1.59   $ 1.27  

Diluted

  $ 1.84   $ 2.06   $ 1.91   $ 1.59   $ 1.24  

Actual weighted average number of Class A and Class B ordinary shares

                               

Basic

    33,280,771     32,949,807     32,790,711     32,129,355     29,662,696  

Diluted

    34,000,674     34,088,214     33,111,753     32,242,488     30,235,884  

Dividends declared per share

  $   $   $   $   $ 0.91  

1


Table of Contents


 
  As of March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015   2014   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Positions Data

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 109,558   $ 108,545   $ 45,593   $ 37,503   $ 4,499  

Work-in-progress

    2,805     1,595     1,449     4,720     3,478  

Working capital(2)

    177,812     195,005     125,958     65,682     46,662  

Total assets

    547,207     394,542     306,569     217,697     155,222  

Total borrowings(3)

    1,055     817     1,401     20,582     16,765  

Total liabilities

    160,389     92,809     88,445     68,080     59,927  

Total equity

    386,818   $ 301,733   $ 218,124   $ 149,617   $ 95,295  

(1)
See note 19 to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for an explanation of the number of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share.

(2)
Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities, adjusted for net initial public offering proceeds of approximately $31.0 million in 2013.

(3)
Includes short-term and long-term borrowings, loans from related parties and capital lease obligations.

B.  Capitalization and Indebtedness

        Not applicable.

C.  Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds

        Not applicable.

D.  Risk Factors

         An investment in our Class A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below, together with financial and other information contained in this annual report and in our other filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares would likely decline and you might lose all or part of your investment. This report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could materially differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, as a result of certain important factors including the risks described below and elsewhere in this report and our other SEC filings. See "Preliminary Notes Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Risks related to our business and our industry

We generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients, and any significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services would materially adversely affect our results of operations.

        We are dependent on our key clients for a significant portion of our sales of services. Our largest clients, Deutsche Bank and UBS, together accounted for 56.4%, 52.3% and 43.3% of our sales of

2


Table of Contents

services in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. In the aggregate, our ten largest clients accounted for 80.1%, 73.7% and 66.0% of our sales of services in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

        Our ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major clients is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. We have entered into framework agreements with each of our key clients, including Deutsche Bank and UBS, which govern substantially all of our arrangements for the provision of services to such clients. These agreements, however, do not grant us any exclusivity and do not contain any minimum service conditions. Further, although our framework agreements with Deutsche Bank and UBS entitle us to compensation for any services already rendered by us if prematurely terminated, they may be terminated by Deutsche Bank and UBS, respectively, generally upon prior written notice of between one and six months' without any penalty. In addition, Deutsche Bank may terminate any or all of the individual service contracts governed by the master framework agreement if the master framework agreement is terminated for cause or for any other reason. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurance that we will succeed in maintaining or growing our business with sales of services from our largest clients.

        Our reliance on any individual client may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us as we negotiate contracts and terms of service. In addition, a number of other factors outside our control could cause the loss of or reduction in business or sales of services from any client. These factors may include, among others, a client's corporate restructuring or insolvency, pricing pressure or changes to its outsourcing strategy and budget. A client may decide to reduce spending on technology services or sourcing from us, or shift such spending to one of our competitors, due to a challenging economic environment, a change of strategy in outsourcing services or other internal or external factors relating to its business.

        Furthermore, as we expand our services and product offerings to clients, we run the risk of approaching our clients' maximum budget allowance for spending on IT services and software products. If our clients are unable or unwilling to devote more of their IT or overall budget to paying for our services, we risk being unable to increase our sales of services from each of these clients.

        The loss of any of our major clients, or a significant decrease in the volume of work they outsource to us or the price at which we sell our services to them, would materially adversely affect our sales of services and thus our results of operations.

We generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a material portion of our sales of products, from clients primarily located in the United States and Europe. Deterioration of economic conditions in the United States or Europe could result in reduced sales of our services and thus adversely affect our results of operations.

        We derive a significant portion of our sales of services from clients in the United States and Europe. If the U.S. or European economies weaken or slow, pricing for our services may be depressed and our clients may significantly reduce or postpone their technology spending which may in turn lower the demand for our services. Furthermore, clients in affected regions could terminate their contracts with us, generally by giving between 30 days' and six months' notice, or choose not to renew their contracts with us. Such actions by our clients would negatively affect our sales of services and profitability.

        If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and other conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

3


Table of Contents

Rapid growth may strain our limited resources, and a failure to manage this growth could have a material adverse effect on the quality of our services and client support.

        We have recently experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our business. Our sales of services grew from $314.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 to $785.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. As of March 31, 2017, we had 12,766 personnel, as compared to 11,087 personnel as of March 31, 2016. Our rapid growth has placed, and we expect it to continue to place, significant demands on our management and our administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. In addition, since the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, we have been implementing our Global Upgrade Program, which is aimed at increasing the share of our operations in the EU, the U.K., Asia Pacific and North America. The Global Upgrade Program has resulted in our expansion in Central and Eastern Europe and is expected to facilitate our expansion into new markets. Continued expansion increases the challenges we face in offering our services in the following areas:

    recruiting and retaining sufficiently skilled IT professionals, as well as marketing and management personnel;

    training and supervising our personnel to maintain our high standards of quality;

    borrowing adequate short-term funds to finance rapid growth;

    developing financial and management controls; and

    preserving our culture and values and our entrepreneurial environment.

        If we are unable to manage our rapid growth effectively, or if we are unable to implement our Global Upgrade Program successfully or promptly, the quality of our services and client support could suffer, and productivity and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We derive a large portion of our sales of services, and expect that we will derive a large portion of our sales of products, from clients who operate in a limited number of industries. While this gives us deep expertise in those industries, it increases our exposure to adverse conditions in any of them.

        We derive a large portion of our sales of services from clients who operate in a limited number of industries. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we derived 61.6%, 14.1% and 8.9% of our sales of services from clients operating in the financial services, automotive and transport, and telecom industries, respectively. Furthermore, we anticipate our product sales will be largely to clients in the same industries. Our business and growth depend to a large extent on continued demand for our services from clients and potential clients in these industries. Demand for our services and products in general, as well as in any industry specifically, could be affected by multiple factors outside of our control, including a decrease in growth or growth prospects of the industry, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to outsource technological applications and software development services generally, or consolidation within the industry. Clients in these affected industries could terminate their contracts with us, generally by giving between 30 days and six months' notice, or choose not to renew their contracts with us. In addition, serving a major client within a particular industry may restrict our ability to enter into engagements with competitors of that client, and certain of our client contracts prohibit certain of our employees from working on engagements with our clients' competitors. As businesses within these industries, in particular, the financial services industry, continue to limit the number of vendors from whom they buy products and services, we may face challenges in gaining new clients or keeping the existing clients. Any significant decrease in demand for our services by clients in these industries, or other industries from which we derive significant sales of services in the future, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        In particular, an economic slowdown or financial crisis could result in decreased IT spending by institutions in the financial services industry and/or project delays, making it more difficult for us to

4


Table of Contents

obtain new clients, sell our services and products or maintain the current level of demand from our existing clients in this industry. Because the financial services industry is our largest vertical, such a slowdown could materially affect our revenues and thus our results of operations.

Credit default or a drop in the credit ratings of certain sovereigns or financial institutions could lead to weakened economic conditions in countries where our clients face exposure, thus adversely affecting our clients' ability to engage in business with us and materially adversely impacting our financial condition and results of operations.

        The large sovereign debts and/or fiscal deficits of a number of European countries and the United States have raised concerns regarding the financial condition of financial institutions, insurers and other corporations:

    located in these countries;

    that have direct or indirect exposure to these countries; and/or

    whose banks, counterparties, custodians, clients, service providers, sources of funding and/or suppliers have direct or indirect exposure to these countries.

        The default, or a significant decline in the credit rating, of one or more sovereigns or financial institutions could cause severe stress in the financial system generally and could adversely affect the businesses and economic condition and prospects of our clients (some of the largest of which are European banks), counterparties, suppliers or creditors, directly or indirectly, in ways difficult to predict. The impact of these conditions could be detrimental to us and could materially adversely affect our business, operations and profitability.

We operate in a highly competitive environment and may not be able to compete successfully.

        The IT industry in general, and the software development market in particular, is highly competitive, and we expect competition not only to persist but also to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are the quality of the services offered, breadth and depth of service offerings, reputation and track record, industry expertise, effective personnel recruiting, training and retention, marketing and sales skills, scalability of infrastructure, and ability to address clients' timing requirements and price.

        We face competition from offshore technology service providers in outsourcing destinations with low wage costs such as India, as well as competition from large global consulting and outsourcing firms and in-house IT departments of large corporations. There is no assurance that we will not face additional competition from new market entrants. We do not enter into exclusive services arrangements with any of our clients, and as a result, our sales of services could suffer to the extent that clients could obtain services from other competing application and software engineering outsourcing services. Clients may prefer application and software engineering outsourcing service providers that have more locations or that are based in countries that are more cost-competitive or more politically and economically stable than the countries in which we operate.

        Some of our current and potential competitors may benefit from substantially greater financial, marketing, or technical resources. Our current and potential competitors may also be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands; may be able to devote greater resources toward the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can; and may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address client needs. We cannot give any assurance that we will be able to retain our clients while competing against such competitors. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures and resulting loss of clients could materially adversely affect our business.

5


Table of Contents

Our computer networks may be vulnerable to security risks that could disrupt our services and cause us to incur losses or liabilities that could adversely affect our business.

        Our computer networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, worms, malicious applications and other security problems caused by unauthorized access to, or improper use of, systems by third parties or employees. A hacker who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, including personally identifiable information, or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we intend to continue to implement security measures, computer attacks or disruptions may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems. Actual or perceived concerns that our systems may be vulnerable to such attacks or disruptions may deter our clients from using our solutions or services. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.

        Data networks are also vulnerable to attacks, unauthorized access and disruptions. For example, in a number of public networks, hackers have bypassed firewalls and misappropriated confidential information, including personally identifiable information. It is possible that, despite existing safeguards, an employee could misappropriate our clients' proprietary information or data, exposing us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. Losses or liabilities that are incurred as a result of any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business.

If we cause disruptions to our clients' businesses or provide inadequate service, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us, which could cause us to lose clients, have a negative effect on our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

        Many of our engagements involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients' businesses and provide benefits to our clients that may be difficult to quantify. Our software development services involve a high degree of technological complexity, have unique specifications and could contain design defects or software errors that our quality assurance procedure may fail to detect and correct.

        Errors or defects may result in the loss of current clients, failure to attract new clients, diversion of development resources and an increase in support or service costs. Furthermore, any failure in a client's system or any breach of security could disrupt the client's business and could result in a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for such failure, if such failure is caused by a breach of our contract obligations under any agreements with clients. In addition, any such failures or errors could seriously damage our reputation and materially affect our ability to attract new business.

        Many of our contracts contain limitations on liability capped either at between six months and one year of payments under the contract or at the full service contract price, and many of our contracts disclaim any warranties of merchantability and sell our services "as-is." However, not all client contracts contain liability caps, and these limitations on liability may not apply in all circumstances, may be unenforceable in some cases or may be insufficient to protect us from liability for damages, direct or consequential. Any substantial liability that we incur as a result of any of the above could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our insurance may be inadequate to protect us against our losses.

        Although we believe our insurance coverage is customary for the jurisdictions in which we operate, insurance for our operations in Central and Eastern Europe ("CEE") does not cover all the risks that a company of a similar size and nature operating in a more economically developed country could insure. For example, we do not have coverage for business interruption or loss of key management personnel. In addition, we only have limited product liability insurance to the extent required by our

6


Table of Contents

client contracts. We do not maintain separate funds or otherwise set aside reserves to cover such losses or third-party claims. If any such uninsured event were to occur, we might incur substantial costs and diversion of resources, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our success depends on our ability to continue to attract new personnel, and retain and motivate our existing personnel.

        Our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements and obtain new business is critical to our success and will largely depend on our ability to attract, train and retain skilled professionals, including experienced IT professionals and other professionals, which enables us to keep pace with growing demands for outsourcing, evolving industry standards and changing client preferences.

        We rely heavily on maintaining a workforce of skilled professionals. Because our business model does not provide for the hiring and training of a large number of junior personnel, we must depend on lateral hires to provide us with skilled professionals. Competition for skilled professionals in the markets in which we operate can be intense, and, accordingly, we may not be able to retain or hire all of the professionals necessary to meet our ongoing and future business needs. If our competitors are able to increase the educational level of their workforce, or if clients and prospective clients become more price-sensitive and choose lower-cost suppliers that have a cheaper labor force, we may lose our competitive advantage notwithstanding the relatively high educational level of our workforce. In addition, any reductions in headcount for economic or business reasons, however temporary, could negatively affect our reputation as an employer and our ability to hire qualified professionals to meet our business requirements.

        Attrition rates among our employees were 10.5%, 10.3% and 12.7% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. We define "attrition" as the total number of personnel with more than six months of work experience in the Company, who have left the Company during the reporting period, divided by the total number of personnel at the end of the reporting period, net of employees who have left on the last day of the period. We believe that our competitors calculate attrition based on the same principles, although their methodology may differ slightly from ours. We may encounter higher attrition rates in the future. A significant increase in the attrition rate among professionals with specialized skills could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity and could lead to a decline in demand for our services. The competition for highly-skilled professionals may require us to increase salaries, and we may be unable to pass on all these increased costs to our clients. These factors may, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

Wage inflation in countries where our delivery centers are located may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We operate delivery centers in Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland, Bulgaria and Vietnam where wage costs have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Western Europe for comparably skilled professionals. Wages are our most significant operating expense, and wage increases in these countries may prevent us from sustaining this competitive advantage internationally and may negatively affect our profitability. Russia and Ukraine use inflation as measured by the consumer price index, as a proxy for wage inflation in official statistics. However, we believe that wage inflation rates for the IT industry can be significantly higher than overall wage inflation rates within each of these countries. We may need to increase the levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive, and we may not be able to pass on these increased costs to our clients. Unless we are able to continue to increase the efficiency and productivity of our employees as well as the prices we can charge for our services, wage inflation may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

7


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and increased inflation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We conduct business in multiple countries, which exposes us to risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, 56.5% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars and 28.3% were denominated in euros, and 12.7% of our expenses were denominated in Polish zloty and 12.5% in Russian rubles. As a result, weakening of the euro against U.S. dollar, as well as strengthening of the Russian ruble and Polish zloty relative to the U.S. dollar, are significant short-term risks to our financial performance. The Russian ruble-to-U.S. dollar and euro-to-U.S. dollar exchange rates have been volatile in the past few years as a result of instability of the global financial markets. Any further significant fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a material impact on our business.

        In addition, economies in CEE countries such as Russia and Ukraine have periodically experienced high rates of inflation. Periods of higher inflation may slow economic growth in those countries. As a substantial portion of our expenses are denominated in Russian rubles, the relative movement of inflation can significantly affect our results of operations by increasing some of our costs and expenses, including wages, rents, leases and employee benefit payments, which we may not be able to pass on to our clients and, as a result, may reduce our profitability and materially adversely affect our business. Inflationary pressures could also slow economic growth in the applicable countries and limit our ability to access financial markets and take counter-inflationary measures, which may harm our financial condition and results of operations or materially adversely affect the market price of our securities.

The decision by the United Kingdom to exit from the European Union could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        In a referendum held on June 23, 2016, the people of the United Kingdom voted in favor of the United Kingdom withdrawing from the European Union ("Brexit") and on March 29, 2017, the United Kingdom formally notified the European Union of its intention to withdraw from the European Union. A two-year period has now commenced during which the United Kingdom and the European Union will negotiate the future terms of the United Kingdom's relationship with the European Union, including, among other things, the terms of trade and immigration between the United Kingdom and the European Union. The effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements the United Kingdom reaches to retain access to EU markets either during a transitional period or more permanently.

        We have two UK subsidiaries, which together employ approximately 380 people, and have operations across the European Union. As a result, we face risks associated with the political and economic uncertainty and consequences that have flowed, and may continue to flow, from Brexit.

        The announcement of Brexit has caused significant volatility in global financial markets and currency exchange rate fluctuations that have resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound and the euro. The uncertainty in the financial markets created by Brexit has caused, and may continue to cause, the price of our ordinary shares to decline, and may also cause our clients to closely monitor their costs and reduce their spending budget on our services. In addition, the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound and the euro may adversely affect our results of operations in a number of ways, including:

    Our sales are denominated in both the U.S. dollar and currencies other than U.S. dollars, including the euro and the British pound. The depreciation of the euro and the British pound relative to the U.S. dollar may impair the purchasing power of our European clients and could cause clients to cancel contracts or default on payment; and

    We translate sales and other results denominated in foreign currency into U.S. dollars in the preparation of our financial statements. During periods of a strengthening dollar, our reported

8


Table of Contents

      sales and earnings could be reduced because the euro and British pound may translate into fewer U.S. dollars.

        For more information, see "Risks related to our business and our industry—Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and increased inflation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations."

        In addition, because a significant portion of the regulatory framework in the United Kingdom is derived from EU directives and regulations, Brexit could materially change the regulatory regime applicable to our operations and our clients' operations as the United Kingdom determines which EU directives and regulations to replace or replicate. In particular, the European Union has implemented various regulations relating to the financial services industry that apply to all member states. Because we generate a significant portion of our sales from clients in the financial services industry, any decision by the United Kingdom to adopt different or conflicting laws could negatively affect our clients' businesses, which in turn could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

        Although the long-term effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements the United Kingdom makes to retain access to the EU markets, the United Kingdom could lose access to the single EU market, including the single market for financial services, and to the global trade deals negotiated by the European Union on behalf of its members, which may materially harm the UK financial services industry and increase trade barriers, both of which could adversely affect our results of operations. For a company with UK subsidiaries and operations across Europe, such as us, Brexit could result in adverse changes in applicable tax benefits or liabilities in various jurisdictions within and outside EU, reconsideration of indirect tax rules without EU VAT Directive, restrictions on the movement of capital or sales of services, and limitations on the mobility of our personnel. Any of these effects of Brexit, among others, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Significant political or regulatory developments, such as those stemming from the recent change of the presidential administration in the U.S. could have a materially adverse effect on us.

        In the United States, the new presidential administration expressed support for and may implement greater restrictions on free trade and increases tariffs on goods imported into the United States, as well as a comprehensive tax reform, including in corporate and income taxation. While we cannot predict whether quotas, duties, tariffs, taxes or other similar restrictions will be imposed by the United States or other countries upon the import or export of our products in the future, given our significant sales operations in the U.S., changes in U.S. political, regulatory and economic conditions or in its policies governing international trade and foreign investment in the U.S. could materially and adversely affect our business.

Our competitive position and future prospects depend on the expertise of members of our senior management team, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

        Our business is dependent on retaining the services of certain key members of the management team who have extensive experience in the IT industry. If a key member of the management team is unable or unwilling to continue in his or her present position, our business operations could be disrupted, and we may not be able to replace such a person easily, or at all. In addition, the number of qualified managerial personnel in the primary jurisdictions in which we operate is limited, and competition for the services of such persons in our industry is intense. While we have entered into employment contracts with our senior managers and have provided incentives for them to remain with us, including monetary bonuses and share-based compensation, we cannot guarantee that we will retain their services. We currently do not maintain insurance against any damage that may be incurred in case of the loss or dismissal of our key specialists or managers.

9


Table of Contents

        If any of our key personnel, including senior management and business development managers, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, knowhow and key technology professionals and staff members to them, and our sales of services may be materially adversely affected. Such movement by key personnel could also result in unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures, which may materially adversely affect our competitive position and, consequently, our business.

Our ability to generate and retain business depends on our reputation in the marketplace.

        Because many of our specific client engagements involve unique services, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our clients' evaluation of whether to engage our services and in our potential and existing employees' decision to join and remain at our Company. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former clients, competitors, vendors, employees, adversaries, government regulators and members of the investment community and the media, irrespective of the accuracy or the veracity of the information on which such actions or statements are based. There is a risk that negative information about us, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements and could materially adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of the Luxoft brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us. Our inability to generate or retain business as a result of damage to our reputation could materially adversely affect our business.

If we do not succeed in quickly assimilating new technologies and rapidly changing technologies, methodologies and evolving industry standards, our business may be materially adversely affected.

        The IT industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology, methodologies and evolving industry standards. Our clients rely on us to continue to anticipate and provide them with the most innovative technologies on the market. Our future success will to a large extent depend on our ability to quickly acquire and assimilate cutting edge technologies, which we can then use to develop our clients' systems. Development and introduction of new services and products involve a significant commitment of time and resources and are subject to a number of risks and challenges, including:

    difficulty or cost in ensuring that some features of our software work effectively and securely over the Internet or with new or changed operating systems;

    difficulty or cost in developing and updating our software and services quickly enough to meet our clients' needs and to keep pace with business, evolving industry standards, methodologies, regulatory and other developments in the industries where our clients operate; and

    difficulty or cost in maintaining a high level of quality as we implement new technologies and methodologies.

        We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments in a timely manner, or if we do respond, the services, technologies or methodologies we develop or implement may not be successful in the marketplace. Further, products, services, technologies or methodologies that are developed by our competitors may render our services and products non-competitive or obsolete. Our failure to enhance our existing services and to develop and introduce new services and products in line with the developments in technology, methodologies and standards in the IT industry that will promptly address the needs of our clients could cause us to lose clients, and materially adversely affect our business.

10


Table of Contents

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to manage large and complex projects.

        Our profitability and operating results are dependent on the scale of our projects and the prices we are able to charge for our services. The challenges of managing larger and more complex projects include:

    maintaining high-quality control and process execution standards;

    maintaining planned resource utilization rates on a consistent basis;

    maintaining productivity levels and implementing necessary process improvements;

    controlling project costs;

    maintaining close client contact and high levels of client satisfaction;

    recruiting and retaining sufficient numbers of skilled IT professionals; and

    maintaining effective client relationships.

        In addition, large and complex projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements. Such cancellations or delays may make it difficult to plan our project resource requirements, and may result in lower profitability levels than we anticipated upon commencing engagements.

Our profitability could suffer if we fail to maintain favorable pricing for our services.

        The pricing of our services is affected by a number of factors, including:

    our clients' perception of our ability to add value through our services;

    our competitors' pricing policies;

    bid practices of clients and their use of third-party advisors;

    our ability to charge premium prices when justified by market demand or the type of service;

    our large clients' pricing leverage; and

    general economic conditions.

        If we are unable to maintain favorable pricing for our services, our profitability could suffer.

If we are unable to collect our receivables from, or bill our unbilled services to, our clients, our results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

        Our business depends on our ability to obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We usually bill and collect such amounts on relatively short cycles. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we might need to adjust our allowances. There is no guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Weak macroeconomic conditions and related turmoil in the global financial system could also result in financial difficulties, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency, or bankruptcy for our clients, and, as a result, could cause clients to delay payments, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations. In addition, some of our clients may delay payments due to changes in internal payment procedures driven by rules and regulations these clients are subject to. Timely collection of client balances also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and bill and collect our contracted sales of services. If we are unable to meet our contractual requirements and if we experience an increase in the time to bill and collect for our

11


Table of Contents

services, we might be unable to collect our client balances or experience delays in collection. If this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Our sales of services, operating results or profitability may experience significant variability and our past results may not be indicative of our future performance.

        Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

        Factors that are likely to cause these variations include:

    the number, timing, scope and contractual terms of projects in which we are engaged;

    delays in project commencement or staffing delays due to difficulty in assigning appropriately skilled or experienced professionals;

    the accuracy of estimates on the resources, time and fees required to complete fixed price projects and costs incurred in the performance of each project;

    inability to maintain high employee utilization levels;

    changes in pricing in response to client demand and competitive pressures;

    changes in the allocation of onsite and offshore staffing;

    the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services;

    the ability to further grow sales of services from existing clients;

    the available leadership and senior technical resources compared to junior engineering resources staffed on each project;

    seasonal trends and the budget and work cycles of our clients;

    delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities or infrastructure;

    our ability to estimate costs under fixed price contracts;

    employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs, including timing of promotions and annual pay increases;

    unanticipated contract or project terminations;

    the timing of collection of accounts receivable;

    our ability to manage risk through our contracts;

    the continuing financial stability of our clients; and

    general economic conditions.

        Based upon all of the factors described above, our operating results may from time to time fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors.

We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant share-based compensation expenses which could adversely impact our net income.

        We have granted shares and share-based instruments under our stock option plan, as a result of which we have recorded $29.0 million, $17.7 million, $5.8 million, $1.4 million, and $5.5 million in share-based compensation expenses for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

12


Table of Contents

        U.S. GAAP prescribes how we account for share-based compensation. U.S. GAAP requires us to recognize share-based compensation as a compensation expense in the statement of comprehensive income generally based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with the compensation expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. Such expenses could adversely impact our results of operations or the price of our Class A ordinary shares. If we do not grant equity awards, or if we reduce the number of equity awards we grant, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel. If we adopt additional equity incentive plans in the future in order to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with such additional equity awards could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

We may be subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement that could be time-consuming and costly to defend.

        Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services, which might also require us to utilize the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. All intellectual property rights created by our employees and contractors are transferred to us subject to local laws and regulations. Typically, we transfer to our clients all of the intellectual property rights to the software we develop for them within the scope of our custom software development and software engineering arrangement, without retaining any rights for ourselves. In developing software for our clients we use third-party environment software under separate license agreements, or, if requested by clients, we may incorporate third-party software into our software development for them. In these cases, we acquire all necessary licenses for such software once we reach a preliminary agreement with our clients.

        Following the software industry trend of making an increasing use of open source software in its development work, we incorporate open source technology in our services, which may expose us to liability and have a material impact on our software development services and sales. The open source license may require that the software code in those components or the software into which they are integrated be freely accessible under open source terms. There is a possibility that third-party claims may require us to disclose our own source code to the public, to make the same freely accessible under open source terms. Any such requirement to disclose our source code or other confidential information related to our work product could materially adversely affect our competitive position, results of business operations, financial condition and client relationships.

        Claims that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others may be asserted against us in the future. For example, we may be unaware of intellectual property registrations or applications relating to our services that may give rise to potential infringement claims against us. Our contracts may be deemed to result in the assignment to our clients of the rights to any developments or improvements in our proprietary delivery platform, software development tools, or residual know-how developed by us during the course of our engagements. Such an interpretation may give rise to a potential claim that our product improvements or residual know-how were previously assigned to our client and can no longer be used by us on behalf of ourselves or other clients, or subject us to liability for infringement of our client's intellectual property rights. There may also be technologies licensed to and relied on by us that are subject to infringement or other corresponding allegations or claims by third parties which may damage our ability to rely on such technologies.

        Further, our current and former employees and/or independent contractors could challenge our exclusive rights in the software they have developed in the course of their employment or engagement. In Russia and certain other countries in which we operate, (a) where intellectual property was created by an employee of a company as part of their employment relationship, the respective employee retains authorship of such intellectual property, while the employer, unless otherwise provided in the employment agreement, is deemed to own the exclusive rights to such intellectual property, and (b) where an engaged specialized contractor creates the intellectual property by contract with the client,

13


Table of Contents

the latter is by default the holder of exclusive rights to such intellectual property, unless the contract provides otherwise. However, in either case, the authors, regardless of whether they were employees of the company or of any of its contractors (as the case may be), may retain authorship and should be paid consideration for the intellectual property work performed. In the case of intellectual property work created by an employee during his/her employment, the employer may be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use or dispose of such intellectual property. Courts have been inconsistent in their approach to enforcing such applicable legal requirements. As a result, there can be no guarantee that we would be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former employees or contractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works that the respective employees and contractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works.

        Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology containing the allegedly infringing intellectual property.

        We may also be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. Furthermore, most of our client contracts require us to indemnify the client in these circumstances for any damages and expenses the client incurs in defending any such claims by third parties, and we may be required to indemnify the client even if the claim by the third party against our client is without merit or is dismissed.

        If we fail to defend ourselves and our clients against such claims, our reputation as well as our financial condition may be adversely affected.

We may not be successful in protecting our intellectual property rights, including our unpatented proprietary knowhow and trade secrets, or in avoiding claims that we infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.

        We rely on unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets and employ commercially reasonable methods, including confidentiality agreements with employees and consultants, to protect our know-how and trade secrets. However, these methods and our patents and trademarks may not afford complete protection and there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop the knowhow and trade secrets or develop better production methods than us. Further, we may not be able to deter current and former employees, contractors and other parties from breaching confidentiality agreements and misappropriating proprietary information and it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. Additionally, in the future we may develop and license trade secrets and similar proprietary rights to third parties. Third parties may take actions that could materially adversely affect our rights or the value of our intellectual property, similar proprietary rights or reputation. In the future, we may also rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights and contractual rights and, if not successful, we may not be able to protect the value of our intellectual property. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that we will not be subject to claims asserting the infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties seeking damages, the payment of royalties or licensing fees and/or injunctions against the sale of our products. Any litigation could be protracted and costly and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations regardless of its outcome.

We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by violations of intellectual property rights and the disclosure of other confidential information, system failures, errors or unsatisfactory performance of services, and our insurance policies may not be sufficient to cover these damages.

        We often have access to sensitive or confidential client information, including personally identifiable information. The protection of our clients' intellectual property rights and other

14


Table of Contents

confidential information, including personally identifiable information of our clients, is particularly important for us since our operations are mainly based in CEE countries. CEE countries have not traditionally enforced intellectual property protection to the same extent as countries such as the United States. To protect proprietary information and other intellectual property, we require our employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements with us.

        Despite measures we take to protect the intellectual property and other confidential information or personally identifiable information of our clients, unauthorized parties, including our employees and subcontractors, may attempt to misappropriate certain intellectual property rights that are proprietary to our clients or otherwise breach our clients' confidences. The agreements we enter into with employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients may not provide meaningful protection for trade secrets, knowhow or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, knowhow or other proprietary information. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive. The steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our and our clients' proprietary technology. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our and our clients' proprietary technologies, tools and applications could enable third parties to benefit from our or our clients' technologies, tools and applications without paying us for doing so. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client information, including personally identifiable information, or a violation of intellectual property rights, whether through employee misconduct, breach of our computer systems, systems failure or otherwise, may subject us to liabilities, damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.

        Our client contracts generally provide for indemnity for intellectual property infringements of third-party rights that arise from our breach under such contracts. Although we attempt to limit our contractual liability for consequential damages in rendering our services, and provide limitation of liabilities for amount of such liabilities, typically to one year's payment under the relevant agreement, these limitations on liability may be inapplicable, unenforceable or insufficient to protect us from liability for damages. There may be instances when liabilities for damages are greater than the insurance coverage we hold and we will have to internalize those losses, damages and liabilities not covered by our insurance. Furthermore, if any third party brings any claims against our clients, claiming that our work product or intellectual property transferred to our clients infringes upon such third party's IP rights, any such claims could result in claims by our clients against us, which could result in the loss of such client, could seriously damage our reputation, could result in other clients terminating their engagements with us and could make it more difficult to obtain new clients.

If we fail to integrate or manage acquired businesses efficiently, or if the acquired companies are difficult to integrate, divert management resources or do not perform to our expectations, we may not be able to realize the benefits envisioned for such acquisitions, and our overall profitability and growth plans could be materially adversely affected.

        On occasion we have expanded our service capabilities and gained new clients through selective acquisitions. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we completed four acquisitions, and we plan to continue making selective acquisitions in the future. Our ability to successfully integrate an acquired business and realize the benefits of an acquisition requires, among other things, successful integration of technologies, operations and personnel. Challenges we face in the acquisition and integration process include:

    integrating operations, services, personnel and corporate, IT and administrative infrastructures in a timely and efficient manner;

15


Table of Contents

    diverting significant management attention and financial resources from our other operations and disrupting our ongoing business;

    unforeseen or undisclosed liabilities and integration costs;

    incurring liabilities from the acquired businesses for infringement of intellectual property rights or other claims for which we may not be successful in seeking indemnification;

    incurring debt, amortization expenses related to intangible assets, large and immediate write-offs, or issuing ordinary shares as consideration for the acquired assets that would dilute our existing shareholders' ownership;

    generating sufficient revenues and net income to offset acquisition costs;

    potential loss of, or harm to, employee or client relationships;

    properly structuring our acquisition consideration and any related post-acquisition earn-outs and successfully monitoring any earn-out calculations and payments;

    failing to realize the potential cost savings or other financial benefits and/or the strategic benefits of the acquisition;

    retaining key senior management and key sales and marketing and research and development personnel, particularly those of the acquired operations; and

    increased complexity or risks from potentially doing business in unfamiliar markets and operating additional geographically dispersed sites.

        In addition, the primary value of many potential acquisition targets in the IT services industry lies in their skilled IT professionals and established client relationships. Transitioning these types of assets to our business can be particularly difficult due to different corporate cultures and values, geographic distance and other intangible factors. For example, some newly acquired employees may decide not to work with us or to leave shortly after their move to our company and some acquired clients may decide to discontinue their commercial relationships with us. These challenges could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses, including causing us to incur one-time expenses and write-offs, and make it more difficult and complex for our management to effectively manage our operations. If we are not able to successfully integrate an acquired business and its operations and to realize the benefits envisioned for such acquisition, our overall growth and profitability plans may be adversely affected.

Our international operations involve risks that could increase our expenses, adversely affect our results of operations and require increased time and attention from our management.

        We have operations in a number of jurisdictions, including Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Bulgaria, the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Poland, Mexico, South Africa, Australia, Canada, Singapore and Vietnam, and we serve clients across North America, Australia, Europe and Asia. As a result, we may be subject to risks inherently associated with international operations. Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal, tax and regulatory requirements, and violations or unfavorable interpretation by the respective authorities of these regulations could harm our business.

        Additional risks associated with international operations include difficulties in enforcing contractual rights, the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and potentially adverse tax consequences, including permanent establishment and transfer pricing issues, tariffs, quotas and other barriers and potential difficulties in collecting accounts receivable. In addition, we may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations. Additionally, such companies may have longstanding or well-established

16


Table of Contents

relationships with desired clients, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. Our international expansion plans may not be successful and we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries. We cannot ensure that these and other factors will not impede the success of our international expansion plans or limit our ability to compete effectively in other countries.

Our business operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by negative publicity about offshore outsourcing or anti-outsourcing legislation in the United States or other countries in which our clients operate.

        Concerns that offshore outsourcing has resulted in a loss of jobs and sensitive technologies and information to foreign countries have led to negative publicity concerning outsourcing in some countries, including the United States. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform services that we offer themselves, or may be discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers such as ourselves to avoid any negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider. As a result, our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate primarily out of facilities located in these countries could be harmed. In addition, anti-outsourcing legislation, if adopted, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and impair our ability to service our clients.

We may need additional capital to support our growth, and a failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

        We believe that our current cash balances, cash flow from operations and credit facilities should be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain another credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

    investors' perception of, and demand for, securities of IT services companies;

    conditions of the U.S. and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds;

    our future results of operations and financial condition; and

    economic, political and other conditions in CEE and globally.

        Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

We face risks associated with having significant resource commitments to provide services prior to realizing sales for those services.

        We have a long selling cycle for our IT services (generally up to 18 months for new clients), which requires significant investment of human resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them on the value of our services and our ability to meet their requirements. Therefore, our selling cycle is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our

17


Table of Contents

clients' decisions to choose alternatives to our services (such as other IT services providers or in-house resources) and the timing of our clients' budget cycles and approval processes. Our selling cycle for new clients can be especially unpredictable. In the past, we have received sales from new clients up to six months later than expected. If our selling cycle unexpectedly lengthens for one or more large projects, it would negatively affect the timing of our sales and hinder our sales growth.

        Implementing our services also involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays associated with technology, thereby further delaying the implementation process. Our current and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources. Any significant failure to generate sales, or delays in recognizing sales after incurring costs related to our sales or services process, could materially adversely affect our business.

Our effective tax rate could be materially adversely affected by a number of factors, including recent OECD initiatives

        We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in Switzerland, the United States, the United Kingdom, Russia, Romania, Poland, Ukraine and multiple other tax jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be materially adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or allocated to the various jurisdictions in which we operate and which have different statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions; implementation, by various jurisdictions, of measures developed by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and aimed at preventing base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) and enhancing international exchange of financial and tax information; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties; acquisition or setting up of new businesses in jurisdictions with higher statutory rates, undeveloped or evolving tax regimes.

        We report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We have certain intercompany arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions, as well as financing and licensing arrangements that are subject to transfer pricing regulations of the respective jurisdictions. U.S. transfer pricing regulations, OECD regulations, as well as regulations applicable in CEE countries in which we operate, require international transactions involving associated enterprises be on arm's-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries to be on arm's-length terms; however, the determination of transfer prices for intercompany transactions and relevant tax liabilities in each particular jurisdiction requires estimates, judgment and complex calculations, and the ultimate tax determination may not be certain.

        The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") has been working on a Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project ("BEPS"), resulting in issuance in 2015 and further years guidelines and proposals that may change various aspects of the existing framework under which our tax obligations are determined in many of the countries in which we do business. It is expected that OECD will continue issuing further comments and practical guidelines on BEPS in the future which can also impact our approaches to future tax computations.

        Actions 8-10 of BEPS seek to update guidance on practical application of arm's-length principle, removing outdated emphasis on contractual allocation of risks, functions and assets, which has proven to be vulnerable to manipulation. Instead, OECD proposes using pricing methods that will allocate profits to jurisdictions with the most important economic activities, functions performed and risks undertaken and align transfer pricing outcome with value created in such locations. Many countries,

18


Table of Contents

where we operate, have implemented at least some of OECD guidelines by introducing new tax legislation of varying scope and wording. It is currently unknown what would be the effect of applying updated guidelines to our intercompany arrangements, but we cannot exclude that it will lead to increase of our effective tax rate.

        Action 13 of BEPS proposes an addition to transfer pricing documentation in the form of Country-by-Country Report ("CbCR"). The new guidance requires large multinational enterprises to provide tax authorities a global overview of enterprise operations and taxation in a format of unified report. This overview contains business activities description, information about employees, assets, revenue, profits before tax, accrued and paid income taxes and several other indicators for each jurisdiction, where the Group operates. Such reporting requirements are proposed to be applicable to multinational enterprises with annual consolidated Group revenue exceeding EUR 750 million (although some countries have established a different threshold for national purposes). The proposed reporting rules have met worldwide recognition, and majority of developed countries have adopted CbCR legislation. We are not in the scope of CbCR reporting for the year ended March 31, 2017; however we expect to exceed reporting threshold in the next two years. Visibility of global operations and taxation may lead tax authorities in some countries to increased scrutiny of intercompany arrangements and challenging tax treatment of transactions, which was not questioned before. In addition, automatic exchange of information, which is implemented by tax authorities worldwide, may also result in additional tax claims to us.

        If a tax authority in any jurisdiction reviews any of our tax returns and proposes an adjustment and/or imposes fines and/or penalties, including, as a result of a determination, that the transfer prices and terms we have applied are not appropriate, this could have a negative impact on our financial results.

We may encounter difficulties in obtaining withholding income tax benefits envisaged by the Cypriot double tax treaties for dividends distributed from our subsidiaries.

        Our subsidiary in Cyprus is a sub-holding company, which is a direct or indirect 100% parent of all other legal entities of the Group, except for Luxoft Holding, Inc. Upstream dividends, which could be paid to Cyprus by our major operational legal entities, may be subject to withholding income tax upon distribution.

        Cyprus has a wide range of double tax treaties with various jurisdictions, which often provide either decreased tax rate or complete exemption from withholding taxes. For example, under a tax treaty between Cyprus and Switzerland the withholding tax on dividends may be reduced to zero. At the same time, most of the double tax treaties contain a limitation on benefits provisions and/or special provision regarding the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under beneficial ownership concept, double tax treaty benefits are only available to the recipient of income if such recipient is the beneficial (economic) owner of the relevant income. Based on OECD commentaries, the beneficial owner is defined as a person holding directly, through its direct and/or indirect participation in other organizations or otherwise, the right to own, use or dispose of income, or the person on whose behalf another person is authorized to use and/or dispose of such income. Entities are not recognized as beneficial owners of income if they have limited authorities to use or dispose income, perform agency or other similar functions in favor of third parties, not taking any risks, or transfer such income (either partially or in full) to third parties that are not eligible to double tax treaty benefits. Some of the double tax treaties contain additional requirements to apply reduced rate or exemption.

        Although in the case of dividend payment we will seek to claim treaty protection, there is a risk that the applicability of the reduced rate or exemption may be challenged by tax authorities. As a result, there can be no assurance that we would be able to avail ourselves of the benefits under double

19


Table of Contents

tax treaty in practice, if the treaty clearance procedures are not duly performed at the date when the dividend payment is made.

Ongoing corporate tax reform in Switzerland may result in abolition of privileged tax regime and increase in our effective tax rate

        Switzerland is undertaking a comprehensive corporate tax reform ("CTRIII") that will among others result in the phasing out of the so-called holding, mixed company, domiciliary company and other special tax regimes with a timeline to adopt anticipated changes within 2018 - 2020, most likely in 2019 and earliest as from January 1, 2018.

        Our Swiss subsidiary, which also serves as group operational headquarters, has been enjoying mixed company regime in the canton of Zug since its incorporation in 2013. Under cantonal tax law a mixed company is partially exempted from cantonal taxation of profits earned outside of Switzerland. The income tax saving from utilizing this regime was $1.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2017 and $3.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2016.

        Switzerland's privileged taxation of holdings as well as mixed companies has been under increasing international pressure over the last decade, particularly from the European Union and the OECD. On 17 June 2016, the Swiss Parliament approved the final bill on CTRIII. The bill announced abolition of privileged regimes and several compensating measures to retain Switzerland's attractiveness as a business location. Companies, which previously used privileged regimes, were provided with a 5-year transitional period and, subject to certain limitations, were expected to maintain the effective tax rate at the pre-reform level during this period. Several cantons, including canton of Zug, also announced plans to decrease their statutory rate, if CTRIII is implemented.

        However Swiss voters rejected the new law on 12 February 2017. Since abolition of preferential tax regimes is a commitment made by Switzerland to European Union and OECD, it remains widely undisputed that reform is required. Thus, a new draft law will likely be proposed in the near future. If no or reduced compensating measures would be available in the new bill, our financial results may significantly suffer from immediate rise in effective tax rate.

Planned tax reform in the United States may affect us in a negative manner

        New U.S. administration is actively considering a largest tax reform since 1986, which is aimed to improve U.S. tax landscape and increase competitiveness of U.S. economy. Several reform ideas have been presented, yet none materialized in the draft bill.

        Although proposals include inter alia a substantial decrease in nominal U.S. federal corporate tax rate and possibilities to immediately expense capital investments, several measures are planned to compensate the respective loss of tax revenues by the federal government. In particular, a suggestion to introduce a border-adjustment tax, or "a destination-based cash flow tax" would drastically change how corporate taxation in U.S. works. Currently, it is not clear how the proposed tax would exactly be implemented, what types of goods, services, other transactions would be in scope, or the effects on various business models. Nonetheless, understanding that the aim of border-adjustment tax is to promote businesses to place their operations in U.S., and we currently serve U.S. customers mainly with off-shore personnel, we believe that adoption of any similar measure will be unfavorable to us. At the same time, since both proposals (decrease of CIT tax rate and increase/introduction of new special taxes) compensate each other, it is currently not feasible to assess possible impact of the reform on our tax liabilities in the US.

20


Table of Contents

International hostilities, terrorist activities, other violence or war, natural disasters, pandemics and infrastructure disruptions could delay or reduce the number of new service orders we receive and impair our ability to service our clients.

        Hostilities and acts of terrorism, violence or war, natural disasters, global health risks or pandemics or the threat or perceived potential of these events could materially adversely affect our operations and our ability to provide services to our clients. We may be unable to protect our people, facilities and systems against any such occurrences. Such events may cause clients to delay their decisions on spending for IT services and give rise to sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose significant risks to our people and to physical facilities and operations around the world, whether the facilities are ours or those of our clients, which could materially adversely affect our financial results. By disrupting communications and travel, giving rise to travel restrictions, and increasing the difficulty of obtaining and retaining highly-skilled and qualified IT professionals, these events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver services to some or all of our clients. Travel restrictions could cause us to incur additional unexpected labor costs and expenses or could restrain our ability to retain the skilled IT professionals we need for our operations. In addition, any extended disruptions of electricity, other public utilities or network services at our facilities, as well as system failures at, or security breaches in, our facilities or systems, could also adversely affect our ability to serve our clients.

Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries

Emerging markets, such as CEE countries, are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, and financial turmoil in any emerging market in which we operate could disrupt our business.

        CEE countries are generally considered to be emerging markets. Investors in emerging markets should be aware that these markets are subject to greater legal, economic and political risks than more developed markets. Emerging markets are subject to rapid change, and information relating to our operations in such markets set out in this annual report may become outdated relatively quickly. Moreover, financial or political turmoil in any emerging market country tends to adversely affect prices in the equity markets of all emerging market countries, as investors move their money to more stable, developed markets. As has happened in the past, financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies could dampen foreign investment in the CEE region and adversely affect regional economies. In addition, during such volatile times, companies that operate in emerging markets could face severe liquidity constraints as foreign funding sources are withdrawn. Thus, even if the economy of the CEE region remains relatively stable, financial turmoil in any emerging market country could adversely affect our business which could result in a material decrease in the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Sanctions imposed by the United States, the EU and other countries as a result of the ongoing crisis in Ukraine may have a material adverse effect on our business.

        In late 2013 and the first half of 2014, deteriorating economic conditions and general social unrest in Ukraine resulted in a wide-scale crisis provoking armed confrontations in Eastern Ukraine that ultimately involved the Russian Federation.

        The United States, the European Union and a number of other jurisdictions and authorities (including Australia, Albania, Canada, Iceland, Japan, Moldova, Montenegro, Norway, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and Ukraine) have imposed sanctions on a number of Russian officials and individuals, former Ukrainian officials, and several Russian companies and banks, with the consequence that entities and individuals in the United States and European Union cannot do business with such persons or provide funds or economic resources to such persons. Certain assets in the relevant sanctioning jurisdictions are subject to seizure and the sanctioned individuals to visa bans. In addition,

21


Table of Contents

the United States and European Union have applied "sectoral" sanctions, whose principal consequence is that several leading Russian banks have been restricted from accessing international capital markets. These sanctions have adversely affected the Russian economy and Russia's financial markets, increased the cost of capital and capital outflows, and worsened the investment climate in Russia.

        No individual or entity within the Group has been designated by either the United States or the EU as a target of their respective sanctions imposed in connection with the situation in Ukraine. However, no assurance can be given that none of those individuals or entities will be made subject to any such sanctions in the future. Additionally, no assurance can be given that broader sanctions against Russia or parts of Ukraine that affect us will not be imposed. Certain of our subsidiaries are U.S. or EU Persons and are therefore subject to U.S. and EU sanctions restrictions, including prohibitions on dealing with any persons subject to U.S. blocking sanctions or the EU asset freeze. However, the majority of Group entities are neither U.S. nor EU Persons, and these entities are therefore restricted in dealings with sanctioned persons only to the extent those dealings involve U.S. nor EU Persons or U.S.-dollar denominated transactions, are conducted within the United States or in EU member states, or otherwise fall within EU jurisdiction.

        We may engage in certain operations with Russian and Ukrainian persons and entities that are currently sanctioned. Such operations are rare and, according to our estimates, the overall volume of such operations with such persons and entities is not material and such operations are limited to the territory of the Russian Federation and Ukraine.

        The scope and consequences of U.S. and EU sanctions remain subject to interpretation by competent authorities and courts in the United States and the EU and no assurance can be given that a broader interpretation may not affect any of our entities. Non-compliance with applicable sanctions could result in, among other things, the inability of the relevant entities to contract with the U.S. and/or EU governments or their agencies, civil or criminal liability, including the imposition of significant fines, the disgorgement of profits, and/or the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, negative publicity and reputational damage, and designation under U.S. and/or EU sanctions. Designation under U.S. and/or EU sanctions could affect our ability to transact with U.S. and/or EU Persons.

        We have significant exposure to the Russian and Ukrainian economies and the attendant risks. The current difficult economic environment in Ukraine and Russia and any future downturns in the economies of these countries could diminish demand for our services, increase our costs, constrain our ability to retain existing customers and collect payments from them and prevent us from executing our strategies. Although we believe that the Russian IT industry is unlikely to be specifically targeted by OFAC or EU sanctions, if sanctions were generally brought against such industry or specifically against us, such sanctions would likely have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Regional and international political and diplomatic conflicts involving Russia and Ukraine could create an uncertain operating environment that could adversely affect our business.

        Ukraine has enacted sanctions with respect to certain Russian entities and individuals. The sanctions impose various limitations on economic activities in Ukraine and restrict entry into Ukraine of certain individuals. The sanctions became effective on September 22, 2015 and were set to expire on September 22, 2016. The sanctions apply to 388 individuals and 105 companies, including two Russian IT companies. On October 17, 2016, the President of Ukraine enacted the decision of the Ukranian National Security and Defense Council imposing new personal sanctions against 335 individuals and 167 entities, and extending the sanctions imposed in September 2015 for one more year. On March 15, 2017, the President of Ukraine enacted the decision of the Ukrainian National Security and Defense Council to impose sanctions on five Ukrainian banks with the capital of Russian state-owned banks:

22


Table of Contents

Sberbank PJSC; VS Bank PJSC; Prominvestbank PJSC; VTB Bank PJSC; and BM Bank PJSC. The Sanctioned Banks are prohibited from transferring capital outside the territory of Ukraine in favour of any affiliated entities.

        Russia has responded with countermeasures to international and Ukrainian restrictions and sanctions, currently including limiting the import of certain goods from the United States, the European Union, Ukraine and other countries, imposing visa bans on certain persons, and imposing restrictions on the ability of Russian companies to comply with sanctions imposed by other countries.

        In addition, Russia's involvement in the armed conflict in Syria, since September 2015, has occasionally put, and may continue to put, pressure on international relations between Russia and other countries. Russia's involvement in the conflict in Syria could further lead to an escalation of geopolitical tensions, the possible introduction or expansion of international sanctions against Russia by other countries and an increased risk of terrorist attacks.

        The instability in Crimea and Eastern Ukraine specifically, and in the surrounding region more generally, economic sanctions and related measures, and other geopolitical developments (including with respect to the current conflict and international interventions in Syria) could result in further instability and/or worsening of the overall political and economic situation in Ukraine, Russia, Europe and/or in the global capital markets generally, which could adversely impact us. Further conflict, sanctions, export controls and/or other measures, including sanctions on additional persons or businesses (including vendors, joint venture and business partners, affiliates and financial institutions) imposed by the United States, the European Union, Ukraine, Russia, and/or other countries, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

        We have delivery centers in Ukraine, employing over 3,340 engineers located in Kiev, Dnipro and Odessa. We have delivery centers in Russia, employing over 2,000 engineers located in various cities. At present we have not experienced any interruption in our office infrastructure, utility supply or Internet connectivity. All our offices remain open and fully functional to support our clients. Our contingency plans include relocating work or personnel to other locations and adding new locations as appropriate. We recently opened new delivery centers in Sofia, Bulgaria, and Guadalajara, Mexico. In May 2014, we launched a multiyear Global Upgrade Program to implement another level of globalization across our organization and to accelerate our expansion in the EU, the U.K., Asia Pacific and North America. As part of this program, to better support our global client base, during our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we relocated over 700 professionals to key geographies such as Mexico, Poland, Romania, the U.S. and the United Kingdom. While we have contingency plans in place to address volatility in Russia and Ukraine, if we are unable to conduct business with our existing or potential clients or partners, or continue our operations in an uninterrupted manner as a result of these geopolitical developments or the reaction to these developments by international authorities through expanded sanctions or otherwise, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Political and governmental instability in CEE countries could materially adversely affect our business and operations in these countries.

        We have significant operations in Russia, Ukraine, Poland, Bulgaria and Romania. Since the early 1990s, Russia, Ukraine, Romania and other CEE countries have sought to transform from one-party states with a centrally planned economy to democracies with a market economy to various degrees. Despite various reforms, the political systems of many CEE countries remain vulnerable and unstable. In addition, the political and economic situation in these countries is negatively affected by the global financial and economic crisis, the ongoing economic recession in some parts of the world and political conflicts.

23


Table of Contents

        Although the political situation in Ukraine is stabilizing, minor armed clashes are still ongoing in the eastern regions of Ukraine, though our operations are in the western part of the country. On September 5, 2014, representatives of Ukraine, the Russian Federation, the Donetsk People's Republic, and the Lugansk People's Republic agreed to the Minsk Protocol, an agreement to halt the war in the Donbass region of Ukraine. In February 2015, the leaders of Ukraine, the Russian Federation, France and Germany reached a ceasefire deal on the Ukrainian conflict. The standing cease-fire has been continuously violated. Although the conflict has transitioned to a stalemate after it first erupted in early 2014, shelling and skirmishes occur regularly. A spike in violence and civilian casualties in the summer of 2016 has raised concerns of further escalation. Such escalation of the political instability or military action could have a material negative impact on our operations in Ukraine.

        Since the start of this conflict, there have been multiple waves of partial mobilization to the Ukrainian army. The mobilization has not materially affected our delivery centers in Ukraine; however, any future impact is difficult to predict. In the event the conflict worsens and the Ukrainian government triggers the application of martial law, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations in Ukraine.

        The current political environment in Romania is dynamic and may become unstable. After the collapse of the Democrat-led government in early 2012, the Social Democrats held power in a coalition with the Liberals, until February 2014 when the Liberals terminated their alliance with the Social Democrats. While moving into opposition, the Liberals have since merged with the Democrats. This has fragmented the Romanian Parliament and may ultimately give rise to populist measures at the government level. Moreover, in late 2014, the Liberal-nominated candidate won the presidential election, while the incumbent Social Democrat Prime Minister was reconfirmed by Parliament. The Social Democrat Prime Minister subsequently resigned and his cabinet was dissolved in November 2015 following a corruption scandal, to be replaced by a President-nominated independent Prime Minister and a new cabinet. Romania held parliamentary elections on December 11, 2016. The Social Democratic Party (SDP) and the Allience of Liberals and Democrats (ALDE) formed a government in January 2017 led by a Social Democrat Prime Minister, after winning 250 seats in the 465-seat parliament in the December 2016 election.

        Separately, recent military conflict in Ukraine has resulted in a negative impact in the region, affecting Romania's political and economic outlook. Romania has a significant land border with Ukraine and, as a result, ongoing instability or military conflicts in Ukraine could have a significant and adverse effect on Romania's economic and financial stability either directly or indirectly as a result of sanctions or restrictions on gas exports from Russia. Any escalation of the conflict would heighten the risk of significant unfavorable consequences, both indirectly—through effects on Romania's EU trade partners—and directly, through financial flows. Amendments in the policies pursued by the Romanian government and the political and regional instability may have a material negative impact on our operations in Romania.

        Although the current political situation in Russia has stabilized, future political instability could result in a worsening overall economic situation, including capital flight and a slowdown of investment and business activity. Following Russian parliamentary elections in December 2011 and presidential elections in March 2012, controversy concerning alleged voting irregularities led to organized protests in several Russian cities, including Moscow. In addition, any change in the Russian government or the Russian government's program of reform in Russia or lack of consensus between the President, the Prime Minister, the Russian government, Russia's Parliament and influential economic groups could lead to political instability and a deterioration in Russia's investment climate.

        The emergence of new or increased tensions among CEE countries could further exacerbate tensions between CEE countries and the United States and the European Union, which may have a negative effect on their economy, our ability to obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms, and

24


Table of Contents

the level and volatility of the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. Any of the foregoing circumstances could materially adversely affect our business and operations in CEE countries.

Deterioration in political and economic relations among CEE countries in which we operate and/or between CEE countries and the United States and the European Union could materially adversely affect our business and operations in CEE.

        Political and economic relations among Russia, Romania, Ukraine and the other countries in which we operate are complex, and recent conflicts have arisen among many of their governments. Likewise, many CEE countries continue to have a complicated relationship with the United States and the EU. Political, ethnic, religious, historical and other differences have, on occasion, given rise to tensions and, in certain cases, military conflicts between countries of CEE which can halt normal economic activity and disrupt the economies of neighboring regions. Moreover, various acts of terrorism have been recently committed in various parts of the world. The risks associated with such terrorism events could materially and adversely affect the investment environment and overall consumer and entrepreneurial confidence in the countries where we operate, including the CEE countries.

        The relationship between Russia and Ukraine has been historically strained due to, among other things, disagreements over the prices and methods of payment for gas delivered by Russia to, or for transportation through, Ukraine, issues relating to the temporary stationing of the Russian Black Sea Fleet in the territory of Ukraine, a Russian ban on imports of meat and milk products from Ukraine and antidumping investigations conducted by Russian authorities in relation to certain Ukrainian goods. Political tensions have escalated recently following the political situation in Crimea and a number of associated events, including the adoption of a Ukrainian law cancelling neutral status to military blocks, the signing of the Ukraine-European Union Association Agreement and a new wave of gas price negotiations. In 2015 and 2016, economic confrontation between Russia and Ukraine has continued to grow. New bilateral sanctions and restrictions were imposed in the sphere of transport (mostly regarding transit, including air transit), trading and agriculture.

        Any further adverse changes in Ukraine's relations with Russia, in particular any such changes adversely affecting supplies of energy resources from Russia to Ukraine or Ukraine's revenues derived from transit charges for Russian oil and gas, may have negative effects on the Ukrainian economy as a whole. Similarly, sanctions imposed by Ukraine against certain Russian entities could further strain the Russian economy. Although we primarily target markets outside of Russia, stress on the Russian economy from Ukrainian sanctions could materially adversely affect our business. The conflicts among CEE countries and conflicts within CEE countries have, in some instances, also harmed their relationship with the United States and the EU and, at times, have negatively impacted their financial markets. See "—Sanctions imposed by the United States, the EU and other countries as a result of the ongoing crisis in Ukraine may have a material adverse effect on our business" above.

        Similarly, economic deterioration in CEE countries may strain political relationships with neighboring regions, and vice versa. For example, Romania joined the European Union in January 2007, and is subject to certain post-accession benchmarks mandated by the EU under the Cooperation and Verification Mechanism to help Romania address outstanding shortcomings in various social fields such as judicial reform and anti-corruption. On January 27, 2016, the European Commission presented a report recognizing Romania's "impressive" track record and assessing the fact that such trend is a "sign of developing sustainability" towards the goals of the Cooperation and Verification Mechanism and made recommendations for further steps in certain areas including judicial independence, judicial reform, integrity and anti-corruption initiatives. If Romania does not adequately progress towards these benchmarks, the European Commission is authorized to apply safeguard measures against Romania, including the suspension of Member States' obligation to recognize and enforce, under the conditions set forth in the Community laws, the decisions of Romanian courts. The application of any of the sanctions referenced above may have a negative effect on the Romanian economy and investor

25


Table of Contents

confidence in the Romanian economic environment, which could lead to material adverse consequences on our operations in Romania. Furthermore, any future allegations or evidence of corruption or money laundering in Romania may have an adverse effect on the Romanian economy, and in turn could adversely affect our operations in Romania.

The legal and tax systems in CEE countries can create an uncertain environment for business activity, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CEE.

        The legal and tax framework to support a market economy remains new and in flux in Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland, and other CEE countries and, as a result, these systems can be characterized by:

    inconsistencies between and among laws and governmental, ministerial and local regulations, orders, decisions, resolutions and other acts;

    extensive regulation of businesses in general and substantial protection afforded to domestic IT businesses;

    gaps in the regulatory structure resulting from the delay in adoption or absence of implementing regulations;

    selective or inconsistent enforcement of laws or regulations, sometimes in ways that have been perceived as being motivated by political or financial considerations;

    limited judicial and administrative guidance on interpreting legislation;

    relatively limited experience of judges and courts in interpreting recent commercial legislation;

    a perceived lack of judicial and prosecutorial independence from political, social and commercial forces;

    inadequate court system resources;

    a high degree of discretion on the part of the judiciary and governmental authorities; and

    under-developed bankruptcy procedures that are subject to abuse.

        In relation to our business operations in the emerging markets in which we operate, legal ambiguities, inconsistencies and anomalies and, in certain cases, doubts around constitutional or legislative basis exist due to the relatively recent enactment of many laws, the lack of consensus about the scope, content and pace of political and economic reform and the rapid evolution of legal systems in ways that may not always coincide with market developments. Furthermore, legal and bureaucratic obstacles and corruption exist to varying degrees in each of the regions in which we operate, and these factors are likely to hinder our further development. These characteristics give rise to investment risks that do not exist in countries with more developed legal systems. We also face risks with respect to property rights in CEE countries. The expropriation or nationalization of any of our entities, their assets or portions thereof, in these countries, potentially without adequate compensation, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, as is true of civil law systems generally, judicial precedents generally have no binding effect (with a few exceptions in Ukraine) on subsequent decisions. Not all legislation and court decisions in CEE countries are readily available to the public or organized in a manner that facilitates understanding. Enforcement of court orders can be very difficult in practice. All of these factors make judicial decisions difficult to predict and effective redress uncertain. Additionally, court claims and governmental prosecutions may be used in furtherance of what some perceive to be political or commercial aims.

26


Table of Contents

        Any of the factors mentioned above may result in ambiguities, inconsistencies and anomalies in the application and interpretation of laws and regulations in CEE countries, and may affect our ability to enforce our rights under our contracts or to defend ourselves against claims by others. These factors may also subject us to unpredictable requirements.

Loss of taxation benefits related to our employees' personal taxes that are enjoyed in CEE countries could have a negative impact on our operating results and profitability.

        The Russian government provides qualified Russian IT companies with substantial tax benefits through a reduced social contribution charge rate program. This program resulted in savings for us of $7.9 million in the fiscal year ended March, 31, 2016 and $9.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. However, the reduced tax rates for social contributions (14% in total) is a temporary measure. In 2016 application of reduced rates was prolonged until 2023, after which the Russian government may take the decision to gradually increase the tax rates. If the Russian government were to change its favorable treatment of Russian IT companies by modifying or repealing its current favorable tax measures, or if we become ineligible for such favorable treatment, it would significantly impact our financial condition and results of operations.

        In Poland the law provides for a deemed personal income tax cost deduction in the amount of 50% of employment income (but not greater than PLN 43,000 for each individual). Such benefit is available only for employees who, while performing their daily duties, are creating intellectual property with the condition that the result of the creation process qualifies as "work." This deduction has resulted in the personal income tax savings of $3.4 million in the fiscal year ended March, 31, 2016 and $4.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. If our employees would not be entitled for this benefit either through a change in the law or through a failure to comply with the rules, we may suffer additional payroll costs to compensate the lost benefit.

        In Romania employment income of IT specialists is exempt from personal income tax, if the employer and employee meet certain criteria, such as company's nature of activity, employees' position and education and other. This deduction has resulted in the personal income tax savings of $4.5 million in the fiscal year ended March, 31, 2016 and $5.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. If our employees would not be entitled for this benefit either through a change in the law or through a failure to comply with the rules, we may suffer additional payroll costs to compensate the lost benefit.

Selective or arbitrary government action resulting from uncertain application of commercial laws and regulations in CEE countries could materially adversely affect our business and operations.

        Many commercial laws and regulations in CEE countries are relatively new and have been subject to limited interpretation. As a result, their application can be unpredictable. Government authorities have a high degree of discretion in Russia, Ukraine and other CEE countries and have at times exercised their discretion in ways that may be perceived as selective or arbitrary, and sometimes in a manner that is seen as being influenced by political or commercial considerations. These governments also have the power, in certain circumstances, to interfere with the performance of, nullify or terminate contracts. Selective or arbitrary actions have included withdrawal of licenses, sudden and unexpected tax audits, criminal prosecutions and civil actions.

        Federal and local government entities have also used common defects in documentation as pretexts for court claims and other demands to invalidate and/or to void transactions. In this environment, our competitors could receive preferential treatment from the government, potentially giving them a competitive advantage. Government officials may apply contradictory or ambiguous laws or regulations in ways that could materially adversely affect our business and operations in CEE countries. We cannot offer assurance that regulators, judicial authorities or third parties in Russia, Ukraine and other CEE countries will not challenge our compliance (including that of our subsidiaries) with applicable laws,

27


Table of Contents

decrees and regulations. In addition to the foregoing, selective or arbitrary government actions have included withdrawal of licenses, sudden and unexpected tax audits, criminal prosecutions and civil actions, all of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, governments may revise existing contract rules and regulations or adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time and for any reason. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew or enforce contracts under which we currently provide services. Any new contracting methods could be costly or administratively difficult for us to implement, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in CEE countries.

Changes in the tax system in CEE countries or arbitrary or unforeseen application of existing rules could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        There have been significant changes to the taxation systems in CEE countries in recent years as the authorities have gradually replaced or updated legislation regulating the application of major taxes such as corporate income tax, VAT, corporate property tax with new legislation. In addition, recently, the tax authorities of several CEE countries (including Russia, Poland and Romania) have joined the Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement on Automatic Exchange of Financial Account Information and the Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement on the Exchange of Country-by-Country Reports. These agreements provide for automatic exchange of information regarding financial accounts and so-called "country-by-country reports" related to the transfer pricing documentation. The first exchange between Poland and Romania will take place in September 2017, and the first exchange between Russia and Switzerland will take place in September 2018. In June 2017, these countries also signed the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, implementing the BEPS measures into bilateral tax treaties, and effectively amending the existing bilateral tax treaties. Significant developments in transfer pricing rules, introduction of controlled foreign corporation legislation and other recent changes in tax laws bring additional uncertainty to the Group's tax affairs. Tax authorities in CEE countries have also been quite aggressive in their interpretation of certain tax laws and their many ambiguities, as well as in their enforcement and collection activities. Incorrect interpretation of contradictory laws and regulations, many of which are relatively new and have not been subject to extensive practical application, may lead to additional tax exposure. High-profile companies may be particularly vulnerable to judgmental application of unclear requirements. Our tax liability may become greater than the estimated amount we have expensed to date, particularly if the tax benefits we receive are revised or removed. The additional burdens and costs that the tax systems of the CEE countries impose on our business as well as the frequent substantial changes in legislation complicate our tax planning and related business decision-making process. Any additional tax liability, as well as any unforeseen changes in tax laws, could materially adversely affect our future results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Recent de-offshorization law and other related administrative and international measures in Russia may have a material adverse impact on our operations.

        In early 2015, Russia's De-offshorization Law came into force via amendments to the Russian Tax Code. This law aims at preventing the use of offshore companies and unincorporated foreign structures (e.g. funds, partnerships, trusts, others form of collective investment vehicle and/or trust management) for tax planning purposes.

        The De-offshorization Law regulates, among other things, the taxation of controlled foreign companies. Under the law, with certain exceptions, undistributed profits of foreign companies and unincorporated foreign structures (such as funds and partnerships), which are controlled by Russian tax residents (individuals or legal entities), are subject, in certain circumstances, to taxation in Russia. As

28


Table of Contents

required by the De-offshorization Law, Russian tax residents must disclose their participation in the foreign companiesin all cases when their stock ownership in a foreign entity exceeds 10% as well as file special notifications concerning the "controlled foreign companies" ("CFC") which broadly mean holding of (i) more than 25% of entity's stock or (ii) more than 10% of the entity's stock if a joint ownership of such entity by other Russian tax resident(s) exceeds 50%.

        The tax implication of being recognised as a CFC is that undistributed profits earned by such a CFC shall be included in the tax base of a Russian tax resident (i.e. the controlling person of the CFC) pro-rata to its participation and shall be subject to tax in Russia at a rate of 20% (if the controlling person is a company) or 13% (if the controlling person is an individual).

        Additionally, the De-offshorization Law introduced the concept of tax residency of organizations in Russia. For non-Russian legal entities, tax residency is defined by the place of "actual management." Based on this concept Russian tax authorities may seek to recognize certain foreign companies as Russian tax residents by claiming that their daily operational management and control are performed from Russia. Foreign entities recognised as Russian tax residents should be subject to tax in Russia at a rate of 20%.

        The De-offshorization Law also incorporates a "beneficial ownership" concept for non-resident legal entities that claim double tax treaty relief with respect to Russian-source income. This concept is broadly repeating similar concept adopted by OECD. The beneficial ownership concept and other anti-treaty shopping concepts give the Russian tax authorities a stronger basis for challenging issues relating to deductibility of Russian-source cross-border income payments and the grant of treaty relief to such income payments. Recent court practice indicates that Russian courts tend to support the Russian tax authorities in applying the "beneficial ownership" concept in a much wider manner than one would usually see in other jurisdictions.

        On July 1, 2015, the Multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters (the "Convention"), initially developed by the OECD and the Council of Europe in 1988, entered into force in Russia. Membership in a mutual tax assistance club is expected to increase Russia's options for obtaining tax information from foreign tax authorities but it will also require mutual disclosures. As a result of the Convention's ratification, Russian tax authorities are authorized to obtain certain information relating to taxation matters from a number of countries, including certain offshore jurisdictions, and to participate in simultaneous tax examinations and assistance in recovery of tax claims. The list of countries that have signed the Convention includes the Netherlands, Luxembourg, UK, Switzerland, British Virgin Islands and Cyprus, as well as Romania, Poland and Ukraine. Pursuant to the procedure for information exchange stipulated in the Convention and in bilateral double tax treaties, the Russian tax authorities may obtain not only information on the fact whether a foreign contractor of a Russian taxpayer pays taxes, but also information on its staff headcount, office premises, recognition of certain business transactions on its books, providers of funds later transferred to Russia and its ownership structure.

        In addition to the Convention, Russia signed the Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement on the Automatic Exchange of Financial Account Information and the Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement on the Exchange of Country-by-Country Reports. On March 6, 2017, the Russian Ministry of Finance published a draft bill adding new provisions to Part I of the Russian Tax Code for implementing the international automatic exchange of financial account information and new standards of the transfer pricing documentation for multinational corporations. It is expected that the bill will be enacted soon and that from 2018 the Russian tax authorities will be able to receive tax information from all participating countries which include, among others, a number of offshore jurisdictions (such as the British Virgin Islands).

        Furthermore, on June 7, 2017, Russia signed the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, aimed at implementation of various

29


Table of Contents

anti-BEPS measures and anti-abuse rules into bilateral tax treaties, by effectively amending the existing treaties between Russia and the countries that signed (and that will later sign) the convention. Apart from this, over the recent years, the Russian Federation has been in the process of revising its bilateral tax treaties by including or expanding the provisions on exchange of information and anti-abuse of treaty.

        In addition, the Russian AML Law was amended with effect from December 2016, obliging Russian legal entities to collect information about their beneficial owners and disclose it upon request, and providing for liability for non-disclosure of beneficial owner.

        No assurance can be currently given as to possible impact of the De-offshorization Law and the other tax-related legislative and administrative and international initiatives on our business. Taking into account the named De-offshorization Law and other related legislative and international initiatives in Russia, we cannot exclude the possibility that some of these regulatory developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be exposed to additional taxation in Ukraine related to the activities of our non-Ukrainian companies or Ukrainian independent contractors

        The Ukrainian Tax Code contains the concept of a permanent establishment in Ukraine as a basis for taxing foreign legal entities, which carry out regular entrepreneurial activities in Ukraine beyond those of preparatory and auxiliary character. Ukraine's double tax treaties with other countries contain a similar concept. Double tax treaties provide for a narrower definition of permanent establishment than the Ukrainian Tax Code and overrule Ukrainian tax law, which is expressly recognized by the Tax Code. However, not all countries where the Luxoft companies operate have double tax treaties with Ukraine.

        The practical application in Ukraine of the concept of a permanent establishment under Ukrainian law and double tax treaties is not well developed. For this reason, foreign companies having even limited operations in Ukraine, which would not normally satisfy the conditions for creating a permanent establishment, may be at risk of being treated as having a permanent establishment in Ukraine and hence being liable to Ukrainian taxation. Accordingly, there is a risk that activities of our non-Ukrainian companies will be treated by the Ukrainian authorities as creating such a permanent establishment.

        If activities of any of our non-Ukrainian subsidiaries were treated as creating a permanent establishment in Ukraine, such company would be subject to Ukrainian taxation on the part of its income that is attributable to that permanent establishment in a manner broadly similar to the taxation of any Ukrainian legal entity (with 18% applicable corporate income tax rate). There is, therefore, a risk that the tax authorities might seek to assess Ukrainian tax on the entire income of such company if it were treated as having a permanent establishment in Ukraine. Having a permanent establishment in Ukraine may also have other adverse tax implications, including jeopardizing the right to benefit from the reduced withholding tax rate under an applicable double tax treaty, and affecting the VAT obligations in Ukraine. There is also a risk that penalties could be imposed by the tax authorities for failure to register the permanent establishment with the Ukrainian tax authorities and improper fulfilment of tax obligations. Any such taxes or penalties could have a material adverse effect on Luxoft's business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

        Luxoft provides significant portion of its services to multinational clients using Ukrainian IT specialists. Substantial part of Ukrainian IT specialists who provide services to Luxoft are independent contractors who are properly registered as private entrepreneurs with the tax authorities. They are third party suppliers operating as independent contractors, for whom we are not required to pay social duties and personal income tax applicable to employees. There is, nevertheless, a risk that Ukrainian tax authorities may take a different view. Since laws and regulations governing the status and classification

30


Table of Contents

of independent contractors are subject to change or interpretation by various authorities, it is possible that Ukrainian tax authorities could assert a position on the classification of our independent contractors contrary to ours and even combine their assessment of independent contractors status with permanent establishment status. As a result, they could claim we had to withhold personal income tax and to accrue single social contribution in relation to employees' remuneration. In addition, if a national authority or court enacts legislation or adopts regulations that change the manner in which employees and independent contractors are classified, or makes any adverse determination with respect to some or all of our independent contractors, we could incur significant costs arising from fines or judgments as a result of tax withholding. We may also decide to hire these independent contractors as our employees, and, we may, as a result, incur significant personnel expenses. All of these factors could in turn result in material adverse effects on our financial condition.

        In March 2017, Ukraine and the International Monetary Fund signed the Memorandum of Economic and Financial Policies. In accordance with the memorandum the tax reform will aim to increase the efficiency and equity of the tax system. Ukraine declared that it will refrain from any major tax cuts and will not introduce new tax exemptions and amnesty schemes. It was also announced that the requirements to qualify for the simplified tax regime which is typically used by individual entrepreneurs for tax purposes will be tightened starting from January 2018 to address existing gap in the tax system. Such developments may require us to decision to hire these independent contractors as our employees, and, we may, as a result, incur significant personnel expenses. All of these factors could in turn result in material adverse effects on our financial condition.

We may be exposed to liability for actions taken by our subsidiaries.

        In certain cases we may be jointly and severally liable for obligations of our subsidiaries. We may also incur secondary liability and, in certain cases, liability to creditors for obligations of our subsidiaries in certain instances involving bankruptcy or insolvency.

        In particular, under new Article 53 1 of the Russian Civil Code, a "controlling person" of a legal entity may be held directly liable for losses that the entity suffers because of his or her "fault", and any agreement that seeks to limit or waive such liability will not be valid. Generally, a controlling person is anyone who holds the power to determine the entity's actions, including the right to direct the actions of officers or executives. When a controlling person causes losses, officers and executives may all be held jointly and severally liable. (A parent entity may also be held jointly liable with a subsidiary for actions directed by the parent or made with its consent.) Liability may also apply to shareholders or controlling persons when the company is a foreign legal entity but conducts its business primarily in Russia.

        Further, an effective parent is secondarily liable for an effective subsidiary's debts if the effective subsidiary becomes insolvent or bankrupt as a result of the action or inaction of the effective parent. In these instances, the other shareholders of the effective subsidiary may claim compensation for the effective subsidiary's losses from the effective parent that caused the effective subsidiary to take action or fail to take action, knowing that such action or failure to take action would result in losses. We could be found to be the effective parent of the subsidiaries, in which case we could become liable for their debts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or prospects.

Our CEE subsidiaries can be forced into liquidation on the basis of formal non-compliance with certain legal requirements.

        We operate in CEE countries primarily through locally organized subsidiaries. Certain provisions of the laws of CEE countries may allow a court to order liquidation of a locally organized legal entity on the basis of its formal noncompliance with certain requirements during formation, reorganization or during its operations.

31


Table of Contents

        Russian corporate law, Ukrainian corporate law and Romanian corporate law require liquidation of a company if its net assets fall below a certain threshold and, in the case of Romania, it does not take remedial steps, in which case any interested person may request in court the dissolution of the applicable Romanian company. For example, under Russian corporate law, in case of negative net assets calculated on the basis of Russian accounting standards as of the end of the year following the second or any subsequent year of a company's existence, the company is required to reduce its share capital or to liquidate the company. Many Russian companies have negative net assets due to a very low historical value of property, plant and equipment reflected on their Russian accounting standards balance sheets. However, their solvency, which is defined as their ability to pay debts as they come due, has not been otherwise adversely affected by such negative net assets. Also, the Russian Civil Code provides for liquidation of a legal entity by a court decision: if, among other things, a legal entity operates without proper authorization (license) or operations are illegal or the state registration was invalid, and these violations may not be cured.

        There have also been cases in CEE countries in which courts have used formal deficiencies in the establishment process of a legal entity or noncompliance with provisions of law as a basis for liquidation of a legal entity. Weaknesses in the legal systems of CEE countries create an uncertain legal environment, which makes the decisions of a court or a governmental authority difficult to predict. If involuntary liquidation of any of our subsidiaries were to occur, such liquidation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Planned tax changes in Russia may negatively affect our financial results

        Russian government is considering measures aimed at reducing an overall level of social security contributions with simultaneous increase of indirect taxes to compensate a decrease of tax revenue to the budget. Under these initiatives the following tax rate amendments are proposed (with a contemplated effective date of January 1, 2019):

    the social security contribution rate to be reduced from 30% to 22%;

    the VAT rate to be increased from 18% to 22%.

        The foregoing measures are aimed at reducing the tax burden of certain industries involving significant human resources and thus having higher payroll expenses.

        Although these changes have not been implemented in any legislation and are only being dicussed at the government level as one of the tax initiatives considered for 2017-2025, we believe that the adoption of such measures may adversely impact our tax liabilities in Russia. The reason is that being an IT company Luxoft may be able to continue using its special beneficial preferential rate for social security contributions (14%), however, an increase of VAT by 4 percentage points may lead to a significant increase of our VAT liabilities in Russia.

On-going regulatory changes in Russia, including software purchase regulation, Civil Code reform and personal data regulation, among others may have a material adverse effect on our operations there.

        The full-scale reform of the Civil Code aimed at making the code more flexible, up-to-date and attractive to foreign investors. Russia's efforts to reform the Russian Civil Code has continued, and in June 2015, a set of amendments to the code's general contract law provisions came into effect. In addition, the revision of the legislation on legal entities that aimed to bring it in line with the recently amended Russian Civil Code are expected to continue in 2017.

        Several new concepts were introduced, such as insolvency of a citizen, alternative and optional obligations, a fine for failure to perform under a court ruling ("astrent"), the so-called option agreement, inter-creditor and framework agreements, new types of legal entities, protections for

32


Table of Contents

shareholders in nonpublic companies, right to expel a shareholder, shareholder agreements, joint signatures, mandatory audits, new minimum of charter capital, etc.

        Although recent and potential amendments could ultimately expand our possibilities for doing business and taking advantage of innovative legal structures, they may initially also pose difficulties to us in negotiating and entering into contracts insofar as the underlying legal concepts are not sufficiently developed in the Russian legal system. Additionally, we may face problems enforcing our rights where the application of these concepts by Russian authorities has not been tested or where they carry less weight among counterparties to contracts.

        In addition to the Civil Code reform, Russian legislation is being amended in various sectors. For example, new legislation was introduced regarding the regulation of software purchases, pursuant to which after January 1, 2016 Russian governmental bodies are required to renounce foreign software in favor of Russian software. It is still be possible to buy foreign software but only if necessary programs do not have domestic equivalents or the client can explain why the domestic software is not suitable.

        Changes in personal data protection regulations have also occurred. For example, all data operators collecting personal data of Russian citizens through electronic communications, including the Internet, must ensure that its storage takes place in databases located in the territory of Russia. The new law applies not only to local data controllers but also to data controllers established outside Russia to the extent they gather personal data relating to Russian nationals through websites aimed at the territory of Russia.

        Starting from 2016 employee leasing is prohibited in Russia and only specially accredited employment agencies or affiliated entities can provide staff and only in the exceptional cases. In practice, this means that companies that previously used agency work will have to completely revise the conditions of work with outstaffing companies providing staff to them, and outstaffing companies will have to obtain the appropriate accreditation.

        In the absence of sufficient official guidance and clear practical enforcement examples, we cannot predict how these new laws will be applied and enforced and their influence on our operations. Our failure to comply with the legal requirements may lead to the imposition of penalties and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks related to our Class A ordinary shares

The price of our Class A ordinary shares may be volatile, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

        Following our initial public offering (the "IPO"), the price of our Class A ordinary shares has ranged from a high of $80.64 to a low of $18.55 through the date of this annual report. Some of the factors that have caused or may cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to fluctuate include:

    fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

    changes in estimates of our future financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

    geopolitical instability in some locations where we operate, such as Ukraine and Russia;

    failure to develop or deliver our services as expected;

    changes in market valuations of similar companies;

    successes by our competitors;

    changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of debt;

33


Table of Contents

    sales of large blocks of our Class A ordinary shares;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant services, contracts (or terminations), acquisitions, strategic alliances or actions/news concerning our major clients;

    regulatory developments in Russia, Ukraine, Poland, Romania or elsewhere;

    litigation involving our company, our general industry or both;

    additions or departures of key personnel;

    investors' general perception of us, including any perception of misuse of sensitive information;

    changes in general economic, industry and market conditions;

    our ability to forecast revenue and control our costs; and

    changes in regulatory and other dynamics.

        In addition, if the market for shares in our industry, or the stock market in general, experience price and volume fluctuation or a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our share price to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.

The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain shareholders who held our shares prior to our IPO, including IBS Group Holding Limited, one of our directors and our chief executive officer, and limiting the ability of other shareholders to influence corporate matters.

        Each of our Class B ordinary shares has ten votes per share and each of our Class A ordinary shares has one vote per share. Shareholders who hold Class B ordinary shares together beneficially own shares representing approximately 84.1% of the voting power of our outstanding shares as of June 30, 2017.

        IBS Group Holding Limited, our controlling shareholder ("IBS Group") beneficially owns through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries 97.2% of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares and controls 81.8% of our voting power as of June 30, 2017. As a result of this concentration of share ownership, IBS Group, through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, has and will have sufficient voting power to effectively control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval. These matters include:

    the composition of our board of directors;

    approving or rejecting a legal merger, demerger or other business combination; and

    amending our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, which govern the rights attached to our ordinary shares.

        This concentrated control will limit the ability of holders of Class A ordinary shares to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares could be adversely affected. Specifically, this concentration of ownership of our ordinary shares could delay or prevent proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, open-market purchase programs or other purchases of our ordinary shares that might otherwise give Class A shareholders the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our ordinary shares. The interests of our controlling shareholder and holders of our Class B ordinary shares generally may not always coincide with the interests of our other shareholders.

34


Table of Contents

        Future transfers by holders of Class B ordinary shares will generally result in those shares converting to Class A ordinary shares, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B ordinary shares who retain their shares in the long term.

Future sales of our Class A ordinary shares by our principal shareholders, or the perception that such sales could occur, may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.

        Future sales of Class A ordinary shares by our principal shareholders, including two wholly-owned subsidiaries of IBS Group, Dmitry Loshchinin, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, JPMorgan Chase & Co., Wasatch Advisors, Inc. and FMR LLC who beneficially owned in the aggregate 65.7% of our Class A ordinary shares as of June 30, 2017, may cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline. Further, shares issuable under our share incentive plans have been registered on a Form S-8 registration statement and may be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, except for shares held by affiliates who have certain restrictions on their ability to sell. Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public marketplace by us or our shareholders, including our principal shareholders who have the right to cause us to register their shares for resale with the SEC, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and may make it more difficult for investors to sell ordinary shares at a time and price that such investors deem appropriate.

If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A ordinary share price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our Class A ordinary shares is affected by any research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. If one or more of the analysts who currently cover us or our business publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, and in particular, if they downgrade their evaluations of our Class A ordinary shares, the price of those shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of the Company, we could lose visibility in the market for our Class A ordinary shares, which in turn could cause the price of those shares to decline.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to U.S. proxy rules or Regulation FD and are exempt from filing certain Exchange Act reports.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We are also exempt from Regulation FD, which prohibits issuers from making selective disclosures of material non-public information. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

        However, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet certain additional requirements. Although we have elected to comply with certain U.S. regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain

35


Table of Contents

corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

As a foreign private issuer, whose shares are listed on the NYSE, we may in the future elect to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain NYSE requirements.

        We have elected to comply with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE applicable to controlled companies, with the exception of maintaining an internal audit function, even though, as a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of our home country, the British Virgin Islands. Nevertheless, we may in the future follow home country corporate governance practices instead of some or all of the NYSE's requirements. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of NYSE requirements must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under NYSE listing standards.

        Certain corporate governance requirements are not reflected in the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended from time to time; the "BVI Act") or other British Virgin Islands law, such as the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive issuances of shares, including the sale of our Class A ordinary shares in below-market private placement transactions if greater than 20% of our pre-transaction issued and outstanding shares are sold, or are subject to different approval requirements, such as in connection with the establishment or amendment of equity compensation plans. Moreover, the BVI Act does not require the implementation of a nominating committee or establishment of a formal director nomination process, the formation of an audit committee or if such a committee is formed that it have any specific composition, that a board of directors consists of a majority of independent directors or that independent directors be involved in the determination of executive compensation. See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Corporate governance practices." Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same rights as provided under the NYSE's corporate governance rules.

We may become a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to U.S. holders.

        Based on our financial statements, relevant market data, and the projected composition of our comprehensive income and valuation of our assets, including goodwill, we do not believe we were a passive foreign investment company (a "PFIC") for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, and we do not expect to become one in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. If we become a PFIC, holders of our Class A ordinary shares in the United States may become subject to increased tax liabilities under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations and may become subject to burdensome reporting requirements. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is made on an annual basis and will depend on the composition of our comprehensive income and assets from time to time. Specifically, for any taxable year we will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) 75% or more of our gross income in that taxable year is passive income or (ii) the average percentage of our assets (which includes cash) by value in that taxable year which produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. The calculation of the value of our assets will be based, in part, on the quarterly market value of our Class A ordinary shares, which is subject to change. See "ITEM 10. Additional Information E. Taxation—United States federal income taxation."

36


Table of Contents

If we are unable to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or if our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, our costs may increase, the reliability of our financial statements may be questioned and our share price may suffer.

        We are required to comply with the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 ("Section 404") of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes Oxley Act"). Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We are also required to obtain an annual auditor attestation on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act.

        As a result of our management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective due to any identified material weakness or otherwise. If we fail to achieve and maintain effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, we may not be able to timely provide disclosure in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder relating to the effective ness of internal control over financial reporting, our independent auditors may not be able to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and we may suffer adverse regulatory consequences. Further, the evaluation by our management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and any remedial actions required, could result in us incurring unanticipated additional material costs. Compliance with the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could further increase our expenses and divert significant management time.

        In addition, timely and accurate financial reporting requires us to retain a sufficient number of U.S. GAAP experienced accounting personnel. There is strong demand for U.S. GAAP experienced accounting personnel in the regions in which we operate, and as such, we may not be able to effectively compete for such personnel, which could make it more difficult for us to maintain the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and obtain an annual auditor attestation concluding that our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

        Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any material weaknesses detected in our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result of such weaknesses, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher independent auditor fees. If we are unable to maintain the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting efficiently, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting from our independent auditors. Further, if our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, the reliability of our financial statements may be questioned and our share price may suffer.

We have taken advantage of NYSE's "controlled company" exemption from certain corporate governance requirements, to a limited extent, and therefore, our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

        As a result of the number of shares beneficially owned by IBS Group through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, we are eligible to take advantage of the "controlled company" exemption under NYSE's corporate governance rules. A "controlled company" is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual or group of shareholders. Pursuant to the "controlled company" exemption, a company that qualifies as a "controlled company" is not required to comply with the requirements of having a majority independent board of directors or of having a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, each composed entirely of

37


Table of Contents

independent directors. See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Board Committees." We currently rely on this exemption to the extent necessary to permit Anatoly Karachinskiy and Glen Granovsky to serve on our compensation committee, even though they do not satisfy NYSE's definition of an "independent director." We also do not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. If available to us, we may elect to use the controlled company exemption more broadly in the future. If we do so, our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

We are not subject to the supervision of the British Virgin Islands Financial Services Commission and so our shareholders are not protected by any regulatory inspections in the British Virgin Islands.

        We are not an entity subject to any regulatory supervision in the British Virgin Islands by the Financial Services Commission. As a result, shareholders are not protected by any regulatory supervision or inspections by any regulatory agency in the British Virgin Islands and we are not required to observe any restrictions in respect of its conduct save as disclosed in this annual report or our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association incorporated by reference herein.

As a public company we may become subject to further compliance obligations, which may strain our resources and divert management's attention.

        New or amended laws, regulations and standards in the United States, relating to corporate governance and public disclosure and other matters, may be implemented in the future, which may increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more time-consuming and divert management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed. Being a publicly traded company in the United States and being subject to U.S. rules and regulations make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. or foreign judgment against us, our directors and officers named in this annual report outside the United States, or to assert U.S. securities laws claims outside of the United States.

        Most of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located in Russia, Ukraine and other CEE countries. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us or them, judgments obtained in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state therein. Additionally, it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in actions originally instituted outside of the United States. Foreign courts may refuse to hear a U.S. securities law claim because foreign courts may not be the most appropriate forums in which to bring such a claim. Even if a foreign court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides, and not U.S. law, is applicable to the claim. Further, if U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would still be governed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides.

38


Table of Contents

        Additionally, although arbitration awards are generally enforceable in Commonwealth of Independent State ("CIS") countries, judgments obtained in the United States or in other foreign courts, including those with respect to U.S. federal securities law claims, may not be enforceable in many CIS countries including Russia. A foreign court judgment may be recognized and enforced in Ukraine only on the basis of an international treaty to which Ukraine is a party providing for enforcement of such judgments, and then only in accordance with the terms of such treaty. Ukraine is a party to more than 20 mutual legal assistance treaties in civil matters (mostly with CIS and former Socialist countries) and, by way of legal succession, a party to nine mutual legal assistance treaties of the former USSR. However, while Ukraine does have such treaties in place with several EU countries, it is not a party to mutual legal assistance treaties in civil matters with the United States, Canada, the U.K., Germany and France. As a result, there are no international treaties that could be relied upon to enforce in Ukraine a civil judgment rendered in those countries. In the absence of an international treaty providing for enforcement of judgments, the courts of Ukraine may only recognize or enforce a foreign court judgment on the basis of the principle of reciprocity, which, unless proven otherwise, is deemed to exist in relations between Ukraine and the country where the judgment was rendered. At the same time, the principle of reciprocity is a relatively new and undeveloped concept in Ukrainian legislation, and there is no official interpretation or established court practice on the application of the principle of reciprocity. Therefore, it is possible that a U.S. or other foreign court judgment issued in a country, which has no mutual legal assistance treaty with Ukraine, could be refused recognition and/or enforcement in Ukraine, and the parties would have to re-litigate the dispute in Ukrainian courts. In addition, the lack of practice and varying approaches towards recognition and enforcement in Ukraine of foreign court judgments potentially make such recognition and enforcement problematic, if possible at all.

        In Romania, foreign civil and commercial judgments issued by courts of a non-EU member state may be recognized and enforced only if certain conditions are met, including reciprocity between Romania and the relevant foreign state in respect of the effects of the foreign court rulings. Under the existing Romanian legal framework, the existence of a bilateral instrument or agreement providing for the mutual recognition of the legal effects of civil judgments is seen as an important facilitator for the recognition and enforcement of such court judgments. No such agreement or instrument is currently in place between Romania and the United States. In Poland, rulings of foreign state courts issued in civil matters, even from non-EU member states, are recognized by virtue of law unless there exist obstacles specified in the Polish Code of Civil Procedure, such as if the ruling was issued in a case which falls under the exclusive jurisdiction of Polish courts. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against us, our investors may not be able to collect any damages awarded against us by either a U.S. or foreign court.

We do not intend to pay regular dividends for the foreseeable future.

        Our investors should not rely on an investment in our Class A ordinary shares to provide dividend income. Although we have declared and paid dividends in prior years, we do not intend to declare or pay regular dividends to holders of our Class A ordinary shares for the foreseeable future, and any future credit facility may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our Class A ordinary shares. While we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, we may, by a resolution of the board of directors, authorize a special one-time dividend or other form of distribution to our shareholders at such time and in such amount as the board of directors determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company. Any payment of dividends in the future would be at the discretion of our board and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, availability of distributable profits, liquidity and financial position, business opportunities, tax considerations, planned acquisitions and other strategic plans of the Company, the restrictions in our debt agreements, and other considerations that our board deems relevant. As a result, if we do not pay dividends, capital

39


Table of Contents

appreciation, if any, of our Class A ordinary shares will be investors' sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A ordinary shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. Investors seeking annual cash dividends should not purchase our Class A ordinary shares.

        In addition, our ability to pay dividends is dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and their distribution of funds to us, primarily in the form of dividends. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions may be subject to statutory restrictions and retained earnings criteria, and is contingent upon the cash flow and earnings of those subsidiaries.

Provisions in our organizational documents may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

        Our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association contain a number of provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions also may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that might otherwise result in our shareholders receiving a premium over the market price for their ordinary shares. These provisions include, among others:

    a dual class ordinary share structure for seven years following the completion of our initial public offering;

    our board of directors' ability to issue, from time to time, one or more classes of preferred shares and, with respect to each such class, to fix the terms thereof by resolution;

    restrictions on the ability of shareholders to call meetings and bring proposals before meetings;

    absence of the ability of shareholders to act by written consent;

    the requirement of an affirmative vote of two-thirds or more of the shares entitled to vote to amend certain provisions of our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association;

    the requirement of an affirmative vote of two-thirds or more of the shares entitled to vote on special matters such as mergers or acquisitions; and

    the ability of directors in their absolute discretion to decline to register or delay the registration of any transfer of shares without assigning any reason.

        These provisions of our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for our Class A ordinary shares in the future, which could reduce the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. For more information, see "ITEM 10 Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association."

Risks Related to Our Incorporation in the British Virgin Islands

As the rights of shareholders under British Virgin Islands law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have fewer protections as a shareholder.

        Our corporate affairs are governed by our Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, the BVI Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are to a large extent governed by the BVI Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some

40


Table of Contents

jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than that of the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, British Virgin Islands law does not make a distinction between public and private companies and some of the protections and safeguards (such as statutory pre-emption rights, save to the extent that they are expressly provided for in the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association) that investors may expect to find in relation to a public company are not provided for under British Virgin Islands law.

        As a result of all of the above, holders of our Class A ordinary shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the BVI Act and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see "ITEM 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association."

Shareholders in British Virgin Islands companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby limiting shareholders' ability to protect their interests.

        While statutory provisions do exist in British Virgin Islands law for derivative actions to be brought in certain circumstances, shareholders in British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a British Virgin Islands company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The British Virgin Islands courts are also unlikely to: (i) recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities law; or (ii) to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.

The laws of the British Virgin Islands provide little protection for minority shareholders, so minority shareholders will have little or no recourse if those shareholders are dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs.

        Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, there is little statutory protection of minority shareholders other than the provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the BVI Act or the constituent documents of the corporation, the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association. Shareholders are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association.

        There are common-law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law, since the common law of the British Virgin Islands is limited. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle , a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company's affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to British Virgin Islands law and the company's constituent documents.

41


Table of Contents

        As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company's Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute a "fraud on the minority" where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring the approval of a majority of shareholders, which are more limited than the rights afforded to minority shareholders under the laws of many states in the United States.

ITEM 4.    Information About Luxoft

A.  History and Development of Luxoft

        Our legal name is Luxoft Holding, Inc. Including our predecessors, we have been in business since March 2000. Luxoft Holding, Inc was incorporated as a company limited by shares under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on March 7, 2006. Over the past 17 years, the Company grew from the initial team of 20 people and one office to over 12,700 employees and offices across 39 cities and 19 countries worldwide, covering North America, Western and Eastern Europe, Latin America, and Southeast Asia as of March 31, 2017. In June 2013, we listed our shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "LXFT." During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, we completed a number of acquisitions, as discussed in further detail in "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Acquisitions." Additionally, in 2012, our subsidiary Luxoft International Company Limited, which had previously been a British Virgin Islands company, reincorporated in Cyprus. We have principal executive offices located at Gubelstrasse 24, 6300 Zug, Switzerland. Our registered office is located at Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, PO Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Our telephone number is +41 417 262 060. We have appointed Luxoft USA, Inc. ("Luxoft USA"), 100 Wall Street, Suite 503, New York, NY 10005, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

        For more information about us, our website is www.luxoft.com. The information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this annual report.

Principal Capital Expenditures

        During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 we invested $106.5 million, $32.7 million and $42.3 million, respectively, of which $19.6 million, $24.2 million and $14.2 million, respectively, related to acquisitions of property and equipment and $77.7 million, $3.5 million and $24.3 million were spent on acquisitions of Business. In order to support our overall business expansion, we intend to continue to invest in production equipment. Moreover, we may spend additional amounts of cash on acquisitions from time to time, if and when such opportunities arise. We anticipate that our next major capital expenditures in the fiscal years ending March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 will be related to the expansion of our business and possible merger and acquisition transactions in Europe, APAC and the United States. We currently anticipate our capital expenditures in the years ending March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 will be financed from cash generated from operations, our current cash position and currently available credit facilities.

B.  Business Overview

Overview

        We are a leading provider of software development services and innovative IT solutions to a global client base consisting primarily of large, multinational corporations predominantly in Europe, the U.S.

42


Table of Contents

and Asia Pacific. Our software development services consist of core and mission critical custom software development and support, product engineering, and technology consulting. Our bespoke solutions include technology architecture selection and other consulting, our proprietary products and/or standard system software and platforms, as well as implementation and maintenance. These solutions directly impact our clients' business outcomes and efficiently deliver continuous innovation. Through our services and solutions, we help our clients improve their competitive position by increasing efficiency, optimizing costs, and enabling changes through disruptive digital technologies that enhance end-user experience and shorten time-to-market. We have developed a reputation and track record of delivering consistently high quality service that has allowed us to establish long-term strategic relationships with many of our clients, translating into significant revenue growth and recurring business.

        During the past three years we have been actively enhancing our premium services and scale of our end-to-end solutions to move outside of the traditional outsourcing space by adding advanced capabilities, thereby offering more value to our clients. Over the past year we expanded our advisory, platform architecture selection and packaged software services, such as consulting and implementation of Murex, OpenLink, Qt Automotive, IBM-BPM, Pivotal, and PEGA, and enhanced our in-house platforms.

        We utilize our deep industry and domain specific expertise to develop green field innovative software, as well as replace legacy IT ecosystems for our clients to improve their core products, processes, and applications. We focus on four industry verticals on which we concentrate the majority of our resources and management efforts at this time. These verticals are: financial services; automotive and transport; telecommunications ("telecom"); and healthcare and pharmaceuticals. Companies in these industries have significant and growing demand for IT services and consider innovation and deploying disruptive technologies to be a top priority in achieving their business goals. We also perform a portion of our work for various enterprises within travel, aviation, retail, energy, technology, agriculture and other industries. Engagements that we execute for such clients may entail deployment of new technologies within Luxoft Digital Enterprise ("Luxoft Digital").

        Luxoft Digital brings a wide variety of modern and emerging technologies and expertise across industry verticals. It plays an important role in differentiation from our peers as it enriches our company's capabilities and the service catalogue for all of our current and perspective clients. Modern cutting edge technologies include Cloud, Internet of Things ("IoT"), Big Data / Data Analytics, Digital Experience, Mobile, and DevOps. They occupy an increasing part of corporate IT budgets today. Emerging technologies are focused on bleeding edge IT trends and include blockchain, robotics, machine learning, artificial intelligence and deep learning. More details are in "Luxoft Digital Enterprise" section. Each practice within Luxoft Digital focuses on the research and development of its respective subject matter and has a dedicated pool of IT professionals. The purpose of Luxoft Digital is to contribute knowledge and expertise to generate better offering for our customers through synergies between technical capabilities and niche-focused domain services within all of our lines of businesses. For example, we bring our Big Data expertise into our current alliance with the technology organization at one of our European Union based banking clients. We are working together on a multi-year strategic program of rebuilding core data warehouse platform used for regulatory reporting and business performance management. We believe the combination of our broad range of services and solutions, along with our deep industry and domain expertise, allows us to work concurrently on multiple mission critical engagements for a single client, leaving us well positioned to increase our share of our clients' core technology budgets. We also believe that services and solutions delivered by Luxoft Digital will allow us to diversify our current business and access new clients thereby lowering customer and vertical revenue concentration.

        We serve large multinational corporations that rely on our IT solutions and software development capabilities for many of their mission critical systems. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, a

43


Table of Contents

significant portion of our sales was to Fortune Global 500 companies, including Deutsche Bank, UBS, Boeing and Credit Suisse. During this period, we derived 57.6% of our sales from clients located in Europe, 33.3% from clients in the United States and 9.1% from clients in other geographies. As of March 31, 2017, seven out of our top ten clients have been with us for five or more years and, in the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the majority of our new clients were referred to us.

        The scope of our services ranges from handling standard outsourcing client-directed engagements to transformational, managed services engagements. Over the past several years we have experienced steady demand for managed services, by which we assume full control of the project team, including the project manager, lead analyst and lead architect, and manage all facets of execution. In managed services engagements, we have a higher degree of control over the staffing mix and the deployment of resources across our global dedicated delivery platform. These engagements allow us to embed ourselves in our client's business, thereby increasing client loyalty and barriers to entry for competition. In some cases, our long-standing relationships with large multinational clients lead to transformational engagements, in which we frequently replace a portion of the client's entire IT team and interface directly with the internal end user, instead of merely augmenting our client's IT department. We seek to continually improve our delivery by using optimized software development methodologies, such as Agile. Agile methodology entails the delivery of software at frequent iterations by cross-functional geographically distributed teams, often working remotely across various time zones. This methodology, along with our products and platforms, reduces time-to-market and lower development costs for our clients.

        We operate through an expansive and scalable global dedicated delivery model, which we believe is one of the key factors that differentiate us from the competition. We provide our services and deliver our solutions from 34 cities with delivery centers located primarily in CEE, including Bulgaria, Poland, Romania, Russia and Ukraine, where we have access to a significant pool of highly educated IT professionals who possess technical expertise and business domain knowledge. We also have delivery centers in Australia, Canada, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, South Africa, Sweden, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Vietnam. Our CEE delivery centers are strategically located near current and potential client sites in Eastern and Western Europe and in Asia Pacific. They are designed to offer worldwide offshore and nearshore seamless support and to meet our clients' security and infrastructure requirements. We believe that our global delivery model allows us to better serve our clients, providing us with agility, logistical and time zone convenience and the cost advantage of having fewer dedicated on-site personnel. We also believe the similarities in engineering culture between CEE, where the majority of our engineering talent is located, and our primary revenue-generating geographies—Europe and the United States—afford us a competitive advantage over non-CEE based competitors in pursuing engagements in those geographies. Our delivery model also serves as a powerful recruitment engine supporting the growth of our business by providing access to numerous emerging markets worldwide and allowing us to resolve bottlenecks in talent supply.

        We believe that our strong brand, corporate culture and our focus on efficient innovation aimed at promoting our clients' business goals and outcomes allow us to successfully recruit and retain highly qualified IT engineers and developers ("IT professionals"). As of March 31, 2017, we had 12,766 personnel of whom 10,807 were IT professionals. We support our growth through our human resources infrastructure that allows us to scale the workforce globally as our business grows. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we hired, on average, more than 350 IT professionals per month.

        Our work has earned us significant client recognition and visibility, including from our large multinational clients. During fiscal year 2017 our company became one of the first supplier members of SmartDeviceLink Consortium, which was formed by Ford and one of the key Japanese OEMs, and is a nonprofit organization working to manage an open source automotive software platform—a standard set of protocols and messages that connect applications on a smartphone to a vehicle's head unit.

44


Table of Contents

        The quality of our operational processes has been recognized by our Capability Maturity Model Integration, or CMMI, Level 5 certification, which is the highest level of the Software Engineering Institute's CMMI categorization for measuring the maturity of software development processes. We have also achieved TMMi Level 4 maturity level in quality management and testing.

        Our sales have grown from $314.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 to $785.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, representing a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 25.7%. Our net income has grown from $37.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 to $62.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, representing a CAGR of 13.7%. As of March 31, 2017, we had over 270 active clients and over 45 high potential accounts ("HPA"), including Credit Suisse, Continental and Microsoft. In the aggregate, all HPA accounts generated over $229 million in revenue during the year, which represents at least 90% growth as compared to the aggregated revenues of the HPA accounts during the previous year. We define HPA as a client account which, according to management's estimates, has potential to reach at least $5 million in recurring annual revenues within three years from the inception of such account and is capable of generating a three-year CAGR of at least 30%. Our management determines which of our clients should be deemed HPAs.

Industry background

IT services outsourcing and offshoring

        For a multinational corporation to remain competitive and meet the increasingly diverse needs of its worldwide client base, it must have sufficiently high-quality underlying IT architecture, stay current with constant technological evolution and have access to high-quality IT talent at a competitive cost. Furthermore, the combination of shrinking product lifecycles and the scarcity and associated cost of local IT engineering talent are driving companies to increasingly rely on the capabilities of IT outsourcing firms, instead of, or in addition to, their own offshore IT operations.

        Multinational corporations seek IT services providers that have industry-specific knowledge, the ability to manage dynamic, short development cycles, scale and recruit talent with relevant expertise, agility, cost-effectiveness and global delivery capabilities. Furthermore, IT spending is becoming more aligned with companies' broader business strategies towards innovation.

        The increased importance of IT-related decisions requires companies to look for providers with specific domain practice and vertical expertise, as opposed to generalists with commoditized skill sets. The offshore outsourcing business model has matured and evolved since its beginning in the early 1990s to provide proven advantages and fewer risks. The outsourcing industry is also moving away from a singular focus on cost toward a broader focus on efficiency and innovation. With that we believe that the need for traditional industry agnostic application development and maintenance (ADM) services is losing momentum in lieu of the end-to-end services concept. The idea of the end-to-end services concept is based on delivery of a complete solution that addresses a defined type of problem(s) typically faced by customers in a given vertical in its entirety without a need for additional vendors, subcontractors, and middlemen. The solution is a final product created by us reflecting the combination of necessary components, such as proprietary IP, expert engineering and custom software development services, selection and deployment of standard off-the shelf software and any combination of those. ADM-related stand-alone tasks, when not supplemented by premium services, are becoming standardized or commoditized, thereby unavoidably creating margin pressure. Multinational corporations no longer utilize IT outsourcing only in an effort to achieve cost efficiencies and labor arbitrage. They also seek to increase agility, introduce innovation and reduce complexity by replacing, or complementing in-house IT resources through partnerships with vendors that can provide wide array of domain-focused services. Therefore, we are actively enhancing our premium services and end-to-end

45


Table of Contents

solutions to move outside of the traditional outsourcing space and adding premium capabilities, including consulting, in order to keep moving up the value chain.

        The financial crisis of 2008 and 2009 accelerated several trends in multinational corporations' sourcing strategies that have led to growth of the overall technology expertise outsourcing market and changed the provider landscape. The first trend is the need to innovate while reducing costs. This continues to drive multinational corporations to seek talent with tailored skills, and to expand the use of multiple providers in order to gain access to scalable and cost-effective resources. The second trend is increasingly thoughtful management of global vendor sourcing. Multinational corporations vary the number of vendors they use based on their budgets, mission critical and discretionary needs, and prevailing business conditions. Therefore, many multinational corporations may look to consolidate their outsourcing firms by using fewer vendors and focusing on those that provide high quality, expert services. Our top client Deutsche Bank is a good example of such trend. Over the past years it went through significant consolidation efforts and developed a Supplier Partnership Program, which was successfully launched in June 2014 in order to concentrate Deutsche Bank's outsourcing efforts on the small number of strategic vendors capable of delivering the most profound business impact. Our company is once again participating in this program as a Strategic Partner 2016 of Deutsche Bank. In other cases, corporations may seek to selectively add new vendors for additional or specialized expertise and/or geographic diversity in order to manage concentration risk. Some of our client wins are related to such diversification strategies, where clients seek to add the nearshore convenience of Eastern European outsourcing. The third trend is the increasing importance of vendor possession of specialized expertise and solutions that address defined challenges specific to the client or to a given industry vertical. Therefore, we perceive achieving end-to-end provider status in the niche domains of our focus to be one of the top priorities and necessary steps to successful execution of managed delivery engagements. For example, we consider ourselves to be an end-to-end provider of software development services covering the entire spectrum of applications necessary for entertainment, navigation, and telematics hardware to be integrated and properly function in cockpits of cars.

Trends of IT spend in key industry verticals

        Financial services:     The financial services industry has traditionally been one of the most IT-intensive industries. Most of the IT services providers are concentrating their efforts within the Run the Bank (RTB) segment, which is now challenged with budget and margin pressure, and thus these providers are facing a challenging growth environment. Our company historically has been present in the less crowded and more non-discretionary by nature Change the Bank (CTB) space, providing a wide array of services that are designed to achieve growth and are relevant to current markets conditions.

        In order to preserve their capital, financial institutions need to invest in their IT architecture and change many legacy business processes in line with new, modern and disruptive technologies available today. This enables these institutions to modernize their mostly in-house developed, vertical-specific legacy systems, which often increases the demand for managed services in front-office IT, to introduce new technologies and processes.

        We believe that the following broad trends currently drive financial services IT spending: innovation in response to digitization—driven disruption; ongoing cost optimization in order to increase efficiency; standardization and simplification of existing legacy systems and unnecessary complex software architecture to reduce on-going expenses; and ongoing regulatory and compliance challenges:

    Innovation:   Financial services industry is driven by ongoing necessity to innovate, especially in line with the recent digital transformation in the industry. Financial services industry, especially its investment banking part with high exposure to capital markets and sales and trading, is undergoing rebalancing. Management focus is shifting to the end consumer-oriented parts of the

46


Table of Contents

      business, such as wealth management, asset management and retail and private banking. The progress and the competitive edge in all of the above segments are driven by digital transformation. These include technologies that become non-discretionary such as big data, private cloud, various FinTech tools and products, UI/UX, as well as less immediate technologies, such as blockchain, machine learning, grid computing, which we believe will become a must to deploy in a more distant future.

    Optimization:   Banks have hundreds of applications but need to reduce the number of applications by sun-setting some legacy items. There is a mounting need to decrease infrastructure costs and increase computing capacity, which generates ample demand for cloud migration services to make the underlying data cheaper to maintain, and become available quickly. Today Financial Services clients try to optimize their IT, including applications and systems infrastructure, by looking for opportunities to run these operations via a utility-based Platform As-A-Service ("PAAS") model.

    Standardization:   IT infrastructure and custom trading systems built in the capital markets over the last decades became quite massive in size and are difficult and expensive to maintain. The banks used to spend a lot of money on creative proprietary trading systems and efforts focused on unifying the data. At this juncture, IT operations of most banks, especially large global banks, represent a significant cost item and a burdensome legacy to carry. Thus, standard platforms, such as Murex and Calypso, have started receiving an increased amount of attention. The areas of significant demand growth for standard package implementations are Capital Markets as well as wealth and asset management divisions.

    Regulatory and compliance:   On-going regulatory reporting, governance and compliance (GRC) challenges fueling consistent demand for data-related technologies, including big data. The latest regulations require financial institutions to make changes to their systems in order to be compliant with Basel Committee's Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB) and E.U.'s Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MIFID II).

        Our clients in this vertical include Deutsche Bank, UBS, Credit Suisse and Citi.

        Automotive and transport:     The rapid introduction of new electronic architecture and the separation of hardware and its functionality and software are driving demand for embedded software development and independent software integration expertise inside and outside of the cockpit. The way the cars are being designed and produced as well as the length of software development cycles are radically changing. Inside of the cockpit infotainment and navigation, the Human Machine Interface (HMI) features / user experience, and autonomous driving are all undergoing continuous transformation. Outside of the cockpit the disruption spans across all of the Under The Hood (UTH) elements: the powertrain, chassis, motor, breaks, and other components. The capabilities of a car receiving over-the-air updates is increasing, allowing for a shorter time to market from design room to the end consumer. Regulation and competitive pressure from other industries place new demands on vehicle User Experiences and UTH control functions, as more and more autonomous driving features are added into the vehicles.

        Sharing economy, electrification of the vehicle and overall increased presence of software in the car opens the door for relevant technologies and allows various services related to fully digital lifestyle to come into the cars of today. Thus, cloud- and diagnostics-related services have become a new catalyst for growth and IT expenditures, in this sector. Furthermore, IT expenditures in the automotive and transport industry is also increasingly driven by improving safety and complying with regulatory requirements. Ensuring safety and limiting driver distraction while improving the in-car experience is remaining one of the key priorities of OEMs and their immediate suppliers.

        Our clients in this vertical include Harman, Continental, Ford and BMW.

47


Table of Contents

        Telecom:     The growth of tablets and smart phones, combined with the accelerating growth of video and multimedia traffic, will continue to increase the demands on network providers' networks and enterprises' systems. The growth in adoption of wireless communications (including 4G/LTE), virtualization technologies and cloud computing will require service providers and enterprises to further invest in their network infrastructure. Software Defined Networking ("SDN") and Network Function Visualization ("NFV") are technologies that carriers and network equipment manufacturers are pursuing and aggressively testing in their lab environments and selected networks. New eco-systems are being developed around NFV Conformance and Interoperability testing.

        Wireless competition has intensified in the U.S. and underlying technologies are advancing to ensure better economics and agility. The nature of competition and change continues to put pressure on our customers in the service provider, equipment manufacturer, and large enterprise spaces. Our core technical services remain in demand and we continue to build out additional capabilities in 4G/LTE, Over-the-top (OTT) video enablement, big data management, and software systems that make our customers more efficient. New software technology persists as the dominant change agent in the advancement of communications services.

        The customers in this line of business are looking for providers with highly relevant expertise, including offshore and onshore data analytics and software development capabilities specifically tailored to communications services providers and their end customers. Service providers and media companies in this vertical are seeking out vendor partners with deep expertise in systems technology for network equipment manufacturers and new OTT media competences.

        Our clients in this vertical include Cobham Wireless, Spirent, and a top Fortune 500 company.

        Healthcare and Pharmaceuticals:     Patients are increasingly empowered with access to personal health data and supporting technologies. Pharmaceutical companies are being driven towards outcomes based medicines and are required to embrace new technologies to streamline and accelerate their drug discovery and commercialization activities. Furthermore, the Healthcare & Life Sciences industries are converging, opening up a significant potential within each of these two fields especially in the R&D domain. For example, clinical, pharmacovigilance, and regulatory processes will be advanced and accelerated with techniques, such as machine learning and natural language processing. Competitive landscape in this vertical is comprised of traditional IT vendors without extensive industry experience, and sector-focused providers who do not have adequate capabilities with cutting edge technologies. The clients are looking for vendors who are capable of handling complex domain-focused engagements, which are outside of the scope of commoditized IT services, and incorporating innovation and technologies of tomorrow.

        Our clients in this vertical include two top Fortune 500 companies.

    Luxoft Digital Enterprise:

        Consumers of today choose providers of goods and services based on convenience, speed of service, ease of use and quality of their experiences with desired goods and services. For companies, digitalization is becoming an important way to differentiate, become more efficient, acquire new customers, and measurably improve their output. Data is becoming a valuable source of intelligence, effective consumer targeting, and source for improvement of business outcomes. Combination of various expertise within Luxoft Digital, such as IoT, Big Data, Data Analytics, Artificial Intelligence, Machine and Deep Learning ensures that we enable competitive differentiation for our clients across all lines of businesses.

48


Table of Contents

        Automation and robotics are becoming important trends in retail, services, logistics, and even financial services. Below are examples of trends in various domains of the economy where Luxoft Digital can and is making a difference:

         Travel and aviation :    New technologies, an all-round shift to mobile devices and social media have transformed the way the travel experience is offered and managed. Concepts like connected airplane made possible through IoT based technologies and airplane infotainment on demand are becoming more and more popular with the clients in this vertical. With software technologies transforming the travel industry, highly personalized customer service of the traditional travel agent has been nearly eliminated in favor of customer self-service. The players in the travel and aviation industry demand new solutions that return the business focus onto the customer while improving the way the travel experience is offered and managed. This change from a transactional model to a relationship based consumer centric model opens up additional opportunities for travel technology companies, from new product development to the transformation of legacy systems. For aerospace companies, in addition to stringent industry regulations and security requirements, it is necessary to keep with the pace of technological innovation while managing overall profitability. Thus, with increasing cost and competitive pressures, travel and aviation companies will continue to be attracted to high quality, low cost IT services and solutions providers. Therefore, we see prevailing demand from existing clients in the areas of big data processing, analysis and visualization. Clients are also interested in developing mobile applications for travel, such as travel assistants, disruption management, loyalty and in-flight entertainment. We have also started seeing interest in emerging technologies, such as Near Field Communication (NFC), and indoor positioning based on low-power consuming technologies, such as Bluetooth.

        Our clients in this domain include Boeing, Expedia and Alcatel—Lucent.

         Technology :    Embedded Software has become a crucial component of ecosystems, helping to put products ahead of the competition. Original Equipment and Device Manufacturers (OEMs and ODMs) as well as leading semiconductor companies strive to create innovative software solutions that meet the latest market requirements. With the continued migration to new operating systems and open standards, escalating adoption of cloud technologies and increasing mobile, high performance cross-platform and smart electronics development and proliferation of new concepts, such as IoT, technology companies are required to keep up with the pace of rapid technological evolution. OEMs and ODMs focus on multiple industries, including automotive, wireless, consumer electronics, manufacturing, medical handheld devices, telecom, video, multimedia, security and identification, and vendors, which can help them address product engineering tasks that cover the entire technology stack. For example, the rising demand for IoT and connected solutions creates a new challenge for automation intelligence in the space of smart sensors and cloud data processing. Disruptive technologies and new ways of customer interactions introducing new avenues for security threats are becoming more complex and impactful on business. That is why embedded software is increasing in its importance and the players in the technology industry must increasingly invest in controlling features like security in a "built-in" (i.e. embedded) manner, rather than a "bolt-on" (i.e. added later) manner, for their products to minimize security vulnerabilities and flaws.

        Our clients in this domain include AMD, Loewe and Microsoft.

         Energy :    With an aging energy distribution infrastructure and increased regulatory pressures to implement smart grid and demand response services, the IT needs of energy companies will continue to grow. Furthermore, the popularity and progress of green and renewable technologies combined with the ever-increasing need to cut costs is expected to drive demand for innovative, high quality and low cost IT services providers. Prevailing digitization trends are also affecting this sector generating demand for IoT-based technologies and big data / analytics, including telemetry. Technology plays greater and greater role in increasing effectiveness and enhancement of the oil & gas production process. The

49


Table of Contents

enterprises in this segment are looking for IT capabilities in automation of geological data collection, modeling of drilling logs, extraction optimization, well completion analysis, as well as analysis of drilling data pools delivered by the connected censors participating in the entire drilling process.

        Our clients in this domain include GE, Synergy Energy and Kent County Council.

Growth of CEE as a services delivery location

Availability of high-quality talent

        CEE's large pool of highly educated and experienced IT professionals with strong technical skills makes the region an appealing outsourcing destination. Countries in CEE have historically demonstrated a strong focus on technical education, exemplified by the high proportion of students in this region completing higher education in the areas of applied mathematics, physics and engineering. Students from universities in CEE have also historically dominated world computer programming competitions.

        The availability of human resources throughout the region, in particular in Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland, and Bulgaria allows providers to be as agile and scalable as necessary.

        Russia.     The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization ("UNESCO") estimates that 28% of all graduates in Russia receive degrees in the field of science and technology. Our engineering headcount as of March 31, 2017 in Russia amounted to 2,008 engineers. According to the May 11, 2017 Gartner report, "Evaluate Offshore/Nearshore Countries for Outsourcing, Shared Services and Captives in EMEA, 2016," by Neil Barton, et.al. (the "May 2017 Gartner Report"), "Russia's software export industry is worth $6 billion a year and grows at an 11% CAGR. Some 90,000 engineers currently work in the software export industry, with a similar number of STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) graduates arriving each year. Russian universities perform strongly in programming competitions, and English is spoken by around 75% of IT workers. Labor costs in secondary cities such as St. Petersburg and Novosibirsk can be 20% to 30% lower. Employee attrition and labor cost inflation are low compared with Eastern Europe."

        Ukraine.     According to the May 2017 Gartner Report, "over 50% of developers are in Kiev. Secondary cities include Kharkiv, Lviv, Dnipro, Odessa and Vinnytsia. The rapid growth of the software engineering industry in Ukraine from 2009 to 2013 attracted many young people to technology degrees. Good supply and falling demand means that labor rates in Ukraine have remained attractively low, even more so for Western viewers because of the Ukrainian hryvnia has fallen by 75% against most Western currencies since 2014." Our engineering headcount as of March 31, 2017 in Ukraine amounted to 3,344 engineers.

        Romania.     The language capabilities of the local human capital position Romania as an attractive offshore destination for IT services outsourcing, although competition for skilled resources may be intense. Our engineering headcount as of March 31, 2017 in Romania demonstrated an 11.8% year over year increase and amounted to 1,624 engineers. According to the May 2017 Gartner Report, "Romania has invested heavily in technology parks, with 2.25 million square meters of office space available in Bucharest and increasing options in cheaper secondary cities such as Cluj, Iasi and Timisoara. In addition to English language skills, Romania is an interesting option for customers needing other European languages: 27% of IT workers speak French, and, in total, Romania offers 2.7 million French speakers. German and Spanish speakers are also widely available. Romania's political stability has improved as an established member of the EU, and service exports continue to grow at above 10% per year. Romania is now home to delivery centers for more than 50 well-known multinational brands."

50


Table of Contents

        Poland.     During fiscal year 2017 we increased the size of our Polish engineer presence by 7.1% year over year, which now exceeds 1,800 employees. According to the May 2017 Gartner Report, "over 450 companies have now located delivery centers in Poland, and the service export economy has grown at an 18% CAGR since 2009. Krakow is the largest cluster of delivery centers, with 30,000 workers, Warsaw and Wroclaw both offer around 20,000 workers, and Lodz has a further 10,000. Smaller secondary cities include Katowice, Lublin, Bydgoszcz, Posnan and Szczecin. The availability of resources with strong foreign language skills is very good in Poland. The government has made learning a modern foreign language (most often English) mandatory in the education system for children aged five and over. English is the most widely spoken language followed by German, French, and also Spanish and Italian."

        Bulgaria.     Our engineering headcount in Bulgaria as of March 31, 2017 amounted to 194 engineers, representing a 24.4% year-over-year increase. According to the February 2016 Gartner Report, "Bulgaria's offshoring industry is growing at a 13% CAGR through a combination of low labor costs and a stable economic environment. As a full EU member, Bulgaria's workforce is free to work anywhere within the EU. Bulgaria is a member of intellectual property protection organizations such as the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), WTO and TRIPS. The currency is also stable, having been successfully pegged to the euro for many years."

        The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the "Gartner Report(s)") represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. ("Gartner"), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Annual Report) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

        In May 2014, we began our "Luxoft: Global Upgrade" program (the "Global Upgrade"), through which we have aimed to disseminate our workforce across relocation hubs in several key geographies. We believe this internal mobility model further differentiates us from other providers, which operate via large hubs predominantly committed to a single country. Since the Global Upgrade was completed in 2015, we have expanded our recruitment efforts to a global scale utilizing the processes and the relationships we have established while we were executing on that program to the benefit and continuous improvement of our recruitment. During fiscal year 2017, we have placed over 700 professionals in key geographies such as Mexico, Poland, Romania, and the United Kingdom.

        We seek out engineering excellence worldwide, especially in emerging markets, and move these resources to our larger locations, such as Poland, Romania or Bulgaria, utilizing benefits and established processes obtained during the initial relocation of our staff. Those benefits include monetary incentives from the governmental organizations of Eastern European countries. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we received 8.08 million RON, or $1.86 million, of government incentives in Romania, 3.48 million PLN, or $0.83 million, in Poland and 0.39 million BGN, or $0.2 million, in Bulgaria. See more information on governmental programs and incentives in the "Government support for the IT industry in CEE" section.

Increasing popularity of near-shoring

        As the model for offshoring has evolved, the industry has seen the emergence of near-shoring, which involves outsourcing to countries with lower labor costs that are in geographical and/or time zone proximity to client locations. Near-shoring improves communication between clients and delivery teams, increases efficiency, reduces complexity and risks and increases the ultimate value delivered to clients. Given the physical proximity, cultural affinity, ease of travel, minimal time zone difference and high-quality talent offered by CEE, this region is becoming an increasingly popular destination for near-shoring and a diversification alternative for Western European companies, as well as European

51


Table of Contents

divisions of large global companies. Other popular near-shoring destinations for clients in North America include Mexico, and for clients in Asia Pacific include Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam.

Government support for the IT industry in CEE

        The CEE region's IT industry is supported by favorable governmental policies. Russia has announced a number of initiatives to promote IT growth as part of a broader focus on modernization and innovation. For example, qualified IT companies under the Russian Tax Code benefit from a substantially reduced social contribution rate and an exemption on value added tax in certain circumstances.

        The National Program of Informatization has been implemented in Ukraine since 1998. The Program has the following goals: formation of legal, organizational, scientific and technical, economic, financial, methodical and humanitarian pre-conditions for development of information technology; application and development of modern information technologies in the corresponding spheres of public life; and formation and support of market for information technology related products and services.

        According to the clause 261 of the paragraph 2 of the transitional period provisions of the Tax Code of Ukraine starting January 1, 2013 until January 1, 2023, IT companies that perform activities in Ukraine are exempted from value added tax payments on supply of software products. Software products are defined as the results of computer programming in the form of operating system, systemic, applied, entertaining and/or educational computer software (or their components) as well as websites and/or online services and cryptographic data protection. Additionally, in 2012 the Parliament of Ukraine adopted Law No. 5450-17 "On the State support of the software development industry," via which the Ukrainian government ratifies, on a yearly basis, an annual plan of measures.

        The Romanian government has also recognized the IT sector as a priority for the national economy. A number of government policies, such as the exemption from income taxes of programmers who are employed by software companies and who satisfy certain criteria, have been put in place to foster further growth of the country's IT sector. Further, starting on February 1, 2013, the allowed R&D deduction that was introduced into the Romanian Fiscal Code effective on January 1, 2009 was increased to 50% of the eligible expenses from R&D activities from the taxable profit base, instead of the previous 20%. In addition, income reinvested in the production and/or acquisition of technological equipment, IT equipment and software utilized for performing economic activities is exempt from corporate income tax. With effect from 1 January 2017, the exemption also applies to rights to use software. The exemption was first introduced with effect from 1 July 2014 up until 31 December 2016, but subsequently extended for an unlimited period as of 1 January 2017.

        In addition, in 2012, the Romanian government started a state aid program for support of investments promoting regional development by using new technologies and creating working places. In the third quarter of 2013, our subsidiary Luxoft Professional Romania ("Luxoft Romania") applied to participate in this state aid program and received the requisite approvals in February 2014. As a condition to being accepted into the state aid program and receiving a 40% reimbursement from the Romanian government of the total salary costs of new workers during a period of 24 months starting on their respective hiring dates, Luxoft Romania undertook to do the following: (i) make an investment in equipment, furniture, and licenses of RON 1.7 million, or approximately $0.4 million, during 2014 and 2015, as part of the investment plan submitted to the Romanian government, and to maintain the investment for a period of five years thereafter; (ii) hire 250 workers during 2014 and 2015 and maintain the new working places for a period of five years after the first payment of the state grant related to each new working place, as part of the hiring plan submitted to the Romanian Government; and (iii) pay to the state budget, in the course of five years from the completion date of the investment, social tax payments of RON 41.7 million, or approximately $9.8 million, as stated in the business plan submitted by Luxoft Romania to the Romanian government.

52


Table of Contents

        In 2013, the government of Bulgaria implemented measures to support IT companies, including reimbursing employers in Bulgaria for the social security contributions they are required to make in relation to newly hired personnel. In 2014, we received a grant for the reimbursement of such social security contributions we must pay for new personnel we hire in Bulgaria. This incentive applies to remuneration to be paid by us to such employees during the first year of employment. During fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we received a reimbursement under the grant in the amount of 0.4 million BGN or $0.2 million.

        Additionally, during fiscal year 2016 we received an award from the Polish Agency of Foreign Investments. The award provides for a monetary subsidy of 8,688 PLN to our company for each individual hired in Poland over the next five years subject to certain conditions. During fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we received a payment under the award in the amount of 3.5 million PLN or $0.8 million.

Competitive strengths

        We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors:

        Deep vertical expertise with focus on end-to-end service offerings and solutions.     We focus on four industry verticals that are technology- and data-intensive, that, we believe, present a large and growing market opportunity. To further enhance our expertise, we recruit highly skilled IT professionals with significant understanding of industry-specific business operations and issues and substantial technology experience. We have also built substantive practice areas within our verticals to address our clients' most pressing problems, such as risk management, reference data, and asset-backed securities within the financial services vertical, and HMI and UTH practices within the automotive vertical. We invest in research and development to create cross-functional and vertical-specific proprietary products and platforms that help us deliver our services rapidly and cost-effectively. During the past two fiscal years, we have considered the Financial Services and Automotive verticals as our primary growth opportunities and investment priorities. During fiscal year 2017, these two verticals comprised 75.7% of the Company's revenues and grew 13.3% on a year over year basis. This growth represented 51.8% of the total revenue growth the company delivered during fiscal year 2017. We believe that our expertise, services, platforms, and products offered within these verticals are superior to those of our competitors and serve as compelling differentiators for our customers.

        Strong domain practices anchored within Luxoft Digital.     Over the past several years, we have developed expertise in domain practices, including IoT, Big Data, Cloud, DevOps, and Digital Experience. The purpose of these domain practices is to operate across all of our verticals and deliver higher customer value and synergies by reinforcing Luxoft Digital's technical capabilities and niche-focused domain services within these lines of businesses. We believe these domain practices are critical to the ongoing success of our clients. To support the development of these innovative expertise, we have established dedicated resources specifically to research and development for each of them. Each practice has a dedicated pool of resources, including its own budget, time and IT professionals. We believe that our domain practice knowledge, applied within the industry vertical context of our clients' business needs, provides us with a strong competitive advantage. We rely on the strength of our programmers to integrate a wide variety of programming languages, hardware platforms, operating systems and third-party software to meet emerging trends. Our focused investment in people, platforms and technology allows us to compete effectively with other vendors for additional business from our clients. It also helps our clients optimize their own technology and processes, achieve crucial business goals and become more competitive.

        Long-term relationships with multinational clients.     Our largest clients consist primarily of Fortune Global 500 companies such as Deutsche Bank, UBS, Boeing, HP and Credit Suisse. As of March 31, 2017, seven out of our top ten clients have been with us for five or more years and we have

53


Table of Contents

experienced very low client turnover in the past. Many of our large client relationships began as standalone pilot projects, the success of which enabled us to win additional mission critical, multi-year development engagements. Because of our delivery of consistently high quality and innovative results, our relationship with many of these clients evolved into large scale collaborative relationships and managed delivery engagements whereby we entered into outcome-based arrangements with our clients. We generally enter into multi-year master services agreements with our clients that encompass multiple stages of their IT development cycle. The dedicated teams of IT professionals we assign to each client combined with a personnel attrition rate that we believe to be lower than many other industry players, results in the continuity of personnel and, importantly, the retention of knowhow and strengthening of client relationships. We leverage these deep relationships to develop a sophisticated understanding and extensive knowledge of our clients' businesses, aiming to become vendor-partners for our clients for a wide variety of their CTB IT needs, and thus providing higher quality services, better business outcomes and stronger client relationships.

        Highly educated and experienced workforce.     We are committed to recruiting, developing and maintaining a work force of high quality IT professionals. We have invested significant resources to grow from 2,619 IT professionals as of March 31, 2009 to 10,807 technically sophisticated IT professionals as of March 31, 2017. Certain of our delivery locations, such as Bulgaria, Poland, Romania, Russia, Ukraine, and Vietnam, are strategically established in regions with large pools of highly skilled engineers and a strong focus on technical education. We have improved relationships with key academic institutions in strategically important and fast-growing locations of Luxoft, including Poland, Romania and Bulgaria. In addition to helping us to attract talent, this enables us to continue increasing employer brand awareness in these regions. We have also launched a new campaign known as "One Company" aimed to enhance global corporate culture and employee retention through the instilling of corporate values and identity and the further integration of our recent acquisitions. For more information on our recruitment and retention programs, see "Recruitment and Retention" below. We believe a continuous increase of our average annual revenues per billable engineer is a result of us consistently training and successfully retaining our staff that is delivering higher quality value-added services to our clients. During the fiscal year 2017, our revenue per delivery engineer increased to $78.3 thousand as compared to $77.3 thousand for the fiscal year 2016, which represents an annual increase of 2.5%.

        Global delivery platform.     Our secure delivery centers in Australia, Bulgaria, Canada, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico, Poland, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Sweden, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Vietnam allow us to provide managed delivery and value added services for software development and innovative IT solutions. As of March 31, 2017, our company had delivery centers in 34 cities and 16 countries. We believe that having such an expansive and scalable delivery platform is one of our key differentiating factors. On one hand, it offers worldwide offshore and near-shore seamless support to our clients. And on the other hand, it serves as a powerful engine fueling the growth of our business and resolving bottlenecks in talent supply. As we execute engagements for many clients we have a certain degree of discretion with respect to workflow distribution between our delivery locations with differing macro attributes (i.e. wage inflation and interest and currency rates), for example, Krakow and Wroclaw in Poland, Bucharest in Romania and Kiev in Ukraine versus Omsk, Russia, Dnipro, Ukraine and Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. The latter group usually has lower wages, lower wage inflation, stable talent pool and lower attrition. Managing work flows in that fashion enables us to increase the utilization of our IT professionals by effectively allocating work based on resource and talent requirements to balance cost and achieve scalability, and mitigates certain economic risks, such as wage inflation, that might affect any single geography. Our dedicated delivery centers are distributed across time zones among our delivery locations and consist of teams of IT professionals dedicated to a single client. This setup allows us to work seamlessly for clients in different time zones and maintain a cultural and geographic cohesiveness with our clients' on-site teams. We believe that serving our clients by means of this model, combined with the mission

54


Table of Contents

critical nature of engagements, reduces the risk that our clients will switch vendors and drives recurring revenue. We have been keeping, on average, approximately 85% of our engineering workforce located in offshore and nearshore delivery centers as of March 31, 2017, which is intended to reduce our costs by limiting the use of expensive on-site personnel.

        Strong and experienced management team.     We benefit from the effective leadership of an international management team with diverse backgrounds and extensive experience in IT services. Each member of our senior management team has on average more than 16 years of industry experience as of March 31, 2017, and has extensive experience in working both inside and outside of CEE for large and multinational corporations. Our CEO has been with us since our inception in 2000, and many of our managers have been with us for seven or more years. Moreover, our management team has successfully guided our rapid expansion primarily through organic growth.

Strategies

        Our goal is to become the end-to-end solutions provider of choice for core systems and mission critical software that enhance business outcomes and help enterprises remain competitive. Typically, within our four verticals we specifically target HPAs, which are large multinational companies that require significant amounts of sophisticated IT services and solutions on an ongoing basis with an intention to become an embedded, strategic provider for their high-end technology needs. To expand business substantially with these accounts, we follow our "Anchor- Develop-Grow" model: we aim to successfully complete smaller engagements at the "Anchor" stage; then we undertake a longer term engagement, upon completion of which we aim to become a strategic vendor during the "Develop" stage; and finally, we increase the amount of services to the existing business and expand the offering to other business lines during the "Grow" stage. We intend to expand our offerings to current clients and to win business from new clients by pursuing the following:

        Develop new capabilities and service offerings within our verticals.     We plan to expand our offerings to large multinational clients with whom we already have a strong relationship, and to win new clients within our four industry verticals. We intend to use our multi-site global dedicated delivery model, vertically aligned client-facing teams and innovative industry-specific products and platforms to increase our share of high value engagements and diversify across our existing clients' divisions and departments. For example, for our financial services vertical, we opened a delivery center in Gothenburg, Sweden in 2015 to be in close proximity and better serve our clients in the Nordic region of Europe. Further, in automotive, we seek to expand beyond software development services around cockpit, and increasingly target new sources of revenues. Today we see more and more demand for independent software integration outside of the cockpit—for the Under the Hood area of the car. This includes software for powertrain, chassis, and for the body of the car, which must run and communicate fast enough to meet timing, quality and safety requirements for the safe continuous operation of the vehicle. As a result of the acquisition of Symtavision, discussed in more depth under "Acquisitions," we obtained deep subject matter expertise, industry recognition, direct OEM relationships and references in UTH technologies. In addition to thought leadership and expertise, Symtavision also brings proprietary IP-based tooling that we believe will help us build a scalable service-based, consulting business with revenue per engineer exceeding the current annual average rate for our Company.

        We also seek to expand our service offerings in all of our verticals by taking over our clients' captive IT operations, which also benefits clients by reducing the total cost of ownership. We plan to continue to invest proactively in and develop our innovative proprietary solutions around emerging technologies, supporting trends and critical client needs in our industry verticals.

        Leverage domain practice expertise to win new business.     We intend to leverage the domain practice expertise we have developed in each of our five COEs, and to develop new technical expertise. We believe that our continued dedication to several key domain practices will result in substantial business

55


Table of Contents

outcomes for clients who use our services and solutions, and will translate into more business for us. In addition to being helpful to existing clients, we plan to use the products and platforms we have developed within our domain practices as pre-sale tools to demonstrate our capabilities to new clients in the existing verticals and to help us diversify to other industries, such as retail, manufacturing, healthcare, pharmaceuticals and others.

        Provide managed delivery model.     In an effort to better serve our clients' needs, a meaningful portion of our engagements is executed as managed delivery. We believe managed delivery provides advantages for both our clients and our operations. For clients, managed delivery greatly enhances visibility, transparency and cost predictability of the outsourcing process, thereby reducing their risks. For us, managed delivery is a means of expanding our role in our clients' projects, thereby embedding us in our clients' core IT operations and ensuring stability of our ongoing relationships with these clients. Managed delivery, especially when used in conjunction with Agile methodologies, improves utilization of our IT professionals and resources, streamlines the engineering of complex distributed systems, and increases the visibility of our potential revenue stream and the scalability of our operations. It also allows us to gain real-time knowledge of our clients' business, thus further growing our expertise in given business domain practices, ensuring our quality service and increasing client loyalty. Our aim is to increase our ownership of client projects to the point of providing transformational engagements and those within which we substantially or fully replace a portion of our clients' IT departments.

        Continue to develop our proprietary platforms.     We will continue to develop our existing proprietary platforms and demonstrators to showcase our expertise in a given domain, further enhance capabilities of existing solutions and create new products and platforms. For example, our technology demonstrator AllView utilizes an in-house reference design platform for creating an in-vehicle user experience ("UX"), linking instrument cluster, head unit and mobile devices. AllView shows automakers the possibilities in optimizing car user experience and improving safety by reducing driver distraction, while encouraging third-party application development. We intend to continue building up our IP portfolio by selectively acquiring platforms and companies that own platforms that expand our current end-to-end offerings. We believe that expanding our portfolio of platforms differentiates us from other software services providers. These proprietary assets also help us target aspects of our clients' software budgets that were not previously accessible to us, and position us well for continued growth.

        Attract and retain top quality talent.     To support our growth and maintain our competitive position as a leading high-end IT service provider, we grow our highly skilled employee base by continuing to execute our sourcing and hiring practices and enhancing our brand as an employer of choice in the industry and numerous countries around the worlds in which we currently have presence. We plan to continue to enhance our human resources infrastructure as our business grows. We seek to maintain our low attrition rates through our internal training programs and employee initiatives, including rewards and incentives for high-performing employees. Since 2001, we have been building a successful track record of establishing delivery centers in CEE, Asia Pacific and Western Europe, where we have access to highly educated IT professionals at attractive wages. Over the past fiscal year, we have successfully opened delivery centers in Gothenburg, Sweden, Penang, Malaysia, Ruesselsheim, Germany, Warsaw, Poland, and other areas. We plan to continue opening delivery centers in CEE and other emerging and developed markets that strategically fit into our existing nearshore and offshore delivery network.

        Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions and strategic partnerships.     While we focus primarily on organic growth, we continue to consider complementary acquisitions that would expand our technological and/or domain knowledge and client relationships to be a critical part of our growth strategy. From a strategic perspective, our goal is to pursue acquisitions that will measurably contribute to our positioning as a preferred end-to-end solution provider of certain domain-focused quality IT

56


Table of Contents

services. We aim to acquire new capabilities in our core verticals to enhance our value-added offering to our existing client base and help secure new HPAs to underpin the long-term growth outlook for the business.

        On January 31, 2017, we acquired IntroPro, an engineering consultancy with deep expertise spanning the complete lifecycle of enterprise and embedded software architecture, development, testing and QA, maintenance and managed services for content delivery and management specifically focused on TV, Media, and Entertainment industry. This acquisition further deepened Luxoft's vertical expertise and widened current offering for the wireless and cable/satellite providers—a customer audience that it has been actively targeting for the last few years. It has solidified our embedded software development expertise specifically around content delivery and management for TV, Media, and Entertainment industries. Thus, we expanded our presence in one of our top Fortune 500 clients, a major wireless carrier, and extended our telecom service catalogue, playing into our end-to-end premium services strategy. Synergies between our organically built expertise in telecom segment around SDN/NFV together with the expertise obtained through Insys and IntroPro not only solidify our position with one of our top Fortune 500 clients, a major wireless carrier, but also allow us to roll out a unique offering to other wireless carriers and cable/network operators. As an immediate result such top Fortune 500 client became one of our top 5 accounts replacing Avaya. See "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Acquisitions."

        On September 13, 2016 we acquired Pelagicore AB, a leader in open source software (OSS) platforms and services for in-vehicle infotainment (IVI) and human machine interface (HMI) development. The company serves a number of blue-chip corporations and enjoys industry recognition as thought leaders in the HMI space with deep expertise in open source technologies, the cross-platform user interface (UI) development framework Qt, and in IVI systems. Its product portfolio facilitates richer user experiences (UX) and user interfaces (UI) in line with the next generation of consumer electronics. As a result of this acquisition, we added several significant OEM and Tier I marquee clients, as well as added tech expertise in open source platform Qt, which is a golden standard in open source software development process. Synergies between our organically built expertise and capabilities brought with Symtavision and Pelagicore acquisitions made stronger Luxoft's automotive brand of a go-to system integrator capable to provide skills and solutions along the entire services stack.

        On July 15, 2016, we acquired Insys Group, Inc. ("Insys"), a U.S.-based IT consulting provider serving a large number of blue-chip corporations, with a significant proportion of revenue being generated from the healthcare, pharmaceuticals & biotech and telecom verticals. The core service offering of Insys includes advanced predictive analytics, business intelligence and data warehousing, digital marketing, and enterprise information management. Insys, which delivers services to marquee clients including Fortune 100 companies served by their focus verticals, diversifies Luxoft's client base and decreases current client and geographical concentration, measurably expanding Luxoft's North American footprint in particular. In addition, Insys's employment of seasoned industry professionals with deep vertical knowledge complements Luxoft's business. INSYS's sales executives with a proven track record of anchoring Fortune 100 accounts are expected to significantly build out Luxoft's current sales efforts in North America; and its talented senior management team that has been growing these Fortune 100 accounts to substantial levels is expected to amplify the capabilities of Luxoft's current senior management team.

        Further, in fiscal year 2017, we have successfully completed the integration of Symtavision and Excelian acquired in fiscal year 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our strategy is to acquire companies that complement our business and work to increase their profitability. This strategy results in measurable optimization and increased efficiencies, in addition to straightforward top line related business synergies. These synergies were among the catalysts for the Radius acquisition completed in fiscal year 2015 and the Excelian acquisition.

57


Table of Contents

        In addition to strategic acquisitions, we also look to form strategic collaborations with industry leaders as a way to anchor significant accounts within our key verticals of focus. An example of such collaboration in the Financial Services vertical is our collaboration with Murex, in telecom—our relationship with Spirent, in retail—our Competency Partner relationship with Amazon Web Services.

Recent Initiatives

        During the financial year 2017 we have committed and started executing on a series of steps that we believe lead to a strengthening of our business with respect to the following: reduction in customer concentration, reduction in vertical concentration, enhanced geographic presence in the U.S. and Asia Pacific, entrance into new verticals, expansion of the global sales force, growth of global delivery centers, acquisition of attractive HPAs, continued reduction of concentration of the engineering staff to below 25% of the total engineering headcount in any given geography.

        As a result of our efforts, Top 10 account concentration decreased by 10% year over year; revenue concentration around financial services vertical decreased by 8% year over year; we strengthened our value proposition for our clients; further expanded our global presence in the U.S. through organic hiring of sales customer facing personnel, as well as through Insys acquisition; continued to build-out our vertically aligned offerings, and created a deeper and more diverse customer portfolio. For example, we increased the amount of customers with revenues of $5 million and under by 45 accounts year over year.

        As of March 31, 2017, our on-shore headcount was approximately 15% of total delivery personnel.

        We continue on the way to our goal to limit exposure to any geography to no more than 30% of the engineering headcount in the mid-term and 25% in the long term. As of March 31, 2017, our presence in Ukraine is 31% of our engineering headcount as compared to 32% as of March 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2017, our presence in Russia is down to 19% of the engineering headcount as compared to 21% as of March 31, 2016. All other geographies also have less than 25% of the overall engineering personnel in line with our mid-term target. We plan to continue reducing our staff concentration in Ukraine by means of accelerated hiring in each respective EU location. In addition to the EU, we are also planning to further expand our dedicated global delivery model in Asia Pacific and other regions in the mid to long-term.

Our services

        Our software development service offerings consist of three primary categories:

Custom software development and support services

        We provide a comprehensive set of core and mission critical software development services, including application software development, software architecture design, performance engineering, optimization and testing, process consulting and software quality assurance, to enterprise clients in our financial services, automotive and transport, travel and aviation, and energy verticals. Our services span the entire development lifecycle, and combine sophisticated processes for solving complex problems with domain and business knowledge, project management tools and global delivery capabilities. In certain cases we also provide maintenance and support services for the software and applications that we have developed for our clients. In addition, we provide re-engineering and migration services for transferring legacy applications to our clients' new operating systems and enhancing their functionality.

Product engineering and testing

        We provide a wide range of product engineering services for the full product lifecycle, including functional specification and mock-ups, product design, engineering, automated testing, maintenance,

58


Table of Contents

support and performance engineering, to our clients in the technology, telecom, automotive and transport and energy verticals. We provide product engineering services by assembling specialized teams of IT professionals who use Agile development methodologies to deliver our work product incrementally.

Technology consulting

        Our technology consulting services are designed to address clients' needs in each of our four verticals, while leveraging our in-depth expertise in technology and our best practices to optimize our clients' software processes and data security procedures. Our technology consulting services generate a small portion of our sales and include IT strategy consulting, software engineering process consulting and data security consulting. We use our best practices, methodologies and frameworks to assist clients in establishing and improving their software development processes, including metrics analysis, quality control and appraisal procedures. In an effort to expand our premium offerings, we have recently launched a rebranding and repositioning strategy, where all Luxoft financial technology consulting, services and solutions will be delivered by the 'Excelian Luxoft Financial Services' brand. We have also extended the scope of our expertise to include other capital markets-focused packages in addition to our significant focus on Murex implementations. In fiscal year 2017 we started collaborating with other popular off-the shelf packaged trading and treasury solutions providers, such as OpenLink and Calypso, as well as with customer-centric digital transformation solutions providers. We also became one of the first IoT Consulting Competency Partners for Amazon's AWS platform and have been partnering with Microsoft Azure to bring the best cloud-based solutions for our customers.

        All of these margin-accretive services are above traditional IT services offering found across our peers and these elements are of extreme importance to our customers at a time of disruptive change in their respective sectors.

Our solutions

        Our solutions, consisting of products and platforms, are a small, but growing portion of our business model. We intend to increase future sales using our organically built and acquired products as standalone software and as a part of our software development services offering. Our platforms are also a part of our proprietary solutions portfolio that we utilize within the scope of our software development services to clients. From time to time we make available parts of our platforms under non-commercial open-source licenses to allow potential users to quickly evaluate the characteristics of the technology, but these components are not sufficient for a commercial use.

        Our products and platforms include the following:

Platforms

        TEORA.     Teora is a set of developer tools that are designed to help Automotive HMI developers build the logic of their user interface independently from the rendering and the run-time environments. The automotive industry is accelerating the transition from fully analog displays to a software driven, higher resolution, connected and increasingly touch-enabled user experience. OEMs and Tier 1s are working hard to enable the same brand-centric user experience across multiple car models and regional markets. Very often, due to hardware limitations or design choices, different rendering technologies such as native 2D, QT, HTML5 or even high-end 3D will be used in various cars from the same automaker. It is very difficult to re-use user interface logic, graphical assets and user interface translations across these different platforms, leading to high costs and delays due to the need to re-implement the same back-end code and common functionality across these disparate platforms. Teora solves this problem by separating interface logic and common back-end functionality from the rendering technology and making it easy via native tooling integration to build the core, back-end code

59


Table of Contents

once and re-use it with other front-end technologies. Another advantage of this approach is that it reduces technology risks for OEMs and Tier1s by simplifying migration from one rendering platform to another, allowing OEMs additional flexibility to save costs or take advantage of a new technology.

        Teora is fully compatible with QT, HTML5 and easily integrated with multiple proprietary toolchains. Teora is fully compatible with our own Populus platform (discussed below) and serves as an extension to allow its users build HMIs that scale to multiple screens, cover complex user interface behaviour and regional variants.

        Populus.     Populus Suite is a complete tool chain for HMI design, HMI development and the deployment of automotive user interfaces for distributed embedded systems. It minimizes the time and cost of producing full-featured automotive HMIs. Populus has been designed for the automotive industry to deliver high- performance car user interfaces with a short time-to-market and efficient software life cycle management. Populus Suite is built upon a concept called Database Driven Human Machine Interface. Populus Editor is used to create the entire HMI layout and HMI logic in an XML database. It is also used to specify the functional interfaces to the applications that are part of the system. These applications are called Functional Units. An HMI design is created and verified in Populus Editor without having to write any software. The HMI is stored in a database and downloaded to the target environment in a binary format for improved efficiency. The HMI database contains all of the HMI logic and appearance. Populus Engine executes the HMI layout in run-time and communicates with the applications using the Open Display Interface protocol. The software needed for supporting this protocol can be automatically generated for the applications from the Populus Editor. The Editor supports team collaboration and reuse of HMI parts between projects. An HMI can be divided into parts of any granularity and every part is a stand-alone unit which can be re-used by other HMI developments. The HMI design can be done directly within Populus Editor. Populus covers the entire HMI development process, from creating a system HMI architecture to developing a series production HMI ready for download to the embedded target.

        While TEORA is designed for development of complex high-end HMIs, Populus is used for low- to mid-tier HMIs. These two products complement each other by allowing us to have tools to address the full range of OEMs' needs in this area of expertise.

        Populus recently has become more versatile. We now support more Systems on Chips (SoCs) that play a significant role in future mid- and high-end digital instrument clusters. We have improved Populus's versatility by recently porting it to the one of the most popular microcontrollers made by Renesas Electronics, a premier provider of advanced semiconductor solutions. This combination enables quicker and more cost-efficient development of robust and attractive car HMIs with a low memory usage. Populus has already been used to produce the cluster HMIs in more than seven million cars. Through our collaboration with Renesas, we are looking to expand that reach even further.

        AllView.     AllView is a holistic user-experience demonstrator. AllView utilizes Luxoft's reference design platform to create an in-vehicle user experience, or UX. AllView links together instrument cluster, head unit, head-up display and mobile devices. Based on our original, reference automotive grade user interface design and a combination of in-house and emerging third party technologies, AllView enables Luxoft to demonstrate to OEMs how to optimize a car user experience and improve safety by reducing driver distraction, while encouraging third-party application development and introduction of new technologies such as touch, eye tracking, and native language recognition.

Our verticals and practices

        We have developed specific expertise and grown our business in four industry verticals:

    financial services;

    automotive and transport;

60


Table of Contents

    telecom; and

    healthcare and pharmaceutical

        The following table sets forth our sales by vertical and Luxoft Digital practices, by amount and as a percentage of our sales for the periods indicated:

 
  Years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  Amount in
thousands
  % of
Sales
  Amount in
thousands
  % of
Sales
  Amount in
thousands
  % of
Sales
 

Industry Vertical

                                     

Financial services

  $ 483,801     61.6 % $ 446,138     68.6 % $ 346,027     66.5 %

Automotive and transport

    110,839     14.1     78,698     12.1     57,516     11.0  

Telecom

    69,900     8.9     37,200     5.7     33,683     6.5  

Healthcare and pharmaceutical          

    28,258     3.6                  

Luxoft Digital

                                     

Technology

    48,581     6.2     42,398     6.5     35,581     6.8  

Travel and aviation

    27,744     3.5     29,232     4.5     33,100     6.4  

Energy

    13,345     1.7     12,873     2.0     12,164     2.3  

Other

    3,093     0.4     4,213     0.6     2,477     0.5  

Total

 
$

785,561
   
100

%

$

650,752
   
100

%

$

520,548
   
100

%

Financial services

        The financial services industry is our largest vertical. Since we began working with financial services companies as clients in 2003, we have been engaged by global institutions to develop, deploy and maintain a broad range of systems. We provide our clients with complex end-to-end engineering services and solutions, such as the development of trading platforms, risk management systems, clearing and settlement solutions and low latency exchange connectivity adapters. We have also developed comprehensive risk visualization and mobile products and platforms that are specifically focused on clients in the financial services sector. We possess not only expertise in technologies that are crucial for financial services players, such as big data, mobile, cloud and information security, but also in reference data management, risk management, and others.

        Banks are currently aiming to streamline and simplify their IT infrastructure in response to contracting budgets and narrowing margins. As a result, they are now also deploying standard software solutions for core banking, buy side and front offices of the financial industry players. Our acquisition of Excelian, completed in February 2015, helped us enter this segment of the market. Currently we are building out Excelian, Luxoft Financial Services, to provide an array of consulting services and solutions and system integration services to banking, insurance and commodity players world-wide. We have partnered with major players in this space, such as Murex, OpenLink and Calypso that provide turnkey products. We also perform implementation of other packaged solutions like PEGA and IBM BPM. This allows us to embed our services into the ecosystem of the banks providing end-to-end services around standard packages and custom software development, thereby gaining wallet share within our HPAs. Our most significant areas of growth during the past year were Europe and Asia Pacific.

        During fiscal year 2017 we have continued to gain market share within the wealth management and investment banking segments of various clients. We are also expanding the scope of work performed in the front offices of our clients. This includes application, development and maintenance ("ADM") for trading platforms across business lines, such as treasuries and equity derivatives, as well as platform architecture selection, packaged software services, and technology consulting.

61


Table of Contents

Automotive and transport

        In our automotive vertical, we provide product development and system engineering services to various categories of automotive and transport industry players including car manufacturers (OEMs), tier-one and tier-two suppliers and diversified service companies. Up until the end of fiscal year 2017, our main focus has been exclusively on in-vehicle infotainment ("IVI") systems, which cover a broad range of modern car functionality and state-of-the-art features that include multimedia, connectivity, navigation, and telematics, HMI, digital clusters, computer vision, and autonomous driving.

        Our services cover the entire product development cycle from innovation vision and design to prototyping, development, system testing, verification and infield car drives. We have been investing in internal R&D programs aimed at creating platforms and frameworks that may significantly reduce time and efforts required for development of new IVI and HMI solutions by our clients. Currently, our portfolio includes such products, platforms and demonstrators as Populus, Teora and Allview. We are an active member of different industry associations focused on developing unified standards for IVI systems, such as GENIVI.

        The automotive industry is currently experiencing rapid technological evolution driven by digital disruption and electrification of the vehicles, requiring complete re-design of in-vehcle architectures and off-board service infrastructure. We view ourselves to be one of the few sizeable independent software development service providers in the automotive space. To further capitalize on this position we have developed expertise in the UTH space as well as enhanced our offering within HMI space through the acquisition of Pelagicore, to complement our existing expertise in the cockpit area. Pelagicore AB, a leader in open source software (OSS) platforms and services for IVI and human HMI development was acquired by us in September 2016. The company serves a number of blue-chip corporations and enjoys industry recognition as thought leaders in the HMI space with deep expertise in open source technologies, the cross-platform user interface development framework Qt, and in IVI systems. Its product portfolio facilitates richer user experiences and user interfaces in line with the next generation of consumer electronics. Pelagicore has strong relationships with premium automotive OEMs, Tier-1s and silicon vendors.

        Our end-to-end offering for our clients is covering three major areas:

    Digital Cockpit— we engineer solutions enabling carmakers to develop user experiences that are natural extensions of consumers digital lifestyles

    Under the hood —we design next generation electrical architectures and develop the software that collects and analyses data generated by various mechanical parts of the car

    Extended Vehicle we enable intelligent services in the cloud and connect the vehicle to core business processes. For example, remote diagnostics into which we have been proactively investing during the past quarters is becoming increasingly important from the connected car advancement and safety standpoints. Remote diagnostics allows gathering data from the vehicle fleet in the field and using diagnostic tools to understand the condition and the performance data in each vehicle.

Telecom

        Today's carriers, Multiple System Operators (MSOs) and service providers, are faced with intense competition, profit margin pressures, challenges relating to network capacity, speed and quality, and new generation technologies requiring significant infrastructure investment. Our field engineers, software developers, solution architects and data scientists are currently engaged in networking and data communication development projects for several leading global infrastructure equipment and network analytics, service providers as well as test and measurement market leaders in the telecom and

62


Table of Contents

networking industry sector. We predominantly deliver our services and solutions within the following four areas:

    Analytics —we are working closely with our customers to understand their customers digital experience. Through Analytics, we are helping this specific global service provider understand how customers are using their infrastructure. This insight helps plan for current and future infrastructure needs. This "infrastructure" is not just your normal networking type infrastructure but also the OTT content that is running. We are helping our customers look at the networks and services in different ways to provide the best customer experience and increase revenue opportunities.

    Over-the-top (OTT) content providers —in January of 2017 we have completed an acquisition of IntroPro, an engineering consultancy with deep expertise in complete lifecycle of enterprise and embedded software architecture, development, testing and QA, maintenance and managed services for content delivery. It is specifically focused on TV, Media, and Entertainment industry. Thus, this acquisition further deepened our vertical expertise and widened our offering for the wireless and cable/satellite providers.

    Chatbots— we have seen strong interest in our chatbot technology to aid in customers retention and new customer services. During this year we have executed on our first communications chatbot offering with another tier-one communications service provider in the U.S. This CSP is using Chatbot technology coupled with our work in AI to help in customer retention. Working with Customer Services divisions of our clients, we are providing a first responded chatbot to aid in customer support. We feel that this will help improve customer satisfaction and reduce operating costs.

    Network Function Viertualization (NFV)— we continue see strong movement by service providers around NFV. Because of the immaturity of the standards and lack of tools required to deploy additional testing, our SDL (Software Defined Lab) assists communication providers in much needed testing and assurance measurement aspects.. Based on our expertise with Network Equipment Manufacturers, we have been in development of SDL for over 2 years. SDL will equip communications providers with a vendor-agnostic testing tool that can be used virtually, physically and as a hybrid. Thus, as communications providers look to reduce costs by moving to NFV, they can test a veriety of scenarios in the environment of their choice.

        Our capability to understand and add value to our customers' efforts depends on our ability to learn these new and emerging technologies at a rapid pace, and applying our knowledge in the carrier and enterprise environments. Our core engineering development services, including test automation, remain a valuable contribution to our customers' product plans. Furthermore, we see a tightening of the skills resource pools in our customer base, making our ability to recruit and hire talent particularly attractive to our customers.

Healthcare and Pharmaceutical

        We believe our company is ideally positioned to leverage deep expertise of technologies, digital solutions and global scale to support significant opportunities across the Healthcare & Life Science landscape. Through our recent acquisition of Insys we have obtained an existing client base in the payer/provider and large pharma segments. We are building this vertical to become one of the four verticals of our focus and believe that these two segments will be exposed to leading technology capabilities that drive both operational efficiencies (automation, analytics, cloud adoption, user experience) and business model innovation (NLP, IoT, AI, blockchain).

63


Table of Contents

        At the same time we plan on further investments into broader industry resources, acquiring talent and capabilities from across the Healthcare and Pharmaceutical domain, focusing on deep client relationships and delivery-based reputations. We aspire that these investments will complement the existing technology assets and gain us greater access to other parts of the eco-system in this vertical, including contract research organizations, medical devices and biotechnology companies, and service providers.

Luxoft Digital

Travel and aviation

        The travel and aviation industry faces many challenges, including changing regulatory and security requirements, fluctuating fuel prices, intense competition and industry consolidation. Therefore, OEMs, suppliers, airlines, aircraft manufacturers, e-commerce travel providers and other participants in the travel and aviation industry are looking to optimize their operating expenses, reduce environmental impact and improve passenger comfort, convenience and safety. Our capabilities include design of engineering data, management and flight control systems, aircraft assembly and maintenance, airport ecosystem management and e-commerce and reservations system solutions for clients such as airlines, hotels, car rentals companies, travel agencies and cruise lines. There are two different types of IT needs generated within the travel and aviation industry: one is for airlines and hotels, which require product approach, and the other is for Global Distribution Systems ("GDS") companies, which largely look for technology services.

Technology

        Our technology vertical focuses on independent software vendors, chipset and computer electronics vendors and computer hardware providers who rely on us to help them create innovative software-intensive products, solve software integration challenges and create and implement complex algorithms, while helping to manage their costs. Partnering with us allows these vendors to increase their efficiency, for example by reducing time-to-market for their products and enhancing R&D productivity. We deliver embedded development and system verification of software components and tools for hardware produced by our technology clients, as well as high-performance transactional systems, real time embedded applications and application security. Additionally, as we continue to grow our global operating platform and software delivery capacity, we seek to have more of these customers engage us as a channel partner to deliver their product or service to their end customers.

Energy

        Electricity transmission and distribution.     We provide software and hardware development services to leading energy companies, smart grid vendors, energy service companies, energy solutions vendors and energy equipment manufacturers across the globe. We primarily provide distributed energy resource management, renewable generation monitoring and control, smart grid and metering solutions in the following areas: distribution and outage management; energy transmission management; market management; substation automation; supervisory control and data acquisition integration; solution integration and deployment. We have also independently developed innovative cloud-based renewable generation monitoring and control solutions, such as LuxSolar, which helps to aggregate, analyze and forecast generation from renewable sources of energy.

        LuxSolar.     We provide solar system monitoring and control platform that would collect data from different devices (inverters, battery controllers and smart meters using IoT devices such as Raspberry PI that can be accessed wirelessly), clean, aggregate and analyze it, then store and visualize the data for customers of solar panel producers, electric utilities and industry vendors. We created a Web Portal for utilities, solar equipment manufacturers and end-users to monitor the systems installed. The portal has

64


Table of Contents

integrated GIS support with social media using a variety of pre-defined dashboards and diagrams, and system alerts.

        Oil & Gas.     We provide software development services for certain key industry vendors. We help with development of solutions on fields of transportation, geological and geophysical data visualization and interpretation, production allocation and modeling, field digitalization and unconventional resources production enhancement. As technology development is the main driver for production costs optimization we expect opening new horizons with advanced analytics of reservoir testing and borehole seismic systems development. With this understanding we have developed two innovative products for this industry, which help to utilize information visualization on mobile platforms in a real-time collaborative manner:

        Mobile FM (Mobile Field Module):     Mobile FM is a software platform designed specifically for the Oil and Gas production filed digitalization. It significantly simplifies the process of collecting production data on oil and gas fields, and allows field engineers to use necessary parts of entire enterprise systems in the field, even without an internet or mobile connection. Mobile FM provides the functionality for entering, validating, processing and storing such types of data as daily readings, oil hauls, well tests, gas analysis, downtimes, purchaser statements, integrated volumes, monthly LACT tickets and other. This platform enhances the existing process, and makes it more efficient and reliable by reducing human error. This solution is able to be implemented on such mobile platforms as Android, iOS and Windows Phone, which allows use of the full range of mobile functionality, such as geolocation and camera features, making the field engineers' work simpler and faster.

        Geo Viewer:     Geo Viewer is a smart suite of applications that uses a scientific approach to visualize geophysical and geological data for the petroleum industry. This application equips users with instant access to graphical representations of exploration data and with an innovative user interface that tells a story behind the numbers in a context that stakeholders understand. Geo Viewer provides an extensive set of advanced tools to display geoscience data such as 2D/3D seismic data, well logs, survey deviation and scientific plots. It is lightweight, portable and compatible with all major devices and browsers, so it allows dynamic views and interacts with both remotely and locally stored data. The viewer set is implemented on Java technology as a platform-independent solution. It is easy to integrate with corporate systems and is installed and maintained on the server, enabling simple deployment and maintenance without a time-consuming installation process.

Our domain practices

        Luxoft Digital brings a wide variety of modern and emerging technologies and expertise across industry verticals and enriches our company's capabilities and the service catalogue for all of our current and perspective clients. We have several domain practices that comprise the Luxoft Digital Enterprise segment:

        Our mobile practice offers our clients full product lifecycle development of mobile applications. Our engineers have expertise in mainstream mobile platforms, including iOS, Android and others, as well as specific frameworks for cross-platform development. These frameworks allow rapid building and deployment and cost effective maintenance of products for a range of consumer devices, while providing a unique user experience. Our services span through every functional area, from user interface design to development of server-side solutions to integration with enterprise back-end applications and payment systems. Our broad project portfolio includes a number of innovative applications—such as enterprise dashboards, media monitoring systems, animated user guides, electronic document management, booking and reservation and home automation solutions—for the travel, financial services, retail, energy, automotive and other industries.

65


Table of Contents

DevOps

        The need for a defined DevOps focused CoE has been gaining momentum. This has been driven by the need to reduce friction between development and operations groups within organizations that historically have been focusing on different and usually conflicting goals. Applying DevOps approaches and culture leads to numerous improvements including faster time to market, higher quality code delivery, increased infrastructure stability, enhanced scalability and automation of controls and development processes. All of these improvements lead to reduced costs and increased effectiveness of our clients' businesses. We currently have Continuous Delivery Transformation and Infrastructure Automation offerings that are relevant for virtually all business verticals.

Internet of Things (IoT)

        Luxoft IoT helps our clients find the right end-to-end solutions that integrate hardware, applications and cloud services to maximize the impact to their operations. The Luxoft IoT team has helped clients in a variety of industries including manufacturing, retail, high tech, communications and aerospace. With our purchase of Radius in October 2014, we continue on the path of building out this domain practice. We are advancing the IoT offerings across Luxoft vertical industries, and at the same time, we help support cross-selling of our services to legacy Radius enterprise accounts. We continue to advance our IP and solutions portfolio using both internal resources as well as our marketing platform. In May 2015, we announced at the Internet of Things World event our Retail Engagement Suite, an integrated set of cloud-managed mobile and tablet applications that enables a range of customer-facing interactive content, video display capabilities and sales engagement reporting tailored for demanding retail environments.

Big Data

        Our big data practice delivers services and creates critical enterprise-wide solutions based on big data technologies and knowhow. Big data technologies are coming from the Internet world, where they are used by large-scale websites, like Facebook or Google. Banks are now using these technologies to better manage and process increased data volumes prompted by numerous new rules and regulations. Excelian, in collaboration with our big data CoE, assists its clients in choosing the right technologies, architecting the systems and delivering them into production. We develop innovative approaches to comprehensive information storage, processing and analysis in order to deliver business and operational benefits to our clients. Within this domain practice we perform services focused on adapting an open-source software framework, Hadoop, which supports data-intensive distributed applications to the enterprise environment. This is the key differentiator of our big data offering. We believe that our approach is vital for many strategic enterprise initiatives in various verticals, such as risk management and reporting in financial services, metering information processing in energy and data channel processing though SDN/OpenFlow architecture in telecom. Our architects, consultants and developers utilizing their significant engineering experience with large business-critical applications, combined with expertise in Hadoop-based systems development, engineered a solution accelerator and data transformation engines for low-risk adoption of Hadoop to specific corporate requirements and rules. We partner with one of the market leaders in big data platforms for enterprises, Cloudera, and implement its innovative technologies to maximize value of Hadoop adoption for enterprises. We have successfully delivered several critical projects for our largest clients in our financial services vertical during our last fiscal year.

Digital Experience

        Our user interface/user experience/HMI practice consists of concept development, prototyping and design development for car connectivity systems based on various user studies. Its main focus is to create products and solutions that can manage and then present information in the car without

66


Table of Contents

distracting the driver, while making the in- car experience seamless, effortless and interactive. Our engineers have years of experience in developing efficient, intelligent, reliable and user-friendly HMIs for the world's leading automakers. We believe that these car features can become a distinct part of the brand strategy and value, and thus represent a competitive advantage for the OEMs.

Agile

        Our Agile practice helps clients to develop new applications using Agile methodology and to transition their existing enterprise development processes such as waterfall (end-to-end development with delivery upon the completion of defined tasks) into Agile. The principal differentiator of Agile methodology is its ability to deliver code frequently and consistently, usually every two to four weeks. The Agile approach usually involves small cross- functional teams of engineers (Scrum teams) that work on the same project, often in a distributed environment. The main advantage of utilizing Agile methodology, and a reason why we built a COE within the Agile practice, is its flexibility and quick response to change, which is critical to our clients because of shrinking product lifecycles. Agile's client-driven iterative development lets the client steer projects, iteration by iteration, and determine execution priority. This approach helps foster stronger client relationships, identifies mistakes and allows us to implement last minute changes without losing critical time and generating additional expenses. It also enhances shared learning and communications processes and solidifies teamwork. As of March 31, 2017 we employ more than 600 professionals with ICAgile Certified Professional, Professional Scrum Master or Certified Scrum Master certifications and more than 3,000 professionals who work on Agile projects and consistently evolve our Agile practice and its applicable methodologies. Luxoft was accredited as a Member Training Organization of International Consortium for Agile ("ICAgile") in January 2014. ICAgile develops education tracks and learning objectives for its members' training classes, and accredits course materials for covering particular set of topics. We have 3 accredited courses for Agile professionals: ICP Agile Fundamentals, ICP Business Value Analysis and ICP Agile Team Facilitation, participants of which are recognized as ICAgile Certified Professional after successful completion of learning objectives. Other options for continuous Agile at Luxoft include regular webinars and blog articles on Agile/Lean practices, coaching and facilitation techniques.

Our delivery centers

        With a presence in 19 countries, offices in 39 cities and delivery centers in 34 cities, as of March 31, 2017, we service multinational organizations through our global dedicated delivery model that continues to comprise an optimized mix of nearshore, offshore and on-site delivery capabilities.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we expanded our delivery network organically and via acquisitions adding new offices in line with our strategy for continued growth and diversification of our global sales and delivery. Demand for our engineering services and deep domain expertise from new and existing clients continued to steadily rise during the fiscal year, creating a need to open three new offices and expand our presence in Stuttgart, Germany. As a result of the Company's current business pipeline, we have not only built upon our core presence in Central and Eastern Europe, but also entered into new geographies, such as Sweden, Denmark and Netherlands. During the past fiscal year our company has opened the following new offices: Gothenburg, Sweden, Penang, Malaysia, Ruesselsheim, Germany, and Warsaw, Poland.

        We are now supporting Financial Services, Automotive, and Aviation projects from Tricity. Our management expects to grow this location at least to 500 engineers over the next several years. Our expanded offices in Germany, a new location in Munich and a bigger office within Stuttgart, will continue to function as client-facing and business development offices, mainly benefitting our company's automotive line of business.

67


Table of Contents

        Our office in the Nordic region, in Gothenburg, Sweden, has a specific mandate of serving new contracts and helping manage our current and potential client relationships in the region. The office is designed to respond to all current lines of business (focusing on Financial, Automotive and Telecommunications in the short term), and expand its current support of the Company's market-leading financial services clients.

        We employ a number of on-site IT professionals in Canada, Germany, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The sophistication of our offshore delivery centers has allowed us to keep approximately 85% of our delivery personnel offshore as of March 31, 2017, deploying personnel to client sites on an as-needed basis. Our on-site and offshore delivery teams are linked through common processes, collaboration applications and tools, and a secure communications infrastructure that enables global collaboration. This connectivity grants our clients a choice between managing their work through offshore, near-shore and on-site delivery or any combination thereof.

        As of March 31, 2017, we employed 2,007 IT professionals in Russia, who represent approximately 19% of our IT professionals. Our Russian delivery centers leverage the country's advanced technological climate and engineering legacy to build a talented, motivated team of IT professionals.

        As of March 31, 2017, we had 3,344 IT professionals in Ukraine, who represent approximately 31% of our IT professionals. Our operations in Ukraine leverage a strong talent pool and relatively low average wages to provide effective software development services to both national and global clients.

        As of March 31, 2017, we employed 1,624 IT professionals in Romania, who represent approximately 15% of our IT professionals. Our operations in Romania leverage a substantial talent pool that primarily services clients within the telecom vertical. Romania, a member of the European Union, provides geographic and cultural proximity to our clients throughout Europe and plays an important role in our global dedicated delivery model, providing geographic diversification and cost effectiveness.

        As of March 31, 2017, we employed 1,807 IT professionals in Poland, which represents approximately 17% of our IT professionals. According to the May 2017 Gartner Report, "The Polish government established 14 Special Economic Zones, which have attracted investors to Poland through incentives such as tax rebates. Polish Information and Foreign Investment Agency is one of the organizations backed by the government, dedicated to support investors planning to locate in Poland. Poland is part of the European Union and is familiar with Western culture. A common cultural understanding is beneficial in ease of doing business, and Polish natives understand the context in how organizations operate in the U.S. or Europe."

        The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the "Gartner Report(s)") represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. ("Gartner"), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Annual Report) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

Quality and process management

        We have built a suite of comprehensive, customized applications and tools to manage the quality, security and transparency of our delivery process.

        Our quality management system is ISO 9001:2008, ISO 27001:2005 and CMMI level 5-certified to ensure timely and high-quality delivery to our clients. This system enables clients to objectively evaluate our performance against their standards and procedures by identifying, documenting and resolving non-compliance issues and providing feedback to the client's project staff. It also includes systematic problem prevention activities like internal audits and causal analysis and resolution programs that detect root causes of problems and prevent them from occurring in the future.

68


Table of Contents

        We assure the quality of our execution via Delivery Transparency and Maturity controls that cover all of our delivery centers, provide comprehensive reporting on project execution and assessment of management quality, and enable proactive preventive and corrective actions concerning delivery milestones, quality and customer satisfaction.

        We have developed the LUXProject system, a web-based collaborative project environment for software development that we consider critical to meeting the service levels required by our clients. LUXProject is designed to reduce risks and provide control and visibility across all project lifecycles. Key features include:

    multi-site, multi-project capabilities;

    support of several types of software development processes, including waterfall, iterative and Agile;

    tracking of all software development activities;

    role-based access control;

    fully configurable workflow engine with built-in notification and messaging;

    key performance tracking indicators and broad reporting capabilities;

    integration with Microsoft Project and Outlook; and

    24x7 secured web-based and remote access for users.

        LuxProject provides full transparency for work done by distributed teams aligned with best practices in the software development industry.

Clients

        Our clients include large multinational corporations in the financial services, travel and aviation, technology, telecom, automotive and transport, healthcare and pharmaceutical, energy, and other industries. We have longstanding relationships with many of our clients, and seven of our top ten clients have been with us for five years or more. We derive a large portion of our sales of services from clients who operate in a limited number of industries. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we derived 61.6%, 14.1% and 8.9% of our sales of services from clients operating in the financial services, automotive and transport, and telecom industries, respectively. We have derived, and believe that in the foreseeable future we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our sales from a small number of major clients. See "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks related to our business and our industry—We derive a large portion of our sales of services, and expect that we will derive a large portion of our sales of products, from clients who operate in a limited number of industries. While this gives us deep expertise in those industries, it increases our exposure to adverse conditions in any of them."

        In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, our ten largest clients accounted for 66.0% of our sales. This included Deutsche Bank, whose relationship with us is described below, and UBS, which accounted for 20.0% of our total sales. No other client represented more than 10.0% of our total sales. For the risks associated with our dependence on these major clients, see "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks related to our business and our industry—We generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients and any significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services could materially and adversely affect our results of operations."

        Our largest client is Deutsche Bank, with whom we have worked since 2003 and which accounted for 23.3% of our sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. Our outsourcing master service

69


Table of Contents

agreement with Deutsche Bank (the "DB Agreement") will be up for renewal on December 1, 2020. Typically we renew such client agreements upon their termination in the ordinary course of business. Prior to this date, the DB Agreement can be terminated by Deutsche Bank if, among other things: we commit a material breach of the DB Agreement and do not remedy it within 30 days; we breach the confidentiality provisions of the DB Agreement; we become insolvent; we experience a change of control; we experience more than a set amount of service level defaults or service disruptions; or a dispute arises regarding the credits owed to Deutsche Bank in the case of service defaults. We may terminate the DB Agreement if Deutsche Bank does not pay us, and does not remedy the non-payment within 30 days. Deutsche Bank can terminate the DB Agreement without cause by giving six months written notice. In addition, Deutsche Bank may terminate individual work orders of Framework Service Descriptions (year-long interim agreements) entered into under the DB Agreement with prior written notice. For further discussion, see "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—We generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients and any significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services could materially adversely affect our results of operations."

        For the past several years, we have been building up a portfolio of HPAs, which are accounts that we believe have significant revenue potential and are capable of generating at least $5 million in recurring annual revenues within three years from the inception of such accounts and are capable of generating a three-year CAGR of at least 30%. Currently we have over 45 of such accounts, representing a large variety of industries, including certain industries outside of our current core lines of business (such as healthcare, insurance, and retail). This group of accounts in the aggregate is responsible for contributing at least 90% of annual growth to our company for fiscal year 2017. We believe that the contribution of these accounts to our total revenues should increase, and at least replace the growth of our top two accounts, which is currently slowing down due to their stage of maturity.

        The following table sets forth sales by our top five and top ten clients, by amount and as a percentage of our total sales for the periods indicated:

 
  Fiscal years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  Amount   % of
Sales
  Amount   % of
Sales
  Amount   % of
Sales
 

Client concentration

                                     

Top five clients

  $ 429,200     54.6 % $ 422,504     64.9 % $ 374,254     71.9 %

Top ten clients

  $ 518,496     66.0 % $ 479,632     73.7 % $ 416,737     80.1 %

        We define the geography in which our clients' revenues originate based on the location of the clients' key decision-makers.

70


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth sales by client location as a percentage of our sales for the periods indicated:

 
  Fiscal years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  Amount
in thousands
  % of
Sales
  Amount
in thousands
  % of
Sales
  Amount
in thousands
  % of
Sales
 

U.S. 

  $ 261,443     33.3 % $ 202,855     31.2 % $ 204,541     39.3 %

UK

    213,547     27.2     223,567     34.4     159,866     30.7  

Germany

    115,301     14.7     86,333     13.3     64,723     12.4  

Russia

    36,905     4.7     32,748     5.0     36,022     6.9  

Switzerland

    34,833     4.4     23,489     3.6     10,800     2.1  

Romania

    30,940     3.9     17,009     2.6     7,869     1.5  

Poland

    21,403     2.7     14,381     2.2     3,431     0.7  

Singapore

    4,889     0.6     10,154     1.6     15,216     2.9  

Rest of Europe

    36,148     4.7     17,554     2.7     10,809     2.1  

Other

    30,152     3.8     22,662     3.4     7,271     1.4  

Total

  $ 785,561     100 % $ 650,752     100 % $ 520,548     100 %

        The following table sets forth the percentage of our sales by age of accounts for the periods presented:

 
  Fiscal years ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Age of Account

                   

New

    10.0 %   3.9 %   4.5 %

More than 1 year

    15.1     13.3     7.4  

More than 3 years

    5.5     7.9     8.6  

More than 5 years

    69.0     74.7     79.0  

Non-core sales

    0.4 %   0.2 %   0.5 %

Sales and marketing

        Our B2B (business to business) marketing teams are organized by industries and are collocated with our Sales teams for key industries in London, Stuttgart, New York and Kirkland. The teams are focused on positioning Luxoft brands and offering in the key markets, growing brand awareness, and driving leads. In addition, we also have B2E (business to employee) division that is focused on positioning Luxoft as employer of choice in the key markets where we hire talent, and driving candidates to our recruitment pipeline. Our sales and marketing teams focus on expanding our services offering into the new business lines of existing clients and targeting new clients through subject matter technical experts responsible for business development in corresponding industry segments.

        Our sales structure undergoes regular review and process improvements. We have been increasing our number of client-facing practice- and vertical domain- focused senior personnel members who are located in key geographies (such as the United Kingdom and the United States). These client-facing representatives effectively manage relationships with new and emerging clients. Further, we are continuing to increase the presence of senior technology specialists available on-site to work with the internal IT teams of potential clients, providing process transformation consulting and aiding internal IT process optimization, which is intended to generate cost savings to these clients. We believe that this will help us win more clients aiming to switch to vendors proficient in handling managed delivery

71


Table of Contents

engagements. We are also in the process of establishing a lead generation and nurturing structure that will allow us to follow up thoroughly on and process the leads we gather through industry events.

        Our strategy for winning new business includes:

    Organic growth and expansion.   We have been successful in expanding our services into new areas of existing clients' businesses, and engaging in higher complexity work for clients who originally engaged us for more basic projects. Approximately 44% of our sales growth in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 and 81% of our sales growth in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, was generated from existing clients.

    Referrals.   Our strong reputation, along with excellent references from existing clients, provides a healthy pipeline of engagements and contacts from new and prospective clients. Many of the new companies that have become our clients in recent years have done so as a result of referrals from client decision makers who have worked with us and subsequently changed employment.

    Brand management, marketing and external relations activities.   We actively participate in select industry trade shows, conferences and promotional events. These enable us to demonstrate our technological solutions and platforms and interact with industry representatives, analysts and potential clients. We also have a targeted external relations strategy that includes cultivating relations with industry analysts and research firms such as Forrester and IDC, along with third party advisory firms such as ISG, KPMG, Deloitte, and Avasant, and with the global media outlets. We are increasing our investments into brand equity and develop programs that increase our brand recognition in the key geographies for our brand recognition, such as Western Europe, APAC and the United States.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 we were recognized or mentioned by prominent independent technology research firms.

    Luxoft was among the leading providers in The Breakthrough Sourcing Standouts category for the Americas, EMEA, APAC regions based on annual contract value won over the last 12 months, according to the ISG Global Outsourcing Index™.

    Luxoft Among the Winners of The Car HMI Awards 2016 in The Category "Most user-friendly HMI Feature." Luxoft won a close 3 rd  place for 'most user-friendly HMI' at Europe's leading HMI and UX event, Car HMI Europe. Held in Berlin on June 20-21 and attended by over 200 experts from the automotive and tech industries, the award recognizes the ongoing innovative HMI work from Luxoft.

    "Market Guide for MDM External Service Providers," authored by Bill O'Kane, et al, and published on, March 20, 2017.

    "Market Guide for IoT Service Providers," authored by Denise Rueb, et al, and published on August 26, 2016.

    "Hype Cycle for Smart Machines, 2016," authored by Ken Brandt, et al and published on July 21, 2016.

    "Hype Cycle for Mobile Device Technologies, 2016," authored by Tuong Huy Nguyen, et al and published on July 11, 2016.

    "Market Trends: The Future of Business-Led Models for IoT Services," authored by Jacqueline Heng, et al., and published on June 16 2017.

    "Market Trends: Security Platforms for Connected Home Devices," authored by Werner Goetze et al and published on May 16, 2016.

72


Table of Contents

    "Market Trends: Application Testing Services Must Address the Shift to Digital Business Requirements," authored by Susanne Matson, and published on May 6, 2017.

        The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the "Gartner Report(s)") represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. ("Gartner"), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Annual Report) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

        Gartner does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in its research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings or other designation. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner's research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

Training and development

        We grow and develop talent through a combination of professional training and mentorship programs involving senior technology specialists and industry experts. Each new hire is exposed to a training curriculum that covers methodology and industry standards, technologies and tools, management and communication skills, software engineering processes, and domain knowledge.

        Additionally, our four training centers in Russia, three in Ukraine, one in Romania, one in Bulgaria, four in Poland, two in the U.K., two in Germany, two in the USA, one in Vietnam, one in Malaysia, and one in Mexico conduct more than 1800 training courses per year and host over 400 specialists (including our personnel and external students) for general training courses and client-specific education programs. We typically conduct between 130 and 200 resident training sessions per month with an average of 10 students per group, and fulfill nearly 250 additional training requests per month via our e-learning system via LuxTalent and E-learning library. Additionally, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 we completed 181 four month foreign language training requests for English, Polish, Bulgarian, and Romanian as well as 122 closed foreign training requests using our e-learning tool that are comprised of thirty 12 month long licenses. Our training program delivers different professional competencies, including disciplines rarely covered by university curriculums, such as system analysis, system architecture and project management.

        Each new hire is placed on a probation period for up to six months. During this time, new hires become part of a mentoring, monitoring, coaching and motivational program. Each IT professional is assigned to a People Manager, who is responsible for project evaluation, performance appraisal and planning of professional development of the new hire. Additionally, each IT professional undergoes a performance appraisal session at least once a year to measure technical performance, teamwork skills and possession of the core competencies required for his or her respective role within the Company.

Recruitment and retention

        We believe our Company's culture and reputation, along with the talent in the regions in which we operate, enhances our ability to recruit and retain sought after IT professionals. As of March 31, 2017, we had a dedicated human resources staff of 526 people including 249 recruiters and researchers. We have compiled a database of over 443,000 IT specialists who have experience and specific skills relevant to our business. Our database, along with our referral program, has accounted for 35% of all new hires in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we hired on average more than 350 IT professionals each month.

73


Table of Contents

        Our candidates come from a variety of sources, including external referrals, our regional network, our internal database and public sources. As of March 31, 2017, approximately 75% of our personnel had more than five years of industry experience.

        In order to keep our attrition rate low, we focus on retaining our personnel through mandatory monthly evaluation reports, an employee rotation program and a targeted approach to enable different career opportunities within the Company. We motivate and promote key personnel through our High Performers Club, which identifies personnel with strong management potential and offers them additional training as well as direct interaction with top management. We also offer executive training programs, corporate MBA programs and executive leadership programs at top schools including the University of Pennsylvania, Harvard University, Stanford University and Massachusetts Institute of Technology, in which several of our top managers have already participated.

Competition

        The markets in which we compete are changing rapidly and we face competition from global and Asia-based IT services providers as well as local providers based in CEE. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include breadth and depth of service offerings, technical expertise and industry knowledge, reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work, effective personnel recruiting, training and retention, responsiveness to clients' business needs, ability to scale, financial stability and price. Our industry is split between low-cost vendors that provide inexpensive, commoditized services and high-cost vendors that provide specialized and complex services at a premium cost. Our ability to provide complex, customized services at competitive cost has positioned us between these two classes of vendors.

        We face competition primarily from:

    IT outsourcing service providers in India, such as Cognizant Technology and Infosys;

    Global multinational consulting and outsourcing firms such as Accenture, Capgemini and CSC;

    Local CEE technology outsourcing IT service providers such as EPAM; and

    In-house IT departments of our clients and potential clients.

        Although we do not often compete for engagements with providers in Brazil, China, Israel or Mexico, we may experience competition from vendors in these countries in the future. We believe that we have a strong competitive position in the market for complex software outsourcing and custom application development based on third-party industry rankings and client feedback. We believe our focus on complex software product development services, our skilled technical personnel base and continuous improvement of process methodologies, applications and platforms positions us to compete effectively in the future. Furthermore, we believe that the barriers to entry into our niche segment are relatively high, as new entrants must secure substantial amounts of financial and high-quality human resources to provide adequate services, flexibility and scale to compete for a comparable client base. See "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks related to our business and our industry—We operate in a highly competitive environment and may not be able to compete successfully."

Intellectual property rights

        We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. In addition, our intellectual property is protected under a number of international conventions. Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland and the United States are participants to the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary Artistic Works and the Stockholm Convention establishing the World Intellectual Property Organization. Russia, Ukraine and the United States participate in the Universal Copyright Convention adopted under the

74


Table of Contents

Geneva Convention; and the United States, Ukraine and Romania participate in WTO agreements including the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights and ITA. We also rely on local civil legislation to protect our intellectual property rights.

        We customarily enter into master services agreements or general framework agreements with our clients that include terms for the transfer and use by our clients of intellectual property created by us. All intellectual property rights created by our employees and contractors are transferred to us subject to local laws and regulations and terms of agreements entered into with such employees and contractors. Most of our software development services are specifically ordered and custom-built for the client, and therefore all intellectual property rights created by our employees and contractors are transferred to the client at the time of delivery. Furthermore, our agreements with clients typically contain provisions that allow us to grant a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, transferable and non-revocable license to our clients to use our own intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary in order to use the software or systems we developed for them. Historically, we have rarely relied on and granted licenses under these provisions, but may do so in the future as we seek to commercialize our solutions. Sometimes the intellectual property rights for some of our software are not registered, which may expose us to intellectual property risks if we rely on these provisions to grant rights to our unregistered software in the future.

        If requested by clients, we may incorporate third-party software into our software development for clients. In these cases, we acquire all necessary licenses for such software once we reach a preliminary agreement with clients. Intellectual property rights for such third-party software are always subject to separate license agreements with third parties. We are in the process of developing our own intellectual property rights for products which we are planning to sell to end users based on license agreements with end users. For example, we have acquired intellectual property rights for the Horizon software from one of our financial services clients and we have been licensing the same to some of our clients. See "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks related to our business and our industry—We may be subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement that could be time-consuming and costly to defend."

Government legislation and regulation

        Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and regulations, and several government agencies in the United States and abroad, especially in CEE countries, regulate various aspects of our business. See the following risk factors in "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors" for more information on regulation material to our business, financial condition and results of operations:

    "—Risks Relating to Our Business and Our Industry—Our international operations involve risks that could increase our expenses, adversely affect our results of operations and require increased time and attention from our management."

    "—Risks Relating to Our Business and Our Industry—Our effective tax rate could be materially adversely affected by a number of factors."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Loss of certain tax benefits that we enjoy in Russia and Ukraine could have a negative impact on our operating results and profitability."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Changes in the tax system in CEE countries or arbitrary or unforeseen application of existing rules could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations."

75


Table of Contents

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Selective or arbitrary government action resulting from uncertain application of commercial laws and regulations in CEE countries could materially adversely affect our business and operations."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—The legal and tax systems in CEE countries can create an uncertain environment for business activity, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CEE."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Recent Russian tax legislation and decisions by Russian courts on tax matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, and could subject us to fines, penalties, additional taxes or uncertain and costly litigation."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Recent de-offshorization law and other related administrative and international measures in Russia may have a material adverse impact on our operations."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—We may be exposed to liability for actions taken by our subsidiaries."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Our CEE subsidiaries can be forced into liquidation on the basis of formal non-compliance with certain legal requirements."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Our subsidiaries established outside of Russia may be exposed to taxation in Russia."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—Luxoft may be exposed to taxation in Ukraine if activities of non-Ukrainian companies of Luxoft are treated as creating a permanent establishment for Ukrainian tax purposes."

    "—Risks related to conducting business in CEE countries—On-going regulatory changes in Russia, including software purchase regulation, Civil Code reform and personal data regulation, among others may have a material adverse effect on our operations there."

        We also benefit from tax incentives promulgated by certain Eastern European governments. See "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Income Taxes."

Seasonal trends in operations

        Our business is moderately seasonal and our results of operations vary from quarter to quarter based in part upon the budget and work cycles of our clients. Our operating results are typically lower in the first fiscal quarter of each year due to increases in wages and other costs that typically occur in the beginning of each fiscal year. For more information, see "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Quarterly results of operations and seasonality."

76


Table of Contents

C.  Organizational Structure

        As of March 31, 2017, we held directly and indirectly the percentage indicated of the outstanding capital stock of the following subsidiaries:

Entity
  Jurisdiction of Incorporation   Percentage
Ownership
 

Luxoft International Company Ltd. 

  Cyprus     100.00 %

Excelian (Singapore) Pte Ltd

  Singapore     100.00 %

Symtavision Inc.*

  United States     100.00 %

Symtavision GmbH

  Germany     100.00 %

Luxoft Luxembourg S.a.r.l

  Luxembourg     100.00 %

Luxoft Sweden

  Sweden     100.00 %

Luxoft Netherlands B.V. 

  Netherlands     100.00 %

Luxoft UK Ltd. 

  United Kingdom     100.00 %

Excelian Ltd. (UK)

  United Kingdom     100.00 %

Luxoft USA, Inc. 

  United States     100.00 %

Radius Inc. 

  United States     100.00 %

Excelian, Inc. 

  United States     100.00 %

Luxoft Canada Ltd. 

  Canada     100.00 %

Excelian Ltd. (Canada)

  Canada     100.00 %

Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd. 

  British Virgin Islands     100.00 %

Luxoft Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

  Mexico     100.00 %

Luxoft Singapore PTE. LTD. 

  Singapore     100.00 %

Luxoft Poland sp.z.o.o. 

  Poland     100.00 %

Luxoft GmbH

  Germany     100.00 %

Luxoft (Switzerland) GmbH

  Switerland     100.00 %

Luxoft Global Operations GmbH

  Switerland     100.00 %

Luxoft Vietnam Company Ltd. 

  Vietnam     100.00 %

Luxoft Bulgaria EOOD

  Bulgaria     100.00 %

Luxoft Professional Romania S.R.L. 

  Romania     100.00 %

Software ITC S.A. 

  Romania     99.40 %

Luxoft Services , LLC

  Russia     100.00 %

Luxoft Professional , LLC

  Russia     100.00 %

Luxoft Research, LLC

  Russia     100.00 %

Luxoft Dubna , LLC

  Russia     100.00 %

Luxoft Training Center

  Russia     100.00 %

Luxoft Ukraine LLC

  Ukraine     100.00 %

Luxoft Denmark ApS

  Denmark     100.00 %

INSYS Group, Inc. 

  United States     100.00 %

Intro Pro US, Inc. 

  United States     100.00 %

Intro Pro Software Company Limited

  British Virgin Islands     100.00 %

Intro Pro Ukraine, LLC

  Ukraine     100.00 %

Pelagicore AB

  Sweden     100.00 %

Pelagicore AG

  Sweden     100.00 %

Luxoft Malaysia Sdn Bhd

  Malaysia     100.00 %

SME—Science Management and Engineering AG

  Germany     100.00 %

Luxoft India, LLP

  India     100.00 %

*
Subsequently liquidated

77


Table of Contents

D.  Property, Plants and Equipment

Facilities

        We are currently present in 39 cities with offices across nineteen countries, totaling 123,980 square meters of office space. As of March 31, 2017, we had the capacity for 14,314 workplaces, which provides us with a 35% reserve for growth. We lease all of our facilities except for one facility in Romania, which we acquired as part of our acquisition of ITC Networks in 2008.

        The following table sets forth our office locations and the number of personnel at each office as of March 31, 2017, excluding all on-site personnel and any personnel on long-term leave.

Location
  Total
square
meters
  Personnel   Principal Use

Eastern Europe:

               

Kiev, Ukraine

    29,209     2,660   Delivery center

Moscow, Russia

    9,824     1,033   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Omsk, Russia

    8,121     673   Delivery center

Odessa, Ukraine

    7,991     634   Delivery center

St. Petersburg, Russia

    6,831     641   Delivery center

Dnipro, Ukraine

    3,568     323   Delivery center

Dubna, Russia

    662     70   Delivery center

Central Europe:

               

Bucharest, Romania

    21,130     1,233   Delivery center

Krakow, Poland

    11,315     666   Delivery center

Wroclaw, Poland

    5,498     236   Delivery center

Sofia, Bulgaria

    3,360     220   Delivery center

Tricity, Poland

    676     50   Delivery center

Warsaw, Poland

    321     47   Delivery center

Western Europe:

               

Boeblingen, Germany

    2,166     65   Delivery center

Munich, Germany

    1,329     46   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Leinfelden-Echterdingen (Stuttgart), Germany

    1,272     87   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

London, United Kingdom

    1,251     138   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Zug, Switzerland

    943     22   Operational headquarters

Braunschweig, Germany

    544     27   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Gothenberg, Sweden

    452     40   Delivery center

Welwyn Garden City, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom

    322     17   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Frankfurt am Main, Germany

    135     6   Delivery center

Strassen, Luxembourg

    123     1   Delivery center

Ruesselsheim, Germany

    88       Delivery center

Nicosia, Cyprus

    84     1   Sales, marketing & other admin

78


Table of Contents

Location
  Total
square
meters
  Personnel   Principal Use

North America:

               

Kirkland (Seattle), WA, USA

    1,188     96   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Guadalajara, Mexico

    1,111     97   Delivery center

Jersey City, NJ, USA

    1,031     21   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

New York, NY, USA

    438     23   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Los Angeles, California, USA

    154       Sales, marketing & other admin

Menlo Park, CA, USA

    139     1   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Detroit, MI, USA

    55     2   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Toronto, Canada

    15       Sales, marketing & other admin

Eden Prairie (Minneapolis), Minnesota, USA

    11       Sales, marketing & other admin

APAC:

               

Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

    1,146     40   Delivery center

Penang, Malaysia

    915     30   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Sydney, Australia

    148     16   Delivery center

Singapore, Singapore

    99     7   Delivery center; sales, marketing & other admin

Other:

               

Cape Town, South Africa

    315     8   Delivery center

Total

    123,980     9,277    

ITEM 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        None.

ITEM 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

        You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section titled "ITEM 3. Key Information—A. Selected Financial Data" and the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. This discussion and analysis may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects," and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements made herein as a result of various risks, uncertainties and other important factors, including those set forth in "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors" of this annual report. Any such forward-looking statements represent management's estimates as of the date of this annual report. While we may elect to update such forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we disclaim any obligation to do so, even if subsequent events cause our views to change. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this annual report. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

79


Table of Contents

A.  Operating Results

Factors affecting our results of operations

        We believe the following factors have had and may continue to have a significant effect on our results of operations:

    Wage inflation:   Wage inflation has been growing rapidly in the countries in which we maintain a significant number of personnel. Wage inflation contributes to increases in our cost of services, and selling, general and administrative expenses. The impact of wage inflation is heightened by increased attrition, which is caused by the increasing demand for qualified IT personnel. The impact of wage inflation is mitigated to a limited extent by several factors, including our ability to shift work away from delivery centers that may be disproportionately affected by wage inflation, as well as our ability to pass some of the cost to our clients through provisions in a number of our contracts that permit us to increase prices based on inflation and related indicators.

    Demand for IT services outsourcing in the United States and Western Europe:   The demand for IT services outsourcing is growing steadily in the United States and Western Europe, the regions in which most of our clients operate. The growth in demand for IT services outsourcing in key regions in which we operate gives us the ability to increase our sales of services and, therefore, may positively impact our results of operations. Conversely, if the growth in demand for IT services outsourcing slows or declines, our revenues may be negatively impacted. We focus on providing services primarily to mission critical aspects of our clients' businesses, which we believe reduces the risk of our clients decreasing their IT spending on our engagements during economic downturns relative to those IT services providers who focus on discretionary projects and business process outsourcing.

    Client concentration:   In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, 61.6% of our sales were derived from clients in the financial services industry. We believe we will continue to have similar levels of revenue concentration in the financial services industry in the near term. The developments in this industry that impact the demand for software development services and solutions are likely to have a greater impact on us than on competitors, who do not have a similarly high level of revenue concentration in this vertical. Furthermore, we have a high degree of client concentration and our top five clients represented an aggregate of 54.6% of our sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. We believe that the financial services industry will remain one of the most significant sources of demand for IT services in the near term, driven by ongoing pressure to restore growth and improve profitability, industry-wide regulatory reforms, requirements to increase transparency and manage risk exposure, as well as the adoption of new technologies such as cloud computing, mobile and data analytics. We believe that the financial industry's strong reliance on IT outsourcing services and the mission critical nature of the services we provide for key clients within the financial industry, should reduce the risks we face from client concentration.

    Foreign currency fluctuation:   We operate in a multi-currency environment, and exchange rate fluctuations, especially between the U.S. dollar and the euro and currencies pegged to the euro, impact our results of operations. Our sales are largely denominated in U.S. dollars and euros, and, to a lesser extent, in British pounds and Russian rubles, whereas our expenses are largely denominated in U.S. dollars, Russian rubles, Polish zloty, British pounds and Romanian leu. As a result, currency fluctuations, especially the appreciation of the Russian ruble relative to the U.S. dollar and the depreciation of the euro and British pound relative to U.S. dollar, could negatively impact our results of operations. Currency exchange rates in the British pound and the euro with respect to each other and the U.S. dollar have been affected by the June 23, 2016 referendum in the United Kingdom, pursuant to which the people of the United Kingdom voted

80


Table of Contents

      for the United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union ("Brexit"), and the United Kingdom formally notified the European Union of its intention to withdraw from it. As a significant portion of our revenues are derived from sales to clients located in the United Kingdom and due to our operations in the United Kingdom and Europe, further exchange rate fluctuations as a result of Brexit could adversely affect our business and our results of operations. See "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—The decision by the United Kingdom to exit from the European Union could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations."

    Inflation in CEE:   Our results of operations are affected by inflation rates in CEE because our expenses are largely denominated in Russian rubles and other CEE currencies, such as Romanian leu and Polish zloty. If we are unable to increase our revenues in line with our costs in CEE, it could have a material effect upon our results of operations and financial condition. See "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks related to our business and our industry—Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and increased inflation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations."

    Tax reduction programs:   We benefit from tax reduction programs in Russia, Switzerland and Poland.

    In Russia, we benefit from a reduced social contributions tax rate program available to qualified IT service providers complying with certain conditions set out in the Russian law. Russia's social contributions are mandatory taxes consisting of contributions paid by employers to the Russian Pension Fund, the Russian Social Insurance Fund and the Federal Medical Insurance Fund. The social contributions tax rate varies depending on the employer's beneficial status and the status of a particular employee (such as a foreign citizen or Russian citizen). Under the program, the applicable aggregate tax rate is currently reduced from the maximum of 30% to 14%. However, the reduced tax rates for social contributions payable by qualified IT service providers are expected to be available only until December 31, 2023.

    Our Swiss subsidiary, which also serves as Group operational headquarters, has been enjoying mixed company regime in the canton of Zug since its incorporation in 2013. Under cantonal tax law a mixed company is partially exempted from cantonal taxation of profits earned outside of Switzerland. Amount of profits exempted from cantonal taxation depend on the number of Swiss employees of the Group and in our case equals to 80% of profits. It is expected that this privileged taxation of foreign profits will be abolished from 2020. It is expected that new special tax regimes or preferential tax rates may be introduced after the abolishment of the mixed company regime, however it is currently difficult to assess to what extent such new incentives will be similar to the current one.

    Our subsidiary in Poland conducts a part of its operational activities in the territory of Krakow special economic zone ("SEZ") under the permit, which entitles the Group to use a tax incentive. Our profit generated from operations in the SEZ is non-taxable within the amount of tax credit calculated based on eligible expenses. Since the amount of the relevant tax credit currently exceeds the amount of income tax payable with respect to profits earned in the SEZ, we pay no income tax in relation to this subsidiary's operations in the SEZ.

    Government grants:   During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we participated in government grants programs in Romania, Poland, Bulgaria, Mexico and Malaysia. The programs require certain investments regarding creating new workplaces and maintaining them during certain periods of up to five years. As a result of fulfilling the programs' requirements, we received five government grants in the total amount of $3.8 million; in 2016 we received three government grants in the total amount of $2.9 million.

81


Table of Contents

Acquisitions

        During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 we completed a number of acquisitions that allowed the Company to expand the existing verticals, increase revenue and create new offerings of services currently provided. The Company used the acquisition method of accounting to record these business combinations. All our acquisitions during these two fiscal years were settled in cash. For some transactions, purchase agreements contain contingent consideration in the form of an earnout obligation.

Acquisition of IntroPro

        On January 31, 2017, the Group closed an equity purchase transaction to acquire IntroPro, a group of engineering consultancy companies generating the majority of its revenue from the telecom and media sector, serving several blue chip clients based in North America.

        Luxoft acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of three companies constituting the IntroPro group, namely Intro Pro US Inc., Intro Pro Software Company Limited and Intro Pro Ukraine LLC for $28.3 million of cash consideration, paid at closing, of which $5.0 million was placed in escrow by the sellers for up to 3 years as security for the indemnification and certain other obligations of the sellers under the terms of the stock purchase agreement. In accordance with the agreement, the Sellers are entitled to additional cash payments, subject to achievement of certain financial performance milestones by IntroPro for its 2017 and 2018 fiscal years. As of March 31, 2017, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $24.4 million.

Acquisition of Pelagicore

        On September 13, 2016, the Group has completed the acquisition of Pelagicore AB, a Swedish company, provider of open source software platforms and services for in-vehicle infotainment systems and human machine interface (HMI) development.

        In accordance with the stock purchase agreement, Luxoft Global Operations GmbH paid €16.9 million, or $18.9 million, upon closing of this transaction. Additionally, Luxoft agreed to pay up to € 5.0 million or $5.5 million in 2017 subject to Pelagicore achieving certain order backlog from defined clients till the end of 2017 calendar year. The fair value of the contingent consideration as of March 31, 2017 was $5.4 million.

Acquisition of INSYS Group, Inc.

        On July 15, 2016, Luxoft USA, Inc. completed the acquisition of INSYS Group, Inc. ("Insys"), an IT consulting provider focusing on advanced predictive analytics, business intelligence and data warehousing, digital marketing, and enterprise information management. Luxoft acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Insys for an initial payment of $37.9 million with the remaining amount payable being subject to certain revenue and EBITDA targets to be achieved by Insys for the six-month period ending December 31, 2016, and its 2017 and 2018 fiscal years. The total amount of contingent purchase consideration was not to exceed $33.5 million. Additionally, under the Purchase Agreement, certain managers of Insys were eligible for incentive payments under a management earnout participation plan in an amount of up to $7.0 million. In conjunction with the mutual election under Section 338(h) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code ("Section 338(h)"), Luxoft USA and the Insys Sellers agreed to treat the Insys purchase as an asset purchase for tax purposes.

        In March 2017, the management of Luxoft and the former shareholders of Insys Group, Inc. reached an agreement in negotiations regarding certain changes to the original SPA. The main changes include re-allocation of the earn-out percentages among the former Insys shareholders and introduction of a minimum guaranteed amount of the earn-out of $2.6 million. Additionally the maximum amount

82


Table of Contents

of the management earnout participation plan was decreased to a maximum of $3.0 million due to resignation of one of the participants. As of March 31, 2017, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $7.9 million.

Acquisition of Symtavision GmbH

        On February 23, 2016, Luxoft Global Operations GmbH, a wholly-owned Swiss subsidiary of the Company ("LGO"), completed its acquisition of Symtavision GmbH ("Symtavision"), a boutique provider of automotive software tools and consulting services focused on scheduling analysis, architecture optimization, and timing verification. Symtavision's tools, building on its proprietary intellectual property, focus on the Under the Hood ("UTH") technology around increasingly important software integration and timing analysis in the chassis, powertrain, body, and driver assistance domains as well as in-vehicle networking.

        The Symtavision acquisition enhanced our capabilities in the UTH practice and expanded our list of automotive high potential accounts ("HPAs").

        In accordance with the stock purchase agreement LGO paid a cash purchase price of €3.9 million, or $4.4 million at the then-current exchange rate of €1=$1.14, upon closing of this transaction.

    Certain comprehensive income statement line items

Sales of services

        Sales of services consist primarily of the provision of software development, which includes core custom software development and support, product engineering and testing and technology consulting services to our clients. Sales of services also includes sales generated from non-core activities, including external project consulting, quality management consulting, recruitment services provided to our clients and training services provided to third parties, as well as reimbursements of expenses of our IT professionals by clients. Historically, non-core sales have accounted for a small portion of total sales. In the past two fiscal years, we derived a substantial majority of the growth in our sales of services to existing clients. Below is a discussion of our revenue organized by client location, industry vertical, client concentration and contract type.

Client locations

        We present client location based on the location of the client's key decision-maker. We seek to maintain the current geographical balance of sales. Our revenue by client location has generally experienced balanced growth during the periods under review. For more information on sales by client location, see "ITEM 4. Information About Luxoft—B. Business Overview—Clients."

Industry Verticals

        While financial services have historically been our largest industry vertical, we have deep expertise in each of the industry verticals we serve. We target four industry verticals within which we have maintained a relatively stable revenue mix during the periods under review. For information on sales by industry vertical, see "ITEM 4. Information About Luxoft—B. Business Overview—Our verticals."

Client concentration

        We have deep and long-standing relationships with our top clients. As a percentage of total sales, revenue generated by our top five clients declined from 64.9% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, to 54.6% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. Revenue generated by our top ten clients for the same periods decreased from 73.7% to 66.0% as a percentage of total sales. Over the long-term, we expect client concentration from our top ten clients to continue to decrease as a result of increase in

83


Table of Contents

demand from other existing clients, as well as business from new clients. New clients for any period are defined as clients who were not on our client list as of the end of the applicable prior fiscal year. For information on sales by client, see "ITEM 4. Information About Luxoft—B. Business Overview—Clients."

Contract types

        We derive revenue from fixed price contracts and time-and-materials contracts. Under time-and-materials contracts, we are compensated for actual time incurred by our IT professionals at negotiated hourly, daily or monthly rates. The majority of our fixed price contracts allow monthly or quarterly revenue recognition based on monthly and quarterly milestones, with clear customer acceptance criteria that could be assessed at the end of respective periods. We believe the use of proportional performance with monthly or quarterly contractual milestones for customer acceptance continues to be an appropriate revenue recognition method for fixed price contracts.

        The following table sets forth sales by contract type, by amount and as a percentage of our total sales for the periods indicated:

 
  Years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  Amount
in thousands
  % of
Sales
  Amount
in thousands
  % of
Sales
  Amount
in thousands
  % of
Sales
 

Contract type

                                     

Time-and-materials

    568,510     72.4 %   298,367     45.8 %   214,259     41.2 %

Fixed price

    217,051     27.6 %   352,385     54.2 %   306,289     58.8 %

Total

  $ 785,561     100 % $ 650,752     100 % $ 520,548     100 %

Operating expenses

        Our operating expenses consist of:

Cost of services

        Cost of services includes salaries and related benefits for our delivery center employees, compensation for our contractors and other project-related costs, including travel, materials and other direct costs. Most of our IT professionals are salaried employees except for personnel in Ukraine and the United States, where a substantial part are contractors. The majority of our costs of services comprise compensation to our employees and contractors, and we expect substantially the same composition of costs of services in the future. Where services are performed by contractors, the entire cost of contractors is included in cost of services. With respect to employees, the compensation for the time that our employees log for specific projects is included in our cost of sales, and the remainder of the total compensation for logged time is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses. The travel expenses of our employees and contractors directly related to specific projects are recorded in our cost of services. Cost of services also includes social contribution charges payable on the salaries for our employees.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

        Selling expenses include primarily advertising and marketing expenses. General and administrative expenses include compensation and other expenses of our senior management, administrative personnel, and R&D personnel, as well as compensation expenses for the time of our IT professionals not assigned to a specific project. General and administrative expenses also include office rent and

84


Table of Contents

maintenance and professional services, including legal, audit and insurance services, travel and entertainment expenses other than those directly related to projects for clients, and other expenses.

Depreciation and amortization

        Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of capitalized software costs, acquired contract-based client relationships and other intangible assets. We use the straight-line method to determine depreciation and amortization.

Loss/gain from revaluation of contingent liability

        Loss from revaluation of contingent liability includes results from revaluation of contingent liabilities arising as part of business combinations. Contingent liabilities are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved.

Other income and expenses

        Our other income and expenses consist of:

        Interest expense, net:     Interest income and interest expense are accrued by reference to the principal amount outstanding at the applicable interest rate. We earn interest income on our cash deposits and loans provided to related parties.

        Other gains/(loss), net:     Other gains, net consists of government grants, subleasing office space, operational leasing of equipment and disposal of old computer equipment.

        Gain/(loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts:     Gain (loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts is represented by gains and losses from settlement and revaluation of derivatives related to forward foreign currency exchange contracts not designated as cash flow hedges.

        Starting January 2016, due to an increased volume of hedged transactions, extended periods of foreign exchange contracts and a risk of significant fluctuations of fair values of derivatives affecting our Statement of Comprehensive income, we started to apply hedge accounting to forward contracts offsetting our forecasted transactions denominated in euro and British pounds.

        All gain or loss on a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is recognized in other comprehensive income until reclassified into earnings in the same period when the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings, i.e. when a forecasted sale actually occurs or an expense is incurred. Gains or losses related to hedging of forecasted sales are recognized in Sales of services, and those attributable to forecasted expense are recognized in Cost of services.

        Net foreign exchange income/(loss):     We enter into foreign exchange transactions as we have contracts denominated in both U.S. dollars, euros, rubles, and, to a lesser extent, Swiss francs, British pounds and other currencies. Re-measurement of monetary assets, such as receivables, denominated in foreign currencies that are different from functional currencies of the respective subsidiaries, result in and are recorded as net foreign exchange income/ (loss).

Income tax expense

        Our income tax includes both current and deferred income taxes. Because we operate in a number of countries, our income is subject to taxation in differing jurisdictions with a range of tax rates. Therefore, we need to apply significant judgment to determine our consolidated income tax position. Due to our multi-jurisdictional operations, we are exposed to a number of different tax risks including, but not limited to, changes in tax laws or interpretations of these tax laws. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, our effective income tax rate decreased to 11.2% comparing to 14.7% in the fiscal year

85


Table of Contents

ending March 31, 2016 due to positive effect of SOP tax deduction, utilization of tax losses and other beneficial tax planning strategies.

    Results of operations

        The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of sales of services for those periods.

 
  For the years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Sales of services

  $ 785,561   $ 650,752   $ 520,548  

Operating expenses

                   

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    474,980     379,331     293,960  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    213,723     171,707     128,952  

Depreciation and amortization

    34,847     23,814     16,834  

(Income)/ loss from revaluation of contingent liability

    (10,031 )   (2,511 )   1,166  

Impairment loss

    5,287          

Operating income

  $ 66,755   $ 78,411   $ 79,636  

Other income and expenses

                   

Interest expense, net

    (81 )   121     (543 )

Other gain/ (loss), net

    5,119     3,947     1,430  

Gain/ (loss) from foreign currency exchange contract

    1,314     261     1,321  

Net foreign exchange loss

    (2,604 )   (381 )   (8,867 )

Income before income taxes

    70,503     82,359     72,977  

Income tax expense

    (7,865 )   (12,108 )   (9,828 )

Net income

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149  

Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

             

Net income attributable to the Group

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

    95     (2,281 )   (425 )

Comprehensive income

  $ 62,733   $ 67,970   $ 62,724  

Comprehensive income/ (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest

             

Comprehensive income attributable to the Group

  $ 62,733   $ 67,970   $ 62,724  

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 2016

Sales of services

        In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, our revenues demonstrated 20.7% growth year over year, increasing by $134.8 million to $785.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 from $650.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to a growing volume of sale in three of our verticals, financial services, telecom and automotive and transport, which contributed 5.8%, 5.0% and 4.9% of overall growth, respectively. Luxoft Digital practice which includes technology, travel and aviation and energy practices, contributed 0.8% to the overall growth year-on-year.

        From a geographical standpoint, our revenue increased substantially due to our U.S. clients, providing 9.0% of overall revenue growth, as well as clients from Germany and Poland, contributing 4.5% and 2.1% of total revenue growth, respectively. In comparison to the prior fiscal year, in the fiscal

86


Table of Contents

year ended March 31, 2017, our revenue generated from the U.S. clients increased by 39.8% from 28.9% to 33.3% of total revenue resulted both from increased volume of sales to our top clients in the telecom vertical as well as revenue from the Insys and IntroPro businesses, which were acquired in July 2016 and January 2017, respectively; Germany increased by 33.6% from 13.3% to 14.7% of the total primarily due to growth of our automotive vertical clients; Poland demonstrated an increase of 81.9% from 2.6% to 3.9% of the total revenue mainly due to continuing growth in our financial vertical.

        We continuously develop relationships with our clients and as a result, sales to our existing clients accounted for 43.6% of the increase in sales of services for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, while sales to new clients accounted for 39.8% of the increase. Sales of services to new clients represented 10.0% of total sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, as compared to 3.9% of total sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. Our non-core sales accounted for 0.4% and 0.2% of total sales in the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        To support our growing sales, we increased the number of our IT professionals to 10,807 as of March 31, 2017, from 9,239 IT professionals as of March 31, 2016.

Operating expenses

Cost of services

        Cost of services increased by $95.6 million, or 25.2%, to $475.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 from $379.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. Gross margin decreased from 41.7% to 39.5% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, when compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in cost of services and related decrease in gross margin during the latter fiscal year was primarily attributed to a larger portion of the new business generated by HPAs compared to the prior fiscal year. To enable faster growth of our HPAs we made certain upfront investments into these accounts, including training of our engineering personnel, the time which cannot be billed to a client, billing clients at lower rates during smaller proof of concept engagements, providing higher paid onshore consultants at the initial engagements with a low ratio of lower-salaried off-shore engineering support, which we usually increase at later, more mature stages of relationships.

        As a percentage of sales, cost of services increased to 60.5% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from 58.3% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $42.0 million, or 24.5%, to $213.7 million mainly due to organic expansion of our business functions. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 27.2% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from 26.4% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. This increase was attributable primarily to the stock option plan and continuing investments in R&D activities.

        Payroll and bonuses expenses, including payroll taxes and excluding share-based compensation, increased by $26.8 million, or 32.7%, from $82.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to $108.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, primarily due to an expansion of our R&D activities, contributing 15.6% of the total increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses.

        Share-based compensation increased by $11.2 million from $17.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to $29.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, principally due to new grants under our SOP III program. The growth of share-based compensation expenses impacted the overall selling, general and administrative expenses by 6.5%.

87


Table of Contents

        Our spending on professional services increased by $1.8 million, or 7.6%, to $25.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, contributing 1.1% to the total increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses, primarily due to consulting fees to support our M&A activities.

Depreciation and amortization

        Depreciation and amortization increased by $11.0 million, or 46.3%, to $34.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 from $23.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. As a percentage of sales, depreciation and amortization increased from 3.7% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to 4.4% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. The increase was primarily a result of increased amortization of intangible assets recognized in business combinations, specifically customer relationships of Insys and IntroPro. Another contributing factor was an increase in computers and office equipment due to a growing headcount.

Income from revaluation of contingent liability

        Gain from revaluation of contingent liability increased by $7.5 million from $2.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to $10.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. The gain from revaluation of contingent liability was primarily associated with lowering of the performance forecasts for the companies acquired during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. The changes in the forecast have also resulted in an impairment loss discussed below.

Impairment loss

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment loss of $5.3 million related to the Insys client base. The principal factor leading to the impairment was the reduction in the projected future cash flows due to an adverse change in the cumulative average revenue growth rate. No impairment of intangible assets occurred as of March 31, 2016.

Operating income

        Due to the increases in cost of services and general and administrative expenses discussed above, our operating income decreased by $11.7 million, or 14.9%, to $66.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 from $78.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. As a percentage of sales, our operating income decreased to 8.5% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from 12.0% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016.

Other income and expenses

Other gain/(loss), net

        Other gains increased by $1.2 million from $3.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to $5.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. The increase is attributable to $3.4 million from five government grants received in Romania, Poland, Bulgaria, Mexico and Malaysia during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. See also "ITEM 4. Information About Luxoft— Government support for the IT industry in CEE ."

Gain from foreign currency exchange contracts

        Gain from foreign currency exchange contracts increased by $1.1 million from $0.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to $1.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, mainly due to increased fluctuation in the U.S. dollar/euro exchange rates during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, when compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, resulting in higher gains realized on our euro/U.S. dollar forward contracts.

88


Table of Contents

Net foreign exchange loss

        Net foreign exchange loss increased by $2.2 million from $0.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to $2.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, primarily due to depreciation of the euro against the U.S. dollar during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, which adversely affected our euro-denominated receivables; and appreciation of the Russian ruble against the U.S. dollar resulting in a foreign exchange loss from our Ruble-denominated payables.

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

        Income from continuing operations before income taxes decreased by $11.9 million, or 14.4%, to $70.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from $82.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, and demonstrated a decrease as a percentage of sales from 12.7% to 9.0% in the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Income tax expense

        Income tax expense decreased by $4.2 million, or 35.0%, to $7.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 from $12.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. Our effective income tax rate decreased to 11.2% of income from continuing operations before income taxes in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 from 14.7% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. The rate decrease represents a combined effect of SOP tax deduction, utilization of tax losses and other beneficial tax planning strategies. Corporate income tax deduction was made for the amount of exercised SOP III instruments in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany and Switzerland. We have successfully utilized some of the previously unrecognized tax losses mainly in the United Kingdom and Australia either through group relief or through availability of taxable income. Also, use of beneficial tax treatment and actualization of the income tax provisions upon filing of tax returns had a positive effect on our effective tax rate.

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 2015

Sales of services

        In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, our revenues demonstrated 25.0% growth year over year, increasing by $130.2 million to $650.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 from $520.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. All our verticals, except for travel and aviation, experienced growth during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, while the main increase is attributable to increased volume of sales in our largest verticals, financial services and automotive and transport, which contributed 19.2% and 4.1% of overall growth, respectively.

        From a geographical standpoint, our revenue increased substantially due to our UK clients, providing 12.2% of our overall revenue growth, and clients from Germany and Switzerland, contributing 4.2% and 2.4% of total revenue growth, respectively. In comparison to the prior fiscal year, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, our revenue generated from the UK clients increased by 39.8% from 30.7% to 34.4% of total revenue; Germany increased by 33.4% from 12.4% to 13.3% of the total and Switzerland increased by 117.5% from 2.1% to 3.6% of the total. The increase in sales of services to our UK clients resulted both from an increased volume of sales to our top clients in the financial services vertical as well as revenue from the Excelian business, which was acquired in February 2015. The increase in revenue from our clients in Germany and Switzerland is attributable mainly to an increased volume of sales to clients in the financial and automotive and transport verticals.

        We continuously develop relationships with our clients and as a result, sales to our existing clients accounted for 81.3% of the increase in sales of services for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, while sales to new clients accounted for 19.4% of the increase. Sales of services to new clients represented

89


Table of Contents

3.9% of total sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, as compared to 4.5% of total sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. Our non-core sales accounted for 0.2% and 0.5% of total sales in the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        To support our growing sales, we increased the number of our IT professionals to 9,239 as of March 31, 2016, from 7,850 IT professionals as of March 31, 2015.

Operating expenses

Cost of services

        Cost of services increased by $85.4 million, or 29.0%, to $379.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 from $294.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. Gross margin decreased from 43.5% to 41.7% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, when compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in cost of services and related decrease in gross margin were attributable primarily to the growth of personnel expenses directly attributable to client projects as a result of increased headcount in the locations with higher salaries.

        As a percentage of sales, cost of services increased to 58.3% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from 56.5% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $42.8 million, or 33.2%, to $171.7 million. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 26.4% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from 24.8% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. This increase was attributable to a number of factors, including the stock option plan implemented in December 2014 and expansion of our business functions.

        Payroll and bonuses expenses with payroll taxes (excluding share-based compensation) increased by $21.5 million, or 35.5%, from $60.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to $82.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, primarily due to expansion of our R&D activities and sales team. Share-based compensation increased by $12.0 million from $5.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to $17.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, mainly due to the timing of the stock-based compensation program, which was launched in late 2014.

        We continued to invest in our infrastructure. To accommodate the increased headcount, we rented new facilities which resulted in a $5.6 million, or 19.3% increase in general and administrative expenses due to an increase in office rent and maintenance expenses to $34.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 from $29.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

Depreciation and amortization

        Depreciation and amortization increased by $7.0 million, or 41.5%, to $23.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 from $16.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The increase was attributable primarily to depreciation of computers and office equipment due to increased headcount, as well as amortization of customer relationships related to acquisitions of Radius and Excelian. As a percentage of sales, depreciation and amortization increased from 3.2% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to 3.7% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016.

Income from revaluation of contingent liability

        The financial results from revaluation of contingent liability changed by $3.7 million from a loss of $1.2 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to a gain of $2.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 mainly due to the agreement with the Sellers of Radius Inc. to reduce the remaining

90


Table of Contents

consideration payable by 15%; and due to a shift in timing of previously expected revenues, subject to contingent royalty payments beyond the royalty period ending December 31, 2017.

Operating income

        Due to the increases in cost of services and general and administrative expenses discussed above, our operating income decreased by $1.2 million, or 1.5%, to $78.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 from $79.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. As a percentage of sales, operating income decreased to 12.0% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from 15.3% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

Other income and expenses

Other gain/(loss), net

        Other gains increased by $2.5 million from $1.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to $3.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. The increase is attributable to $2.9 million from three government grants received in Romania, Poland and Bulgaria during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in income from operating leases of IT equipment in one of our subsidiaries.

Gain from foreign currency exchange contracts

        Gain from foreign currency exchange contracts decreased by $1.0 million from $1.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to $0.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, mainly due to decreased fluctuation in the U.S. dollar/euro exchange rates during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, when compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, resulting in lower gains realized on our euro/U.S. dollar forward contracts.

Net foreign exchange loss

        Net foreign exchange loss decreased by $8.5 million from $8.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to $0.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016.

        The loss in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 was driven primarily by the depreciation of the euro against the U.S. dollar, which resulted in losses from our euro-denominated receivables. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, the euro depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 3% while during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the euro depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 11%. Also, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Russian ruble depreciated significantly against the U.S. dollar, which affected adversely our Ruble-denominated receivables. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, the Russian ruble depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 14% while during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Russian ruble depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 39%.

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

        Income from continuing operations before income taxes increased by $9.4 million, or 12.9%, to $82.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from $73.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, and demonstrated a decrease as a percentage of sales from 14.0% to 12.7% in the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

91


Table of Contents

Income tax expense

        Income tax expense increased by $2.3 million, or 23.2%, to $12.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 from $9.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. Our effective income tax rate in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 increased to 14.7% of income from continuing operations before income taxes in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from 13.5% in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The rate increase represents a combined effect of our acquisitions completed during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, which increased the portion of our taxable profits attributable to jurisdictions with higher tax rates, and an overall increase in taxable profits in Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States.

Quarterly results of operations and seasonality

        Our business is moderately seasonal and our results of operations vary from quarter to quarter based in part upon the budget and work cycles of our clients. Our operating results are typically lower in the first fiscal quarter of each year due to increases in wages and other costs that typically occur in the beginning of each fiscal year. The following table presents our unaudited condensed consolidated

92


Table of Contents

quarterly results of operations for the eight quarters in the period from April 1, 2015 to March 31, 2017.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2017
  Dec 31,
2016
  Sept 30,
2016
  Jun 30,
2016
  March 31,
2016
  Dec 31,
2015
  Sept 30,
2015
  Jun 30,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated statements of income:

                                                 

Sales of services

  $ 204,131   $ 206,924   $ 196,457   $ 178,049   $ 169,209   $ 171,946   $ 161,542   $ 148,055  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    129,632     124,688     114,908     105,752     103,496     97,412     90,446     87,977  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    56,193     54,291     54,315     48,924     48,202     45,229     39,611     38,665  

Depreciation and amortization

    10,260     9,362     7,990     7,235     6,703     6,201     5,550     5,360  

(Income)/loss from revaluation of contingent liability

    (8,668 )   (1,424 )   344     (283 )   (3,356 )   61     41     743  

Impairment loss

    5,287                              

Operating income

    11,427     20,007     18,900     16,421     14,164     23,043     25,894     15,310  

Other income and expenses

                                                 

Interest expense, net

    (91 )   6     (28 )   32     149     61     (61 )   (28 )

Other gain/(loss), net

    755     3,630     327     407     2,346     1,025     283     293  

Gain/(loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts

        953     (30 )   391     (1,019 )   595     517     168  

Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)

    889     (2,847 )   21     (667 )   1,524     (3,474 )   421     1,148  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    12,980     21,749     19,190     16,584     17,164     21,250     27,054     16,891  

Income tax expense

    755     (3,217 )   (2,899 )   (2,504 )   (2,572 )   (3,211 )   (4,046 )   (2,279 )

Net income

                                                 

Less: Net loss attributable to the non-controlling interest

    13,735     18,532     16,291     14,080     14,592     18,039     23,008     14,612  

Net income attributable to the Group

    13,735     18,532     16,291     14,080     14,592     18,039     23,008     14,612  

B.  Liquidity and Capital Resources

        At March 31, 2017, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $109.6 million and $87.0 million of available borrowings under our revolving lines of credit. As of that date, $91.4 million was held in U.S. dollar denominated accounts primarily in Switzerland.

        Under the legislation of the countries we operate in, there are no restrictions on our ability to distribute dividends from our subsidiaries to our parent company other than a requirement that dividends be limited to the cumulative net profits of our operating subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with local accounting principles. The cumulative net profit of our subsidiaries calculated in accordance with local accounting principles differs from the cumulative net profit calculated in

93


Table of Contents

accordance with U.S. GAAP primarily due to the treatment of accrued expenses and differences arising from the capitalization and depreciation of property and equipment. In addition, these dividends cannot result in negative net assets at our subsidiaries or render them insolvent.

        We have not provided for dividend withholding taxes on the unremitted earnings of our subsidiaries as they are considered permanently reinvested.

        Our cash requirements have principally been driven by working capital requirements and capital expenditures. Our working capital requirements are, in turn, generally driven by the growth in our business and the impact on our cash flows arising out of the difference in timing between when our payment obligations arise and when we receive payment from clients. We fund working capital primarily from cash and cash equivalents on hand, cash flows provided by our operating activities and our short term credit facilities in those cases when it is deemed necessary or most efficient way. Our average time for collecting receivables, which include trade receivables, unbilled revenue and deferred revenue balances, decreased to 69 days for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from 76 days for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, mainly due to increased efficiency of our collecting cycle.

        As of March 31, 2017, we did not have any material commitments for capital expenditures. We believe that, based on our current business plan, our cash and cash equivalents on hand, cash from operations and borrowings available to us will be adequate to meet our working capital, capital expenditure requirements and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. We may require additional capital to meet our longer term liquidity and future growth requirements.

Credit facilities

        INSYS Group Inc. utilizes a credit facility provided by TD Bank N.A. The Loan and Security agreement was modified effective August 29, 2016, to provide an aggregate amount of $8.0 million at LIBOR plus 2.00% interest rate. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this agreement.

        Excelian Ltd uses an invoice discounting facility of up to £3.0 million provided by Royal Bank of Scotland. On November 19, 2016, the facility was reduced to £1.0 million. Under this arrangement Excelian Ltd can assign certain receivables in exchange for cash less a discount based on 1.90% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this agreement.

        On December 27, 2016, Luxoft USA Inc. and Luxoft Global Operations GmbH respectively entered into the Facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank N.V. for the aggregate available credit amount up to $18.0 million. For both of the facilities the applied interest rate is the cumulative of the applicable LIBOR and a 3% margin. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 under these agreements.

        On February 20, 2014, Luxoft USA, Inc. entered into a credit facility agreement with Citibank, N.A. for up to $5.5 million. The loan bears an interest rate LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 under this agreement.

        On November 20, 2013, Luxoft UK Ltd., Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd. and Luxoft GmbH entered into an uncommitted Pre- and Post-Shipment Advances Facility Agreement with Citibank Europe PLC for up to $5.0 million. On November 13, 2014 Luxoft Global Operations GmbH acceded to the mentioned Facility Agreement as a Borrowing Entity. On November 25, 2016 Citibank increased the total credit amount available for the Group to $17.4 million. This is a continuing agreement and remains in full effect subject to its terms until 30 days after the bank's receipt of written notice of termination from the borrower's agent. Under this agreement the borrower can use pre- or post-shipment advance. The interest rate for pre-shipment is LIBOR plus 2.0% per annum and the interest rate for post-shipment is LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 under this agreement.

94


Table of Contents

        On January 15, 2013, the Group entered into an uncommitted receivables purchase agreement with BNP Paribas Dublin Branch. Under the agreement the Group can assign certain receivables in exchange for cash based on LIBOR for the relevant purchase term (30/60 days) plus 3.0% per annum. The current limit available under this facility is up to $30.0 million. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 under this agreement.

Overdraft facilities

        On December 27, 2016 Luxoft International Company Ltd. entered into the Facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank N.V. for up to $3.0 million of the available overdraft limit. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 3.75% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this facility.

        On November 12, 2013 Luxoft Professional Romania SRL entered into an overdraft facility agreement with ZAO Citibank for $0.9 million. As of March 31, 2017, this facility has not been drawn down. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum overnight interest rate paid monthly. The overdraft facility is guaranteed by Luxoft Holding, Inc. and Luxoft Professional, LLC. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this agreement.

        On October 25, 2012 Luxoft Professional, LLC entered into an overdraft facility agreement with ZAO Citibank for $3.0 million. As of March 31, 2017, this facility has not been drawn down. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum overnight interest rate paid monthly. The overdraft facility is guaranteed by Luxoft Holding, Inc. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this facility.

Cash flows

        The following table presents the major components of net cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 
  Years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash flow provided by operating activities

  $ 122,027   $ 105,389   $ 76,278  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (106,468 )   (32,725 )   (42,280 )

Net cash used in financing activities

  $ (14,218 ) $ (8,904 ) $ (21,995 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

        Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $16.6 million, or 15.8%, to $122.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from $105.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, primarily due to the decrease in amounts due from and to clients from $14.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to $2.8 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, as a result of increased efficiency of our collecting cycle discussed above. Another contributing factor was the net effect of the decrease in net income, which includes impairment loss and higher incentive based compensation payments in 2017 fiscal year as compared to 2016 fiscal year, partially offset by the increase in non-cash gain from revaluation of contingent liabilities.

        Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $29.1 million, or 38.2%, to $105.4 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from $76.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The increase is explained primarily by higher net income from continuing operations adjusted for non-cash stock based compensation expense, demonstrating an overall increase of $19.1 million from $68.9 million to $88.0 million, where stock based compensation expense contributed $12.0 million of

95


Table of Contents

such increase. Another $8.1 million increase in cash flows from operating activities was attributable to a decrease of amounts due from and to clients from $22.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to $14.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, as a result of increased efficiency of our collecting cycle discussed above.

Net cash used in investing activities

        Net cash used in investing activities increased by $73.7 million, or 225.3%, to $106.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from $32.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. The change was mainly due to increased investments in acquisitions of new businesses which together with deposits on escrow accounts amounted to $82.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, and $3.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. This increase was partially offset by decreased investments in our existing businesses, in particular purchases of new electronic and office equipment and other purchases of property and equipment, which decreased from $24.2 million to $19.6 million when comparing the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

        Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $9.6 million, or 22.6%, to $32.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from $42.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The change was mainly due to decreased investments in acquisitions of new businesses which amounted to $24.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, and $3.5 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. This decrease was partially offset by increased investments in our existing businesses, in particular purchases of new electronic and office equipment and other purchases of property and equipment, which increased from $14.2 million to $24.2 million when comparing the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Net cash used in financing activities

        Cash used in financing activities increased by $5.3 million to $14.2 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, from $8.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to repayment of short-term borrowings, amounting to $5.9 million and $0.9 million in the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The majority of these short-term borrowings belonged to the companies acquired during 2017 fiscal year. Another $1.8 million of increase was attributable to repurchase of ordinary shares as a result of personal income taxes withheld from SOP III participants upon exercise of vested RSUs, SARs and PSAs which increased from $1.8 million in the fiscal year March 31, 2016 to $3.6 million in the fiscal year March 31, 2017. This increase was partially offset by the decrease in the amount of deferred purchase consideration paid for the acquired businesses from $6.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, to $4.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.

        Cash used in financing activities decreased by $13.1 million to $8.9 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, from $22.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to repayment of short-term borrowings, amounting to $0.9 million and $18.6 million in the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, partially offset by an increase in the amount of deferred purchase consideration paid for acquired businesses from $2.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, to $ 6.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, and repurchase of ordinary shares in amount of $1.8 million as a result of personal income taxes withheld from SOP III participants upon exercise of vested RSUs, SARs and PSAs.

    Critical accounting policies

        We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect: (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities; (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period; and

96


Table of Contents

(iii) the reported amounts of sales and expenses during each reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to the recognition of revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes, goodwill and other long-lived assets, assumptions used in valuing share-based compensation awards and contingencies. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, and expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing our consolidated financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as their application places significant demands on the judgment of our management.

        An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most sensitive and require more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this annual report.

Revenue recognition

        The Company derives its revenues from software development services, including in such areas of competence as (a) custom software development and support, (b) product engineering and testing and (c) technology consulting.

        Revenues under time and materials and fixed price contracts are recognized in the period in which these services are performed and contract stages are accepted by clients by using a proportional performance method. We consider amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. In such contracts, our services, measured by time incurred, typically are provided in less than a year and represent the contractual stages or output measures which define the pattern of contractual earnings.

        The complexity of the estimation process and factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the proportional performance method of accounting affects the amounts of sales reported in our consolidated financial statements. A number of internal and external factors can affect our estimates, including labor hours and changes in specification and testing requirements.

        Time-and-material contracts.     We recognize sales from time-and-material contracts as services are performed, based on actual hours and applicable billing rates, with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of sales. The majority of such sales are billed on a monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client at negotiated hourly billing rates.

        Fixed price contracts.     We recognize sales from fixed price contracts based on the proportional performance method, during the period in which amounts become billable in accordance with the terms of the contracts. Services under fixed price contracts are delivered in stages. Revenues recognized for completed stages are generally representative of the percentage of completion of the entire contract, as

97


Table of Contents

they are based on actual hours incurred compared with the total hours estimated to complete the entire contract. Costs related to completed stages are expensed as incurred, while those related to uncompleted stages are recorded in work-in-progress on the balance sheet. In instances where final acceptance is specified by the client, sales are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In the absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, sales are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client. We have not yet had any significant contracts for which estimates of completion could not be developed or final project completion and client acceptance was so uncertain as to require deferral of revenue until the completion of the project.

        Multiple elements arrangements.     During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we have entered into multiple elements arrangements with the customers that purchase software and further maintenance and support. We evaluate our contracts for multiple deliverables, and, when appropriate, separate the contracts into separate units of accounting for revenue recognition. Support services, if they are required by clients, are generally contracted for and commence upon completion of the software development services. We allocate revenue to these deliverables in a multiple element arrangement based upon their relative selling prices. The relative selling price is based on the price charged for the deliverable when it is sold separately. For multiple element arrangements under time-and-material contracts, revenue is recognized as services are performed for each deliverable based on hours incurred and applicable hourly rates. For arrangements under fixed price contracts, software development revenue is recognized upon delivery of development services under the proportional performance method, as described above and for support services—on a straight-line basis over the support period, which is generally from 6 months to a year.

        We report gross reimbursable travel and "out-of-pocket" expenses incurred as both sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Accounts receivable

        Accounts receivable are shown at their net realizable value, which approximates their fair value. Since we generally do not require collateral or other security from our clients, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific clients. Allowances for doubtful accounts are made for specific accounts in which collectability is doubtful. If the financial condition of our clients were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. Recoveries of losses from accounts receivable written off in prior years are presented within income from operations on our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

        Our client base primarily consists of large multinational companies. The timing of invoicing and collection of our accounts receivable under our contracts is impacted by the life cycle of each project and related payment milestones.

        Our management periodically monitors outstanding receivables and collection status and assesses the adequacy of allowances for accounts where collection may be in doubt as frequency and amount of client defaults change due to our clients' financial condition or general economic conditions.

Goodwill

        Goodwill represents an excess of the cost of business acquired over the fair value of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of intangible assets acquired involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

98


Table of Contents

        We perform a test for impairment annually, or when indications of potential impairment exist, utilizing a fair value approach at the reporting unit level. We determine fair value using the income approach, which estimates the fair value of our operating units based on the future discounted cash flows.

        The basis for the cash flow assumptions includes forecasted revenue, operational costs and other relevant factors, including estimated capital expenditures. Assumptions under this method have been adjusted to reflect increased risk due to current economic volatility. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of our operating units to which goodwill relates and determine the carrying value (book value) of the assets and liabilities related to those operating units. If an impairment of goodwill has occurred, we recognize a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the implied fair value of goodwill.

Long-lived assets

        We amortize intangible assets, principally software and acquired contract-based client relationships, on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We review long-lived assets, including intangible assets that are subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We base our evaluation on such impairment indicators as the nature of the assets, the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or future profitability measurements, as well as other external market conditions or factors that may be present. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If impairment has occurred, we measure any impairment of intangible assets based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our business. If such assets were determined to be impaired, we recognize a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. As of March 31, 2017, we recorded impairment loss of $5.3 million relating to Insys client base. See Impairment of Long lived assets and Note 7, Impairment loss, below.

Government Grants

        We participates in government grants programs in several countries. Due to the absence of authoritative regulations for government grants in U.S. GAAP, we base our accounting on IFRS guidance as a non-authoritative source. We recognize a grant as non-operating income based on the evidence that the company has fulfilled the requirements of the program and the grant was received.

Income taxes

        Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, deferred income tax assets and liabilities and related valuation allowance, if any, involves judgment. We are required to calculate and provide for income taxes in each of the jurisdictions where we operate. Changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of annual pre-tax income can also affect the overall effective income tax rate.

        Because we operate in a number of countries, our income is subject to taxation in differing jurisdictions with a range of tax rates. Therefore, we need to apply significant judgment in order to determine our consolidated income tax position. As a result of our multi-jurisdictional operations, we are exposed to a number of different tax risks including, but not limited to, changes in tax laws or interpretations of these tax laws. The tax authorities in the jurisdictions where we operate may audit our tax returns and may disagree with the position taken in those returns. An adverse outcome resulting from any settlement or future examination of our tax returns may result in additional tax liabilities and may adversely affect our effective tax rate, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

99


Table of Contents

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences of temporary differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes. We evaluate the realization of deferred tax assets and recognize a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        The realization of deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on future taxable income. Any reduction in estimated forecasted results may require that we record valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. Once a valuation allowance has been established, it will be maintained until there is sufficient positive evidence to conclude that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

        If the allowance is reversed in a future period, the income tax provision will be correspondingly reduced. Accordingly, the increase and decrease of valuation allowances could have a significant negative or positive impact on future earnings.

        Our provision for income taxes also includes the impact of provisions established for uncertain income tax positions, as well as the related interest and penalties. Tax exposures can involve complex issues and may require an extended period to resolve. Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters differs from the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

Accounting for share-based employee compensation plans

        Share-based employee compensation is determined based on the grant date fair value of the awards ultimately expected to vest. We recognize these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award, provided it is no less than the amount that would have been recognized for the vested portion of the award.

        The expected life of an option usually represents the weighted-average period during which our option awards are expected to be outstanding. We have no experience or history to be able to determine the expected life over which our option awards will be held before exercise. However, we believe it is reasonable to assume exercise or issuance upon vesting, since the exercise price is nil.

        If any of the assumptions used in the valuation model changes significantly, share-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared to awards previously granted.

        We estimate forfeitures at the time of a grant and revise our estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures or vesting differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in the valuation model are based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment. We use an estimated 3% attrition rate based on the history of retention amongst key employees and management. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from the estimate, share-based compensation expense could be materially lower than what has been recorded.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In January, 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . The amendments in this Update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair

100


Table of Contents

value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The amendments will be effective for the Group for the fiscal year beginning April 1, 2020, and are not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business . The amendments in this update provide guidance on evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The ASU amends ASC 805 to "provide a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business." In addition, the amendments "provide more consistency in applying the guidance, reduce the costs of application, and make the definition of a business more operable." The update will be effective for the Group starting April 1, 2018, and is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-15—Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This Update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The Group adopted the amendments of this update from April 1, 2016. The ASU did not have any material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross share-based compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The Group adopted the amendment for the fiscal year beginning April 1, 2016. The amendment resulted in recognition of $1,411 of excess tax benefit in current year's earnings—see Note 15 Income Tax below.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)". The purpose of this update is to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. Most prominent among the amendments is the recognition of assets and liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous U.S. GAAP. Under the new standard, disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting update on its consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-17, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes", which requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position to simplify disclosure. The Group adopted the new standard from April 1, 2016, and, as a result of the implementation of this standard, changed the presentation of the prior year's deferred tax current assets and liabilities to noncurrent.

        In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, "Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments". The amendments in this update require that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The update eliminates the current requirement to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recognized at the acquisition date. The amendment is effective for the Group beginning April 1, 2016. The

101


Table of Contents

implementation of this standard did not have a material effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue Recognition—Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which will replace substantially all current revenue recognition guidance once it becomes effective. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date, which deferred the effective date of the new revenue standard for periods beginning after December 15, 2016 to December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted but not earlier than the original effective date. The FASB issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance in March 2016, April 2016, May 2016 and December 2016 within ASU 2016-08, 2016-10, 2016-12, 2016-20, respectively. The new standard provides accounting guidance for all revenue arising from contracts with customers and affects all entities that enter into contracts to provide goods or services to their customers unless the contracts are in the scope of other standards. The new standard is less prescriptive and may require software entities to use more judgment and estimates in the revenue recognition process than are required under existing revenue guidance. The Company intends to adopt the provisions of the new standard for its fiscal year starting April 1, 2017. The new standard allows the option of modified retrospective adoption with certain reliefs according to which the new standard will be applied to existing contracts from the initial period of adoption and thereafter with no restatement of comparative data. Under this option, we would recognize the cumulative effect of the initial adoption of the new standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or another component of equity, as applicable) as of the date of initial application. Alternatively, the new standard permits full retrospective adoption with certain reliefs. We are continuing to evaluate the impact of the standard, and its adoption method is subject to change. We are in the process of analyzing our contracts to quantify the impact that the adoption of the standard will have on revenue. We are also continuing to evaluate the impact of the standard on our costs related to obtaining customer.

        In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-18 "Restricted Cash". The standard requires restricted cash to be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and ending amounts in the statement of cash flows and also requires disclosures regarding the nature of restrictions on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods and requires for retrospective adoption with early adoption permitted. We do not intend to adopt the provisions of the new standard early and do not anticipate a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as a result of adopting this standard.

C.  Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The total amount of research and development activities was $15.4 million, $6.7 million and $3.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

D.  Trend Information

        Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the period from April 1, 2016 to March 31, 2017 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our net revenue, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that caused the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

102


Table of Contents

E.  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purposes entities and other structured finance entities.

F.  Contractual Obligations

        The following table represents a summary of our estimated future payments under material contractual cash obligations as of March 31, 2017. Changes in our business needs, cancellation provisions, changing interest rates and other factors may result in actual payments differing from these estimates. We cannot provide certainty regarding the timing and amounts of payments.

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Capital lease obligations

  $ 422     157     127     78     59  

Operating leases

    60,268     22,395     27,156     10,458     259  

Short term debt obligations

    643     643              

Total

  $ 61,333   $ 23,195   $ 27,283   $ 10,536   $ 318  

103


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.  Directors and Senior Management

        The following table sets forth the name, age, and position as of the date of this annual report regarding each of our directors, executive officers and director nominees.

Name
  Age   Position

Executive officers

         

Dmitry Loshchinin

    50   Chief Executive Officer and President

Mikhail Friedland

    50   Executive Vice President, Global Chief Operating Officer

Evgeny Fetisov

    42   Chief Financial Officer

Przemyslaw Berendt

    36   Vice President, Global Marketing

Roman Trachtenberg

    41   Managing Director, Global Head of Excelian Luxoft Financial Services

Yuri Elkin

    41   Managing Director, Luxoft Digital

Elena Goryunova

    43   Vice President, Global Human Resources

Lincoln Popp

    43   Managing Director, North America

Doru Mardare

    61   Managing Director, Telecom Solutions

Alwin Bakkenes

    46   Managing Director, Automotive

Sergey Kuznetsov

    42   Managing Director, Enterprise and Manufacturing Solutions

Eugene Agresta

    37   Vice President of Sales, North America, Global Sales Organization

Directors

         

Esther Dyson(1)(3)

    66   Director

Glen Granovsky(2)

    54   Director

Marc Kasher(1)(2)(3)

    47   Director

Anatoly Karachinskiy(2)

    58   Director

Thomas Pickering(1)(3)

    85   Director

Dmitry Loshchinin

    50   Director

Sergey Matsotsky

    55   Director

Yulia Yukhadi(2)

    46   Director

(1)
Member of our Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of our Compensation Committee.

(3)
Determined by our board of directors to be "independent" as defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

Executive officers

Dmitry Loshchinin—Chief Executive Officer and President, Director

        Dmitry Loshchinin has served as our Chief Executive Officer since our inception in 2000. Mr. Loshchinin also became a director of Luxoft in November of 2013. Prior to joining Luxoft, Mr. Loshchinin served in management roles within software companies such as Kerntechnik, Entwicklung, Dinamyk GmbH (KED), Siemens Nixdorf Informationssysteme, AG (SNI) and IBM Corp. Beginning in 1998, he also oversaw IBS Group's initiative to offer offshore services. This initiative eventually became Luxoft. Mr. Loshchinin holds a Master of Science degree in Applied Mathematics from Moscow State University and completed an executive education program at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

104


Table of Contents

Mikhail Friedland—Executive Vice President, Global Chief Operating Officer

        Mikhail Friedland has served as our Executive Vice President since 2006. In May 2017 Luxoft corporate functions were consolidated under a new Global COO organization, and Mr. Friedland has been appointed to Global Chief Operating Officer role overseeing the following business functions: (i) HR and Recruitment, (ii) global delivery locations, (iii) infrastructure, operation, security and internal automation, (iv) procurement and purchasing, (v) change management and communication, (vi) process excellence and integration, (vi) digital and key performance indicators, and (vii) M&A. Mr. Friedland has more than 20 years of experience in the IT and software services industry. Prior to joining Luxoft, Mr. Friedland worked as a software engineer for Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers and Merck (formerly Medco). In 1993, Mr. Friedland co-founded IT Consulting International ("ICTI"), which provided consulting and later outsourcing services for various U.S. clients. In 2006, we acquired ICTI. Mr. Friedland completed an executive education program at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and London Business School.

Evgeny Fetisov—Chief Financial Officer

        Evgeny Fetisov joined us as the Chief Financial Officer effective March 31, 2017. Prior to that from 2013, Mr. Fetisov served as the Chief Financial Officer and a management board member at the Moscow Exchange MICEX-RTS, where he led several successful major corporate M&A transactions and was responsible for overseeing the finance, investor relations, procurement and administrative functions. From 2007 to 2013, Mr. Fetisov served as a managing director and partner at Da Vinci Capital Management, an independent investment manager focusing on mid-market private equity investments in Russia and other Eurasian Economic Union countries. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Fetisov served as the deputy Chief Executive Officer at New Square, a real estate company. From 2001 to 2003, he served as a consultant at McKinsey and Company. From 2000 to 2001, he served as a Trader and Marketing Officer, Treasury at Citibank. Mr. Fetisov served as a board member at RTS Stock Exchange from 2009 to 2011 and at B2B-Center during 2012. He also served as a member of the Corporate Governance Committee, Remuneration Committee and the Strategy Committee at MICEX-RTS at various times between 2009 and 2013. Mr. Fetisov was ranked as a top CFO in Financial Services by Kommersant TOP-1000 in 2014-2016 and as a top CFO for Investor Relations by Extel in 2015. Mr. Fetisov received a university degree in international economics from the Finance Academy under the Government of the Russian Federation. He also completed Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.

Przemyslaw Berendt—Vice President, Global Marketing

        Przemyslaw Berendt joined us as Managing Director for Poland in 2010, and has served as our Vice President of Global Marketing since April 2011. Mr. Berendt is responsible for our overall marketing strategy. Prior to joining us, Mr. Berendt served in the Global Business Services division of Procter & Gamble, and as a branch manager of Betware, a midsize, international software development company. Mr. Berendt holds a Master of Science degree in Computer Science from DePaul University and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Computer Science from the National Louis University. He is also an alumnus of Harvard Business School where he completed the Program for Leadership Development in 2014.

Roman Trachtenberg—Managing Director, Global Head of Excelian Luxoft Financial Services

        Roman Trachtenberg joined us in 2009 as Financial Services Accounts Director, and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Luxoft North America since 2011 and as our Global Head of Excelian Luxoft Financial Services since April 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Trachtenberg served as Chief Operating Officer at SMINEX LLC and as Vice President of Operations at Rosbuilding Investment Company, both Russian private equity firms. Mr. Trachtenberg has also held management positions at

105


Table of Contents

companies including Republic National Bank of New York, Gateway, Deutsche Bank and AIG. Mr. Trachtenberg has more than 16 years of technology experience in various industries, including financial services, consumer retail and real estate. Mr. Trachtenberg holds a Bachelor's degree in Business Administration from Southern State University. In 2015 Mr. Trachtenberg has successfully completed Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.

Yuri Elkin—Managing Director, Luxoft Digital

        Yuri Elkin joined Luxoft in 2000 and has served as Managing Director since 2005. Mr. Elkin has more than 17 years of technology experience. Mr. Elkin holds a Master of Science Degree in Applied Mathematics from Moscow State Institute of Electronics and Mathematics, where he graduated summa cum laude.

Elena Goryunova—Vice President, Global Human Resources

        Ms. Goryunova has led Luxoft's Human Resources department since the Company's inception in 2000. Ms. Goryunova has helped open numerous Luxoft offices in the Russian cities of St. Petersburg, Omsk, Dubna and Nizhny Novgorod. She has also introduced and implemented a best-practice personnel management system. Prior to joining Luxoft, Ms. Goryunova headed the human resources department at Austrian Investment Bank Creditanstalt. Before that, starting in 1994, Ms. Goryunova worked as a human resources specialist at KPMG. Ms. Goryunova graduated from Moscow Academy of International Business with an undergraduate degree in Economics.

Lincoln Popp—Managing Director, North America

        Lincoln Popp has served as our Managing Director of North America since December of 2015. In that role, Mr. Popp leads the regional operations functions of North America. Mr. Popp has over 20 years of experience in enterprise systems and business processes. Prior to joining us, Mr. Popp has held several operations and technology related positions at leading companies including Microsoft. Mr. Popp served as Sr. Vice President of Corporate Development at iSoftStone from March 2008 to November 2011. Mr. Popp served as President of the interactive media company Nation 9 from November 2011 to May 2013. Mr. Popp served as Sr. Vice President, Corporate Development at Radius from June 2013 to November 2015. Mr. Popp holds a Bachelor's degree in Business—Information Systems from the University of Washington.

Doru Mardare—Managing Director, Telecom Solutions

        Doru Mardare joined us as the Managing Director for Telecommunications Solutions in 2008. In 2000, Mr. Mardare founded ITC Networks, and in eight years brought the company to the leading position in the software development arena in Eastern Europe. Mr. Mardare served as a Managing Director at ITC Networks and has more than 15 years of experience in software engineering for the telecommunications industry. Mr. Mardare holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the Polytechnic Institute in Bucharest, Romania, and a Master of Engineering Science from the University of Western Ontario.

Alwin Bakkenes—Managing Director, Automotive

        Alwin Bakkenes joined us in 2016 through the acquisition of Pelagicore, where he served as the CEO starting in 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Bakkenes held the position of Director Infotainment & Driver Information at Volvo Car Corporation responsible for the development of all electronics in the Cockpit, including HMI. Since 2013, Mr. Bakkenes has been serving as a Board Member on the GENIVI Alliance, a non-profit organization dedicated to driving the adoption of Open Source for in-vehicle intertainment. Mr. Bakkenes holds a Master's degree in Knowledge Management from the Middlesex

106


Table of Contents

University and a Bachelor's degree in Computer Science from the Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences.

Sergey Kuznetsov—Managing Director, Enterprise and Manufacturing Solutions

        Sergey Kuznetsov joined Luxoft in 2003 and has served as Managing Director for Enterprise and Manufacturing Solutions since 2014. Mr. Kuznetsov has vast experience in industry specific sales, strategic business development, contracting, budgeting and software delivery management. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kuznetsov held positions in software development in a number of major international companies based in Germany and the United States. Mr. Kuznetsov holds a Master's degree in physics from the Moscow Engineering Physics Institute.

Eugene Agresta—Vice President of Sales, North America, Global Sales Organization

        Eugene Agresta joined us in October 2016 as the Sr. Vice President of Sales, North America for the Global Sales Organization. Eugene manages and leads the North America sales organization. Eugene's professional career extends over 18 years in which he has held senior executive roles in sales management for a number of global product and service companies. Prior to joining us, from 2008 to 2016, Eugene was the Vice President of Business Development for Cyient, a global technology solutions provider, where he built, managed and led successful goal-oriented sales teams, which established strategic contract engagements with well-known Fortune 500 companies across a variety of industries. Eugene graduated from Polytechnic University, now known as the New York University Tandon School of Engineering Polytechnic Institute, and holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Engineering.

Directors

Esther Dyson—Director

        Esther Dyson has been a member of our board of directors since February 2014. In May 2013, Ms. Dyson founded the Way to Wellville, a not-for-profit organization focused on community health. Previously, she worked as a technology analyst and a journalist at Forbes, New Court Securities and Oppenheimer & Co. Additionally, Ms. Dyson worked as editor-in-chief for and was chairman of EDventure Holdings from 1983. Ms. Dyson is a member of the boards of 23andMe, Meetup Inc., Pressreader, Wellpass, XCOR and Yandex (NASDAQ: YNDX). She was also the founding chairman of the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN). Between 1997 and 2013, Ms. Dyson was a member of the advisory board of IBS Group. Ms. Dyson holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics from Harvard University and a certificate of training completion from Yuri Gagarin Cosmonaut Training Center.

Glen Granovsky—Director

        Glen Granovsky has been a member of our board of directors since 2006. He has served as Director of IBS Group since 1999. Mr. Granovsky served as President and CEO of Luxoft USA, Inc. (formerly IBS USA, Inc.) between 2005 and 2010. Mr. Granovsky is also a Director of WB Services Inc., Discreet Management and Consulting Limited, The Custodians of Russian Culture Inc., RS-Technologies Ltd., Press Reader Limited and Jazva Inc. Prior to joining us, Mr. Granovsky was head of the IT sales team at Intermicro Joint Venture and a manager at Asiatronics Limited, U.K. Mr. Granovsky holds a Master's degree in Applied Mathematics and Information Systems Management from Gubkin Russian State University of Oil and Gas.

Marc Kasher—Director

        Marc Kasher has been a member of our board of directors since September of 2013. Mr. Kasher is the Founder and CEO of Sapiens Advisors, an international consulting company working with global

107


Table of Contents

institutions providing advisory services in raising capital, strategic acquisitions, corporate governance, financial management, and investor relations. Prior to founding Sapiens Advisors, Mr. Kasher was a Managing Director at PineBridge Investments (formerly known as AIG Investments). Prior to PineBridge Investments, Mr. Kasher worked for the United States Agency for International Development, where he was involved in projects that focused on privatization strategies in several countries of the former Soviet Union. Mr. Kasher currently serves or has in the past served as a director of several Pine Bridge Investments' portfolio companies, and also sits on the board of directors of New Media Distribution Company, a content producer for the Russian television market. Mr. Kasher holds a Master of Business Administration with a concentration in finance from Georgetown University and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University.

Anatoly Karachinskiy—Director

        Anatoly Karachinskiy has been a member of our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Karachinskiy is the co-founder of IBS Group. Prior to founding IBS Group, Mr. Karachinskiy was the technical director of Intermicro Joint Venture. Mr. Karachinskiy previously worked at PROSYSTEM, an Australian computer hardware company, and at the All-Union Research and Development Institute for Railroad Transport. Mr. Karachinskiy has an undergraduate degree in systems engineering from the Moscow Institute of Railroad Engineers.

Thomas Pickering—Director

        Thomas Pickering has been a member of our board of directors since June 2013. Mr. Pickering is the Vice Chairman at international consulting firm Hills & Company. He served as Senior Vice President for International Relations at the Boeing Company until his retirement in 2006. Prior to joining the Boeing Company, Mr. Pickering served as Undersecretary of State for Political Affairs at the U.S. Department of State. Mr. Pickering was U.S. ambassador to the Russian Federation, India, Israel, El Salvador, Nigeria and the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan. Mr. Pickering received a Bachelor's degree in history from Bowdoin College and a Master's degree from the Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy at Tufts University.

Dmitry Loshchinin—Director

        Dmitry Loshchinin was appointed to our board of directors in November 2013. See "ITEM 6. Directors. Senior Management and Employees A. Directors and Senior Management—Executive Officers."

Sergey Matsotsky—Director

        Sergey Matsotsky has been a member of our board of directors since November 2013. Mr. Matsotsky is a co-founder and Senior Vice President of IBS Group, and Chief Executive Officer of IBS IT Services. Prior to founding IBS Group in 1992, Mr. Matsotsky was commercial director of a large Russian IT company. Mr. Matsotsky holds an undergraduate degree in Automation and Applied Mathematics from the Gubkin Russian State University of Oil and Gas.

Yulia Yukhadi—Director

        Yulia Yukhadi has been a member of our board of directors since February 2015. Ms. Yukhadi has served as Chief Financial Officer of IBS Group since 2006. Prior to that, Ms. Yukhadi served as financial director and vice president of finance with various consumer goods and telecom companies between 2003 and 2006, and held a position as the financial controller in the financial department of IBS Group between 1998 and 2003. She holds an undergraduate degree in mathematical economics from the Moscow State University. Ms. Yukhadi is a Certified Management Accountant.

108


Table of Contents

B.  Compensation

        The aggregate compensation paid to or accrued on behalf of our directors and executive officers as a group during the year ended March 31, 2017 consisted of approximately $18.5 million in salary, bonuses, stock-based compensation and directors' fees. This amount includes approximately $0.5 million set aside or accrued to provide pension, severance, retirement or similar benefits or expenses. This amount does not include any professional and business association dues, business travel, relocation costs and other expenses and benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by companies in our industry and geographies.

        We pay each of our three independent directors, Ms. Dyson and Messrs. Kasher and Pickering, an annual fee of $70,000. Each independent director receives an additional annual fee of $10,000 for his or her service on any Board committee, and a further annual fee of $10,000 for serving in the role of a Chairperson of any Board committee. We also reimburse our directors for reasonable and documented travel expenses incurred to attend board meetings. None of our directors is party to a service contract that provides for benefits upon the termination of the director's engagement.

        During the year ended March 31, 2017, a total amount of 135,948 RSUs, 96,714 PSAs and 55,738 SARs have been vested into the ownership of our directors and executive officers under our Incentive Plan described below. Upon vesting or exercise of these instruments, 90,588 Class A ordinary shares have been issued.

Agreements with our Chief Executive Officer

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement

        In November 2015, Mr. Dmitry Loshchinin, our President and CEO, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of August 12, 2014, with LGO. Under Mr. Loshchinin's employment agreement, he has agreed to serve as our President and CEO. Mr. Loshchinin also is a member of our board of directors. Mr. Loshchinin's initial term of service under this agreement continues until August 11, 2019. Thereafter, the agreement continues for successive one-year terms unless terminated by either party, generally by delivering six months' prior written notice on or before February 11 of any year. Mr. Loshchinin's salary and annual bonus are subject to review for increase at the discretion of our board of directors. Mr. Loshchinin may also participate in certain executive benefit plans, in particular a pension plan established by LGO in accordance with the Swiss Federal Law on occupational pension schemes, as well as a loss of earnings insurance in case of illness, accident insurance and health insurance. We believe these are customary benefits made available to executive officers resident in Switzerland by employers of similar size operating in our industry. LGO currently pays 100% of the premium for all insurance coverages listed above.

        If Mr. Loshchinin's employment is terminated (i) by us without cause (as defined in the employment agreement and described below), (ii) by Mr. Loshchinin with good reason (as defined in the employment agreement, and which includes a material reduction in his base salary or bonus, a material reduction in his title, duties and authority or a material adverse change in the reporting structure, LGO's material breach of the employment agreement or our material breach of the RSU agreement (described below), or our failure or LGO's failure to obtain assumption of the employment agreement by a successor), in each case of (i) and (ii) whether or not in connection with a change in control, or (iii) due to disability or death, he or his designated beneficiary or estate administrator, as applicable, is entitled to receive: (1) accrued salary and accrued but unused vacation through the termination date, (2) any earned but unpaid annual bonus for our completed fiscal year immediately preceding the termination date, pro-rated through the termination date, (3) a payment equal to twelve months of his then base salary, payable over the twelve-month period following the termination date, and (4) the continuation of life, accident and health insurance coverage in the same scope as covering

109


Table of Contents

Mr. Loshchinin and his family immediately prior to termination date, for eighteen months following the termination date. Additionally, the unvested portion of Mr. Loshchinin's RSU award (as described below) will immediately vest pro-rated based upon the portion of the period of restriction (as defined in the RSU agreement) that Mr. Loshchinin was employed prior to the date of termination, and all remaining unvested RSUs will be forfeited. Mr. Loshchinin also will be entitled to sell or otherwise transfer the shares underlying his vested RSUs upon expiration of 12 months from the termination date, notwithstanding the transfer restrictions contained in his Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, provided that Mr. Loshchinin complies with restrictive covenants described below.

        In addition, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the employment agreement), if Mr. Loshchinin resigns his employment within one year following such change in control with at least six months' prior written notice of such termination, Mr. Loshchinin's resignation will be deemed a resignation for good reason and he will be entitled to the above described severance and related benefits. Additionally, the unvested portion of Mr. Loshchinin's RSU award under the RSU agreement (described below) will immediately vest pro-rated based upon the portion of the period of restriction (as defined in the RSU agreement) that Mr. Loshchinin was employed prior to the date of a change in control ("Pro-Rata Vesting"), and one-half of any RSUs not vested after application of the Pro-Rata Vesting provisions will also vest immediately prior to the date of a change in control. All remaining unvested RSUs will be forfeited, if our Board does not exercise its right to fully vest all of Mr. Loshchinin's RSUs in connection with a change of control, or the parties to a change in control do not assume or convert the RSUs into a substitute award for successor's stock on an economically equivalent basis.

        If we terminate Mr. Loshchinin's employment agreement for cause, which includes his material breach of the employment agreement, gross negligence or gross misconduct, conviction of, or pleading nolo contendere to, a crime involving moral turpitude or a felony, or willful failure to comply with any valid and legal direction of our board of directors, or if Mr. Loshchinin voluntarily terminates his employment agreement with us without good reason and not due to death or disability, which can be done by an immediately effective written notice delivered by the terminating party to the other party, then Mr. Loshchinin will only be entitled to receive his accrued base salary and to sell or otherwise transfer the shares underlying his vested RSUs upon expiration of 24 months from the termination date, notwithstanding the transfer restrictions contained in his RSU agreement, (described below) provided that Mr. Loshchinin complies with restrictive covenants described below. All of Mr. Loshchinin's unvested RSUs will be forfeited.

        Mr. Loshchinin is also subject under the terms of his employment agreement to non-competition covenants in the CEE, the United States and Asia, and to non-solicitation covenants with respect to our clients and employees, in each case for a period of twelve months after termination of employment, along with ongoing confidentiality and non-disclosure requirements.

        The employment agreement is governed by Swiss law.

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

        In December 2014, Mr. Loshchinin was granted RSUs in respect of 328,513 of our Class A ordinary shares with no par value pursuant to the Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the "RSU agreement"). See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Stock Option Plans—Luxoft Holding, Inc 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan." The RSUs vest annually in equal installments over a period of five years (each referred to as a period of restriction), commencing on August 12, 2015. In order to receive the shares underlying his vested RSUs, Mr. Loshchinin must deliver an exercise notice to us, specifying the number of our Class A ordinary shares he wishes to receive in settlement of such vested RSUs. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, we will deliver to Mr. Loshchinin the number of shares stated in the notice, in

110


Table of Contents

accordance with the Incentive Plan. The Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement contains transfer restrictions with respect to shares underlying vested RSUs. In particular, Mr. Loshchinin agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer more than 25% of the shares underlying each vested annual portion of RSUs during the period ending August 12, 2019, subject to customary exceptions for estate planning purposes. Mr. Loshchinin may additionally participate in the Incentive Plan and our other long-term incentive plans thereafter.

Performance Unit Agreement

        In November 2015, Mr. Loshchinin received performance-based RSUs ("Performance Units") in respect of up to 328,513 of our Class A ordinary shares with no par value pursuant to the Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and a Performance Unit Agreement thereunder. The Performance Units are eligible to vest on August 31, 2019, subject to Mr. Loshchinin's continued service through such date (or upon an earlier termination of Mr. Loshchinin's employment by us without "cause" or by him for "good reason" (each as defined in his employment agreement, as described above) and the number of Performance Units which will vest on such date will be calculated based upon our achievement of a weighted average market cap of at least $2,000,000,000 for the six-month period prior to such date, with 100% of the Performance Units vesting in the event that our weighted average market cap for such period is at least $3,000,000,000 (and with ratable vesting of 70% of the Performance Units if our weighted average market cap is between $2,000,000,000 and $2,500,000,000 for such period, and the vesting of 70% of the Performance Units and ratable vesting of the remaining 30% of the Performance Units if our weighted average market cap is between $2,500,000,000 and $3,000,000,000 for such period). In the event of the occurrence of a "change in control" (as defined in the Incentive Plan) prior to such vesting date, if the parties do not agree to the assumption or substitution of this award, then the performance Units will be eligible to vest immediately prior to the consummation of such change in control, and the number of Performance Units which will vest on such date will be calculated ratably based upon our achievement of a weighted average market cap for the six-month period prior to such date above the base amount of $1,188,220,670, with 100% of our the Performance Units vesting in the event that our weighted average market cap for such period is at least $3,000,000,000 (subject to our discretion to increase the number of Performance Units that vest upon a change in control, based upon such factors as the investment multiples achieved in such transaction, Mr. Loshchinin's personal contributions to the economic results obtained for our shareholders, and/or in consideration for achievement of management retention objectives). The shares underlying the Performance Units shall be delivered to Mr. Loshchinin no later than 15 days following the applicable vesting date. The award of Performance Units to Mr. Loshchinin will not affect his eligibility for, participation in or benefits under the Incentive Plan or any other plan maintained by us or our affiliates.

C.  Board Practices

Corporate governance practices

        We are a foreign private issuer under SEC and NYSE rules and a "controlled company" under NYSE rules. While we voluntarily follow certain NYSE corporate governance rules that normally would not bind foreign private issuers, we take advantage of exemptions from other NYSE rules due to our status as a "controlled company."

        A "controlled company" is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. We are a controlled company on the basis that IBS Group through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries has 81.8% of our voting power. As a "controlled company," we are not required to follow certain corporate governance rules of the NYSE. In particular, we are exempt from the requirement to maintain a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, each of which is composed entirely of independent directors, has a written

111


Table of Contents

charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities and is subject to an annual performance evaluation, and from the requirement to maintain a majority independent board of directors.

        We have elected to follow the corporate governance rules of the NYSE applicable to controlled companies, with the exception of maintaining an internal audit function, even though, as a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of our home country, the British Virgin Islands, instead of most of these NYSE requirements. Nevertheless, we may in the future follow home country corporate governance practices instead of some or all of the NYSE's requirements, including in the event we are no longer eligible for the "controlled company" exemption.

        A foreign private issuer that elects to follow home country practice instead of the NYSE's requirements must submit to the NYSE in advance a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer's home country certifying that the issuer's practices are not prohibited by the home country's laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such requirement.

        Certain NYSE corporate governance requirements are not reflected in the BVI Act or other British Virgin Islands law, such as the requirements to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive issuances of shares, including the sale of our Class A ordinary shares in below-market private placement transactions if greater than 20% of our pre-transaction issued and outstanding shares are sold, or are subject to different approval requirements, such as in connection with the establishment or amendment of equity compensation plans. Moreover, the BVI Act does not require the implementation of a nominating committee or establishment of a formal director nomination process, the formation of an audit committee or, if such a committee is formed, that it have any specific composition, that a board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors or that independent directors be involved in the determination of executive compensation. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under the NYSE corporate governance rules.

        Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We are also exempt from Regulation FD, which prohibits issuers from making selective disclosures of material non-public information. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC, as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

Board structure

        Our board of directors consists of eight members. Our board has determined that Thomas Pickering, Marc Kasher and Esther Dyson are independent under applicable SEC and NYSE rules. Each director serves until the next annual shareholders meeting or earlier resignation, removal or death.

Board committees

Audit committee

        Our audit committee (the "Audit Committee") consists of Mr. Kasher, Mr. Pickering and Ms. Dyson. Pursuant to SEC and NYSE corporate governance rules, we maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Pickering, Mr. Kasher and Ms. Dyson are "independent" as such term is defined in

112


Table of Contents

Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, and the independence requirements under the NYSE corporate governance rules.

        All members of our Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules of the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kasher is an "audit committee financial expert," as such term is defined by the SEC.

        Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules of the SEC and the NYSE, which include:

    retaining and terminating our independent auditors, subject to board of directors and shareholder ratification;

    pre-approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors;

    reviewing with management and our independent directors our quarterly and annual financial reports prior to their submission to the SEC; and

    approval of certain transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders, as described above, and other related party transactions.

        The charter of the Audit Committee is available on our website at
http://investor.luxoft.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=251988&p=irol-govHighlights.

Compensation committee

        Our compensation committee (the "Compensation Committee") consists of Messrs. Kasher, Karachinskiy and Granovsky, and Ms. Yukhadi. Mr. Kasher serves as the Chairman of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the committee which include:

    reviewing and recommending overall compensation policies with respect to our Chief Executive Officer and other executive office holders;

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other office holders including evaluating their performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining their compensation based on such evaluation;

    implementing and administering our stock option plans for all employees, including reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards; and

    reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.

        The charter of the Compensation Committee is available on our website at http://investor.luxoft.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=251988&p=irol-govHighlights.

Duties of directors

        Under British Virgin Islands law, our board of directors has a duty to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interest. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our board of directors must ensure compliance with the BVI Act and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the Section 184B of the BVI Act, "if a company or a director of a company engages in, proposes to engage in or has engaged in, conduct that contravenes this Act or the memorandum or articles of the company, the Court may, on the application of a member or a director of the company, make an order directing the company or director to comply

113


Table of Contents

with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, this Act or the memorandum or articles."

        Under the BVI Act, the board of directors has the responsibility and has all the powers necessary for managing, directing or supervising our business and affairs, including, but not limited to, the following:

    convening shareholders' annual general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;

    appointing officers and determining the term of office of officers;

    exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

    approving the transfer of shares of the Company.

2014 Incentive Compensation Plan

        During the financial year ended March 31, 2015, the Company launched a share-based remuneration plan, "The Luxoft Holding, Inc Amended and Restated 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan" (the "Incentive Plan"), for management of the Luxoft group of companies. The Incentive Plan consists of remuneration programs for the CEO, the top management of the Company and other employees and consultants ("participants"). A total of 2,300,000 Class A ordinary shares, with no par value, of the Company were initially authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan. The shares that may be issued under the Incentive Plan may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in treasury or shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase.

        On November 10, 2015, the share pool available for the Incentive Plan was increased to 2,452,000 Class A ordinary shares, with no par value. Additionally, on that date, the Company's Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Incentive Plan pursuant to which the number of Class A ordinary shares available for issuance under the Incentive Plan automatically increases on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the Incentive Plan, commencing on January 1, 2016, by an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) an amount determined by the Company's board of directors, if so determined prior to the January 1 of the calendar year in which the increase will occur, (ii) 2% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year and (iii) 1,000,000 Class A ordinary shares.

        All awards, except for RSUs and performance-based RSUs granted to our CEO as described above (See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—Agreements with our Chief Executive Officer—Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement;—Performance Unit Agreement"), vest in instalments over four years, commencing on January 1, 2016. The number of shares that can be received by participants pursuant to PSAs and SARs depends on certain market-related conditions.

        On August 12, 2014, our Board of Directors adopted a share-based remuneration plan ("Top Bonus") for certain members of our management. In accordance with the terms of the Top Bonus, the Company provided 164,257 RSUs which entitle the Top Bonus receipients to receive our Class A shares, allocated for issuance under this plan, at no cost subject to continued service conditions and approval by our Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. The RSUs are subject to service conditions and are vesting in annual increments on March 31 over a five-year period starting March 31, 2015. For additional details, please see "Part III. ITEM 17. Financial Statements—Note 18 Share-Based Compensation."

        Any stock options granted under the Incentive Plan may be either "incentive stock options," which may be eligible for special tax treatment under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or options other than

114


Table of Contents

incentive stock options (referred to as "non-qualified stock options"), as determined by our compensation committee and stated in the option agreement. The option price of each option granted under the Incentive Plan must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share on the option grant date, with certain limited exceptions for options that may be granted in exchange for other outstanding awards in connection with a corporate transaction. The exercise price of any stock options granted under the Incentive Plan may be paid in cash, by withholding of shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise, a cashless broker-assisted exercise that complies with law, a net exercise where the exercise price is satisfied by our withholding shares of equal value otherwise deliverable to the option holder upon exercise or any other method permitted by law and approved by the compensation committee. Options expire at such time as determined by the compensation committee as of the grant date and set forth in the award agreement, provided, however, that incentive stock options that are not exercised within ten years from the grant date expire, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or the compensation committee, as applicable. In the event of termination of employment or services, any stock option will cease to become exercisable, provided, however, that the compensation committee may determine that a stock option may be exercised following any such termination of service as set forth in the Incentive Plan. We do not expect to grant stock options under the Incentive Plan.

        SARs may be granted under the Incentive Plan alone or together with specific stock options granted under the Incentive Plan. SARs are awards that, upon their exercise, give a participant the right to receive from our company an amount equal to (1) the number of shares for which the SAR is exercised, multiplied by (2) the excess of the fair market value of a share on the exercise date over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of each SAR granted under the Incentive Plan is equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share on the SAR's grant date, with certain limited exceptions for SARs that may be granted under the Incentive Plan in exchange for other outstanding awards in connection with a corporate transaction. As a general matter, a SAR may be settled in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the compensation committee; however, it is our present intention that any SARs granted under the Incentive Plan may only be settled in shares. If an option and a SAR are granted in tandem, the option and the SAR may become exercisable and will terminate at the same time, but the holder may exercise only the option or the SAR, but not both, for a given number of shares.

        Restricted stock awards are shares that are awarded to a participant subject to the satisfaction of terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Until such time as the applicable restrictions lapse, restricted shares are subject to forfeiture and may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the participant who holds those shares. Restricted stock units are denominated in units of shares, except that no shares are actually issued to the participant on the grant date. When a restricted stock unit award vests, the participant is generally entitled to receive shares, a cash payment based on the value of the shares or a combination of shares and cash; however, it is our present intention that any restricted stock units granted under the Incentive Plan may only be settled in shares.

        Other stock-based awards are share-based or share-related awards generally payable in shares or cash on terms and conditions set by the compensation committee and may include a grant or sale of unrestricted shares. It is our present intention that any other stock-based awards granted under the Incentive Plan, including performance share awards, may only be settled in shares. The compensation committee may provide for the payment of dividend equivalents with respect to shares subject to an award, such as restricted stock units, that have not actually been issued under that award. A cash-based award entitles a participant to receive a payment in cash upon the attainment of applicable performance goals, and/or satisfaction of other terms and conditions, determined by the compensation committee. We do not expect to grant cash-based awards under the Incentive Plan.

115


Table of Contents

        Our compensation committee administers the Incentive Plan. Our board of directors may, subject to any legal limitations, exercise any powers or duties of the compensation committee concerning the Incentive Plan. The compensation committee will select eligible employees, directors and/or consultants of us and our subsidiaries or affiliates to receive awards under the Incentive Plan and will determine the sizes and types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards and the form and content of the award agreements representing awards.

        Holders of options, SARs, unvested restricted stock and other awards may not transfer those awards, unless they die or, except in the case of incentive stock options, the compensation committee determines to allow transfer of an award for customary estate planning purposes.

        A change in control of our Company (as defined in the Incentive Plan) will have no effect on outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan that our board of directors or the compensation committee determines will be honored or assumed or replaced with new rights by a new employer so long as any such alternative award is substantially equivalent to the outstanding award and has certain terms that appropriately protect the holder of the award, as determined under criteria set forth in the Incentive Plan. These criteria require (among other things) that if the holder's employment with the new employer terminates under any circumstances, other than due to termination for cause or resignation without good reason, within two years following the change in control (or prior to a change in control, but following the date on which we agree in principle to enter into that change in control transaction), the holder's assumed or alternative awards will become fully vested and exercisable. If our board of directors or the compensation committee does not make this determination with respect to any outstanding awards, then (a) the awards will fully vest and, if applicable, become fully exercisable and will be settled in cash and/or publicly traded securities of the new employer, generally based on the fair market value of our shares on the change in control date, in the case of options or SARs, reduced by the option price or grant price of the option or SAR, or the price per share offered for our share in the change in control transaction, or, in some cases, the highest fair market value of our share during the 30 trading days preceding the change in control date, in the case of restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other awards denominated in shares, (b) the target performance goals applicable to any outstanding awards will be deemed to be fully attained, unless actual performance exceeds the target, in which case actual performance will be used, for the entire performance period then outstanding; and (c) our board of directors or the compensation committee may otherwise adjust or settle outstanding awards as it deems appropriate, consistent with the plan's purposes.

        In the event of a change in our capital structure, a corporate transaction or any unusual or non-recurring event (including a change in control), the compensation committee may in its discretion make adjustments that it deems equitable to the Incentive Plan and outstanding awards, such as adjusting the securities available under the Incentive Plan and outstanding awards, the option or other prices of securities subject to outstanding awards and other terms of outstanding awards, cancellation of outstanding awards in exchange for payments of cash and/or property or substitution of stock of another company for our shares subject to outstanding awards.

        Subject to particular limitations specified in the Incentive Plan, our board of directors may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan, and the compensation committee may amend awards outstanding under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan will continue in effect until all shares available under the Incentive Plan are delivered and all restrictions on those shares have lapsed, unless the Incentive Plan is terminated earlier by the board of directors. No awards may be granted under the Incentive Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Incentive Plan.

Indemnification

        British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company's articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may

116


Table of Contents

be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to indemnify for liability relating to civil fraud or criminal offenses. Our articles of association provide for the indemnification of our directors against all losses or liabilities incurred or sustained by him or her as a director of our company in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, and this indemnity only applies if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, with respect to any criminal action, he or she must have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. See "ITEM 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association."

D.  Employees

        As of March 31, 2017, we had 12,766 employees worldwide. The geographical breakdown of our personnel is as follows:

 
  Fiscal years ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Location

                   

Russia

    2,778     2,633     2,364  

Ukraine

    3,818     3,399     3,603  

Poland

    2,051     1,921     948  

Romania

    1,844     1,674     1,261  

United States

    975     409     282  

United Kingdom

    371     379     299  

Other locations

    929     672     427  

Total

    12,766     11,087     9,184  

        The breakdown of our personnel by department is as follows:

 
  Fiscal years ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Department

                   

Engineering and development(1)

    10,792     9,301     7,850  

Human resources, sales and marketing(2)

    596     612     494  

Administration

    1,360     1,136     809  

Executive management

    18     38     31  

Total

    12,766     11,087     9,184  

(1)
This department consists of all of our IT professionals.

(2)
Human Resources includes recruitment and training departments.

        Most of our personnel are salaried employees. While the majority of our personnel in Ukraine are engaged as independent contractors, they otherwise have a substantially equal basis and terms with our salaried employees in Russia. None of our employees are members of unions or are represented by collective bargaining agreements. We believe we have a good working relationship with our employees and contractors and we have not experienced any labor disputes.

117


Table of Contents

E.  Share Ownership

        For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please refer to "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—2014 Incentive Compensation Plan" and "ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders."

ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.  Major Shareholders

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares as of June 30, 2017 by:

    each person or entity that, to our knowledge, beneficially owns 5% or more of our ordinary shares;

    each of our directors and executive officers individually; and

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

        The beneficial ownership of ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any ordinary shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership. For purposes of the table below, we deem shares subject to options, warrants or other exercisable or convertible securities that are exercisable or convertible currently or within 60 days of June 30, 2017, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options, warrants or other exercisable or convertible securities for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of shares beneficially owned is based on 33,568,346 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017, comprising 22,132,324 Class A shares and 11,436,022 Class B shares. Holders of our Class A and Class B ordinary shares have identical rights, including dividend and liquidation rights, provided that, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our shareholders, holders of our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per Class A ordinary share and holders of our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per Class B ordinary share. Furthermore, one Class B ordinary share is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Class A ordinary share. See "ITEM 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Voting rights." Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under community property laws. We have set forth below information regarding any significant change in the percentage ownership of our shares by any of our major shareholders during the past three years. Unless otherwise noted below, each shareholder's address is c/o Luxoft Holding, Inc, Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, PO Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

118


Table of Contents

        For a description of any material relationship that our principal shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates during the periods under review, see "—B. Related Party Transactions."

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned  
 
  Class A   Class B    
 
 
  % of Total
Voting Power
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   %   Shares(7)   %  

Principal Shareholders:

                               

Awosting Ltd.(1)

    8,587,100     25.7     8,587,100     73.8     62.0  

Codeffroy Ltd.(1)

    2,867,748     8.6     2,730,482     23.4     19.8  

Morgan Stanley Investment Management(2)

    2,435,102     11.0             1.8  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.(3)

    2,015,269     9.1             1.5  

Wasatch Advisors, Inc.(4)

    1,582,644     7.2             1.2  

FMR LLC(5)

    1,523,866     6.9             1.1  

Executive Officers and Directors

                               

Anatoly Karachinskiy

                     

Przemyslaw Berendt

                     

Marc Kasher

                     

Sergey Matsotsky

                     

Mikhail Friedland

                     

Glen Granovsky

    56,425     *             *  

Yuri Elkin

    3,791     *             *  

Dmitry Loshchinin(6)

    946,933     4.2     318,440     2.8     2.3  

Elena Goryunova

    22,759     *             *  

Eugene Agresta

                     

Lincoln Popp

    625     *             *  

Doru Mardare

    8,357                 *  

Alwin Bakkenes

                     

Sergey Kuznetsov

    7,132     *             *  

Roman Trachtenberg

                     

Evgeny Fetisov

                     

Thomas Pickering

                     

Esther Dyson

    90,175     *             *  

Yulia Yukhadi

    21,250     *             *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (19 persons)

    1,157,447     5.0     318,440     2.8     2.3  

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Based on a Schedule 13G/A jointly filed on February 10, 2017 by IBS Group Holding Limited ("IBS Group"), Awosting Ltd. ("Awosting") and Codeffroy Ltd. ("Codeffroy"), IBS Group has shared voting power and shared dispositive power over 11,317,582 of our Class B ordinary shares and 137,266 of our Class A ordinary shares. IBS Group holds these shares indirectly through Awosting and Codeffroy, its wholly owned subsidiaries. Awosting has shared voting power and shared dispositive power over 8,587,100 Class B ordinary shares. Codeffroy has shared voting power and shared dispositive power over 2,730,482 Class B ordinary shares and 137,266 Class A ordinary shares. All Class B ordinary shares (which are convertible into Class A ordinary shares) held by each shareholder were deemed to be converted for the purposes of (i) determining the aggregate amount of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned by it and (ii) calculating the percentages of Class A ordinary shares owned by it. IBS Group is controlled by Croyton Limited, which serves as the trustee for IBS Group founders trust. Croyton Limited has sole voting and

119


Table of Contents

    dispositive power over the shares. The address for IBS Group, Awosting and Codeffroy is c/o IBS Group Holding Limited, 11 Hope Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM1 1AQ.

(2)
Based on Schedule 13G jointly filed on February 10, 2017 by Morgan Stanley ("Morgan Stanley") and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. ("Morgan Stanley Investment Management") holds sole voting power with respect to 1,669,832 Class A ordinary shares and shared dispositive power over 2,015,269 Class A ordinary shares. Morgan Stanley holds these Class A ordinary shares indirectly through Morgan Stanley Investment Management, its wholly owned subsidiary. The address of Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Investment Management is 1585 Broadway, New York NY 10036.

(3)
Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed on January 13, 2017, JPMorgan Chase & Co. ("JPMorgan") holds sole voting power over 1,830,205 Class A ordinary shares and sole dispositive power over 1,538,927 Class A ordinary shares. JPMorgan reported its securities holdings in the Company on behalf of itself and its wholly owned subsidiaries J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, and JPMorgan Asset Management (UK) Limited. The address of JPMorgan is 270 Park Avenue, New York NY 10017.

(4)
Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed on February 14, 2017, Wasatch Advisors, Inc. ("Wasatch") holds sole voting power and sole dispositive power over 1,582,644 Class A ordinary shares. The address of Wasatch is 505 Wakara Way, Salt Lake City, UT 84108.

(5)
Based on a Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2017, FMR LLC ("FMR") holds sole dispositive power over 1,523,866 Class A ordinary shares and sole voting power over 34,316 ordinary shares. FMR reported its securities holdings in the Company on behalf of itself and certain of its affiliates and subsidiaries. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders' voting agreement under which all Series B shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act ("Fidelity Funds") advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company ("FMR Co"), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. The address of FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210.

(6)
All Class B ordinary shares (which are convertible into Class A ordinary shares) held by Mr. Loshchinin were deemed to be converted for the purposes of (i) determining the aggregate amount of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned by him and (ii) calculating the percentages of Class A ordinary shares owned by him. Based on information provided by Mr. Loshchinin to the Company, Mr. Loshchinin holds sole voting and dispositive power over 431,387 Class A ordinary shares and 318,440 Class B ordinary shares. Mr. Loshchinin also holds 65,702 restricted stock units vested on August 12, 2015, 65,702 restricted stock units that vested on August 12, 2016, and 65,702 restricted stock units that vest on August 12, 2017. The receipt of the underlying Class A shares is subject to Mr. Loshchinin's submission of an exercise notice to us. Mr. Loshchinin's address is c/o Luxoft Global Operations GmbH, Gubelstrasse 24, 6300 Zug, Switzerland.

120


Table of Contents

Significant Changes

        Prior to our June 2013 IPO, IBS Group owned 2,512,291, or 80.5%, of our Class A ordinary shares and 23,153,965, or 84.3%, of our Class B ordinary shares. Following its sale of shares in the IPO, IBS Group owned 466,256, or 9.0%, of our Class A ordinary shares, while its Class B ordinary share holdings remained the same. Pursuant to an internal reorganization which took effect in November 2014, IBS Group transferred to its public shareholders 8,003,828 Luxoft Class B ordinary shares, which converted into Luxoft Class A ordinary shares, decreasing IBS Group's ownership in the share capital of Luxoft from approximately 68.6% to approximately 44.2%. In June 2015, IBS effected a restructuring, as a result of which its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Awosting and Codeffroy, became record holders of the shares formerly held by IBS Group. IBS Group through these two subsidiaries remains our controlling shareholder because of its holdings of our Class B ordinary shares.

        Pursuant to Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on March 9, 2017, BlackRock Inc. ceased to be a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our ordinary shares.

Record Holders

        Based on a review of the information provided to us by our transfer agent, as of June 30, 2017, there were ten registered holders of our Class A ordinary shares in the United States, representing 99.1% of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares. Additionally, as of that date, none of our Class B ordinary shares were held in the United States. The United States record holders included Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary Trust Company. The number and the U.S. residence of record holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners or where the beneficial owners have residence because it includes beneficial owners whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.

B.  Related Party Transactions

        The following is a description of material transactions, or series of related material transactions, since March 31, 2016, to which we were or will be a party and in which the other parties included or will include our directors, executive officers, holders of 10% or more of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons.

Relationship with IBS Group

        Our principal shareholders are Awosting and Codeffroy, two wholly-owned subsidiaries of IBS Group. IBS Group's business consists of two primary segments: IT services and software development. Luxoft's business comprises IBS Group's entire software development segment. As described in more detail below, historically, IBS Group's business segments have been operated on a substantially independent basis, with the exception of certain financing arrangements and limited service agreements, equipment purchases and leasing arrangements. We continue to provide to and purchase from IBS Group certain services on a limited basis in the ordinary course of our business on terms similar to those in arm's-length transactions, but do not plan to obtain financing from IBS Group as we have in the past. As of June 30, 2017, IBS Group beneficially owned through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries 34.3% of our Class A ordinary shares, 97.2% of our Class B ordinary shares and 81.8% of our total voting power.

Contracts for the provision of services

        We have previously entered into, and continue to enter into, a number of agreements with IBS Group affiliates for the provision to IBS Group affiliates of software development services, recruitment services, consulting services and services related to staffing and creating dedicated delivery centers. The majority of these agreements are framework agreements entered into for an indefinite term or for a

121


Table of Contents

term ranging from one to three years, such as our recruiting services agreements which have one-year automatically renewable terms (unless either party terminates by an advance notice). Our framework agreements do not contain exclusivity provisions or minimum purchase requirements or service commitments. The services agreements include customary limitations on liability and indemnification provisions, and are subject to customary termination provisions. Each project under these framework agreements is governed by an individual statement of work. In the aggregate, our sales of services to IBS Group affiliates amounted to $0.6 million, $5.6 million and $3.6 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Contracts for the purchase of services

        In addition to providing services to IBS Group, we have previously entered into, and continue to enter into, numerous written agreements and arrangements with IBS Group affiliates through which we purchase IT and telecom services, management services, marketing services and consulting services from the affiliates of IBS Group. The agreements have a term of one year, which automatically renews unless either party terminates. The agreements also contain customary termination provisions, but lack exclusivity provisions and minimum purchase requirements and service commitments. The agreements include customary limitations on liability and indemnification provisions. In the aggregate, our purchases of services from IBS Group affiliates amounted to less than $0.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2017.

Contracts for the purchase of equipment

        We have previously entered into, and continue to enter into several agreements for the purchase of software, computers and related components and other equipment from IBS Group affiliates. The purchases are not on an installment basis, and we did not enter into any financing arrangements in connection with these purchases. We purchase this equipment on an "as-is" basis.

        During the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, our total expenses in connection with the purchase of software, computers, related components and other equipment, excluding software licenses, amounted to $0.4 and $0.7 million, respectively.

    Other related party transactions

        On June 5, 2015, LGO and Area 52 Property AG, a company controlled by our Chief Executive Officer and Roman Yakushkin, our former Chief Financial Officer, entered into a lease agreement for an office space of 388 square meters located at the 21 st  floor of the building in Zug, Switzerland, as well as some parking space, where our operating headquarters are situated at a different floor. The lease term is from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020. The base rent is $0.3 million per annum and is subject to annual increases based on index of consumer prices not to exceed 2%. We entered into the foregoing leases as part of our efforts to expand our operating headquarters. The agreements were negotiated at arm's length and were approved by the Company's audit committee.

C.  Interests of Experts and Counsel

        Not applicable.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated financial statements

        We have appended our consolidated financial statements at the end of this annual report, starting at page F-1, as part of this annual report.

122


Table of Contents

Legal proceedings

        From time to time, we are involved in routine legal proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the outcome of these legal proceedings has had in the recent past material effects on our financial position or profitability. Currently, we are not a party to any material legal proceeding, nor are we aware of any material legal or governmental proceeding against us, or contemplated to be brought against us.

Dividend policy

        Although we have declared and paid dividends in prior years, we do not intend to declare or pay any regular dividends on our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. While we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, we may, by a resolution of the board of directors, authorize a special one-time dividend or other form of distribution to our shareholders at such time and such amount as the board of directors determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to the BVI Act, and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, financial condition and future prospects, strategic plans of the Company and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Any future dividend that our board of directors declares will be shared equally on a per share basis.

B.  Significant Changes

        No significant changes have occurred since March 31, 2017, except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report.

ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.  Offer and Listing Details

        Our Class A ordinary shares have been trading on the NYSE since June 26, 2013 under the symbol "LXFT." Prior to that time, there was no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low prices per Class A ordinary share as reported by the NYSE:

 
  NYSE  
 
  High   Low  
 
  (price per
Class A
ordinary share)

 

Annual

             

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2017

    66.18     46.58  

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2016

    80.64     46.85  

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2015

    55.52     24.09  

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 (beginning on June 26, 2013)

    43.56     18.55  

123


Table of Contents


 
  NYSE  
 
  High   Low  
 
  (price per
Class A
ordinary share)

 

Quarterly

             

First quarter ended June 30, 2017

    67.85     58.75  

Fourth quarter ended March 31, 2017

    62.85     54.50  

Third quarter ended December 31, 2016

    56.85     48.20  

Second quarter ended September 30, 2016

    60.71     46.58  

First quarter ended June 30, 2016

    66.18     51.30  

Fourth quarter ended March 31, 2016

    77.28     46.85  

Third quarter ended December 31, 2015

    80.64     61.66  

Second quarter ended September 30, 2015

    68.85     49.80  

First quarter ended June 30, 2015

    60.33     49.00  

 

 
  NYSE  
 
  High   Low  
 
  (price per
Class A
ordinary share)

 

Most Recent Six Months

             

June 2017

    64.90     60.05  

May 2017

    67.85     58.75  

April 2017

    63.50     59.75  

March 2017

    62.85     55.70  

February 2017

    61.65     54.50  

January 2017

    62.50     56.75  

        The closing price of our Class A ordinary shares as of June 30, 2017 was $60.85.

B.  Plan of distribution

        Not applicable.

C.  Markets

        See "—Offer and Listing Details" above.

D.  Selling Shareholders

        Not applicable.

E.  Dilution

        Not applicable.

ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.  Share Capital

        Not applicable.

124


Table of Contents

B.  Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

General

        We are a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and our affairs are governed by the provisions of our memorandum of association and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time (the "Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association"), and by the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands laws.

        As of June 30, 2017, pursuant to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, we are authorized to issue a maximum of 80,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value of which 33,446,221 shares are issued and outstanding.

        The following are summaries of material terms and provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and the BVI Act, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares. Unless otherwise stated, the following summaries are of the terms of our shares as of the date of this annual report. This summary is not intended to be complete, and for a full discussion, you should directly consult our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, which was filed as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form F-1.

Shareholder Rights

Voting rights of shareholders

        In line with British Virgin Islands law, the voting rights of shareholders are governed by the Company's Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and, in certain circumstances, the BVI Act. The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association governs matters such as the quorum for the transacting business, the rights of shareholders and the voting standards required to approve any action or resolution at a meeting of the shareholders.

        Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have identical rights, including dividend and liquidation rights, provided that , except as otherwise expressly provided in our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association or required by any applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our shareholders, holders of our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per Class A ordinary share and holders of our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per Class B ordinary share. Except as required by any applicable law or as provided for in this annual report, the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders. There are no limitations on the rights of non-resident shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the Company's securities.

        Under the BVI Act, the ordinary shares are deemed to be issued when the name of the shareholder is entered in a company's register of members. Our register of members is maintained by our transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. If (a) information that is required to be entered in the register of shareholders is omitted from the register or is inaccurately entered in the register, or (b) there is unreasonable delay in entering information in the register, a shareholder of the company, or any person who is aggrieved by the omission, inaccuracy or delay, may apply to the British Virgin Islands courts for an order that the register be rectified, and the court may either refuse the application or order the rectification of the register. The court may also direct the company to pay all costs of the application and any damages the applicant may have sustained.

Meetings of shareholders

        Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, we are required to convene a meeting of shareholders upon written request of the shareholders entitled to

125


Table of Contents

exercise at least 30% of the voting rights with respect to the meeting's subject matter. Under British Virgin Islands law, we may not increase the required percentage to call a meeting above 30%.

        Subject to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, a meeting of shareholders of the Company must be announced with at least ten days' prior written notice. Notice of every meeting of shareholders may be delivered electronically and will be given to all of our shareholders. However, the meeting can still be validly held even if a shareholder does not receive notice, including in the event that the convener(s) inadvertently failed to provide it.

        Meetings may also be called with shorter notice than that mentioned above. Subject to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, notice may be waived by the vote of shareholders representing at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting. A shareholder waives notice for all shares he or she holds by appearing at the meeting.

        A meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the start of the meeting, at least 50% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present. A single shareholder or proxy may constitute a quorum and may, by signing a certificate, pass a valid resolution of shareholders if authorized to act as a proxy. A shareholder may not vote, and his or her vote may not count for the purposes of a quorum, unless he or she is registered as of the record date.

        Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, at any general meeting on a show of hands every shareholder of record who is present in person (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every shareholder present in person (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly appointed representative) or by proxy shall have one vote for each share held. Voting at any meeting of the shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by shareholders present in person or by proxy if the shareholder disputes the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution. Shareholders of record may also pass written resolutions without a meeting.

Cumulative voting

        There is nothing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands which specifically prohibits or restricts the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of our directors, unlike the requirement under Delaware General Corporation Law where cumulative voting for the election of directors is permitted only if expressly authorized in the certificate of incorporation. As a British Virgin Islands company, we have made provisions in our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association to prohibit cumulative voting for such elections.

Protection of minority shareholders

        Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, there is little statutory law protecting minority shareholders other than the provisions of the BVI Act granting shareholder remedies. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the BVI Act or the constituent documents of the company, our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. Shareholders are entitled to have our affairs conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

        There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law, since the common law of the British Virgin Islands is limited. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle , a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the company's affairs as conducted by the majority of shareholders or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to British Virgin Islands law and the constituent documents of

126


Table of Contents

the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of British Virgin Islands company law or the provisions of the company's Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act that is outside the scope of the authorized business, illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) failure by the company to comply with applicable rules requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders. These protections are more limited than the rights afforded minority shareholders under the laws of many states in the United States.

Conversion of shares

        Each Class B ordinary share is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Class A ordinary share. In addition, each Class B ordinary share converts automatically into one Class A ordinary share upon the earlier of (i) any date specified by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares, (ii) the death or disability of a holder of such Class B ordinary share, (iii) a change of control transaction (as described in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association) with respect to a holder of such Class B ordinary share, (iv) any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our Amended Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, including, without limitation, transfers to certain affiliates and for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder of Class B ordinary shares continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred, (v) the first trading day after the earliest date on which the number of outstanding Class B ordinary shares represents less than 10% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding Class A and Class B ordinary shares or (vi) June 7, 2020 (the seventh anniversary of the adoption of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association).

Preferred shares

        Our board of directors may, without shareholder consent, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of a number of preferred shares determined in its discretion and authorize the issuance of the preferred shares. Specifically, with respect to preferred shares, the board of directors may fix dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, and in turn give preferred shareholders greater rights than those afforded to holders of Class A ordinary shares. The issuance of our preferred shares could thus adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class A ordinary shares and their ability to receive dividends and liquidation payments. In addition, the issuance of preferred shares could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Presently we have no preferred shares outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any preferred shares.

Pre-emption rights of shareholders

        British Virgin Islands law does not distinguish between public and private companies, and does not provide some of the protections and safeguards investors might otherwise expect of a publicly traded company. In particular, there are no pre-emption rights applicable to the issuance of new shares under British Virgin Islands law, unless specifically created in a company's corporate documents. Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association do not grant preemption rights.

127


Table of Contents

Liquidation rights of shareholders

        As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may voluntarily liquidate under Part XII of the BVI Act if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets equals or exceeds our liabilities by both director and shareholder resolutions. Further, as permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, shareholders have the rights to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the company at its liquidation.

Modification of the rights of shareholders

        As permitted by British Virgin Islands law, and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may vary the rights attached to our Class A and Class B ordinary shares only with the written consent of or by the vote (at a meeting) of at least 50% of the issued shares of the respective class of shares.

Transfer of shares

        Subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares in writing in the common form or in any other form approved by our directors.

        Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, resolve to refuse or delay the registration of any transfer of any share for reasons that shall be specified in the Resolution of Directors. If our directors refuse or delay the registration of a transfer, they must send notice of the refusal or delay in agreed form to each of the transferor and the transferee.

Share repurchase

        As permitted by the BVI Act and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us.

Forfeiture of shares

        British Virgin Islands law does not impose any procedures or timelines whereby the board may make calls on shareholders in terms of outstanding taxes or fees. See "ITEM 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Taxation in the British Virgin Islands." However, where a shareholder is issued a par value share and does not pay the full share price, section 47(3) of the BVI Act requires the shareholder to pay the company the difference between the price and the par value. Additionally, Article 5 of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association sets out certain forfeiture procedures with respect to shares not fully paid by recipient shareholders on issue. We may deliver a written call notice requiring payment within 14 days from the date notice is served. If the shareholder fails to pay for the shares, at or before the time set out in the notice, the shares may be forfeited. Despite the forfeiture rules set forth in our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, these rules do not apply to our Class A and Class B shares, because they are of no par value.

Dividends

        Subject to the BVI Act and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, our directors may, by resolution, authorize a distribution to shareholders at such time and of such an amount as they think fit, if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, we would satisfy the "solvency test." A British Virgin Islands company will satisfy the

128


Table of Contents

solvency test if (i) the value of the company's assets exceeds its liabilities; and (ii) the company is able to pay its debts as they fall due. Where a distribution is made to a shareholder at a time when the company did not, immediately after the distribution, satisfy the solvency test, it may be recovered by the company from the shareholder unless (i) the shareholder received the distribution in good faith and without knowledge of the company's failure to satisfy the solvency test; (ii) the shareholder has altered his position in reliance on the validity of the distribution; and (iii) it would be unfair to require repayment in full or at all.

Untraceable shareholders

        We are entitled to sell any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, as long as:

    all checks, but no less than three, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of 12 years;

    we have not during that time or before the expiry of the three-month period received any indication that the shareholder, or a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law, indeed exists; and

    upon expiration of the 12-year period, we have published in newspapers notice of our intention to sell these shares, and a period of three months or such shorter period has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

        The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to us, and when we receive these net proceeds we shall become indebted to the former shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds.

Board of Directors

        We are managed by a board of directors which currently consists of eight directors. Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that the board of directors will consist of at least two directors. There are no share ownership qualifications for directors.

        Our shareholders may, pursuant to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, at any time remove any director before the expiration of his or her period of office for cause, and may, pursuant to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, elect another person in his or her stead. Subject to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the directors have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any person to be a director, either as an addition to the existing directors or to fill a vacancy, as long as the total number of directors (exclusive of alternate directors) does not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed by or in accordance with our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (if any).

        Meetings of our board of directors may be convened at any time deemed necessary by any of our directors. A meeting of our board of directors may make lawful and binding decisions if at least a majority of the directors are present or represented. At any meeting of our directors, each director, whether by his or her presence or by his or her alternate, is entitled to one vote.

        Questions arising at a meeting of our board of directors are required to be decided by simple majority votes of the directors present or represented at the meeting. In the case of a tie vote, the chairman of the meeting may have a second or deciding vote. Our board of directors may also pass unanimous written resolutions without a meeting.

        The compensation to be paid to the directors is determined by the directors by a resolution under our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the independent directors are also entitled to

129


Table of Contents

reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the performance of their duties as director.

Issuances of additional ordinary shares

        Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association permit our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine.

        Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association authorize our board of directors from time to time to issue ordinary shares to the extent permitted by the BVI Act.

Changes in authorized shares

        We are authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 30,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, which are subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfers, transmissions, forfeitures and otherwise as the shares in issue. We may by resolution:

    combine and divide all or any of our ordinary shares, thus increasing the number of ordinary shares;

    sub-divide our ordinary shares into shares of a smaller number than that fixed by our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, subject to the provisions of the BVI Act;

    cancel any ordinary shares which have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person by the date of the resolution; or

    create new classes of ordinary shares with preferences as determined by the board of directors, although any such new classes of shares may only be created with prior shareholder approval.

Inspection of books and records

        Under British Virgin Islands law, holders of our ordinary shares are entitled, on giving written notice to us, to inspect and make copies or take extracts of our: (a) Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association; (b) register of shareholders; (c) register of directors; and (d) minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and those classes of shareholders to which the inspecting shareholder belongs.

        Subject to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to our interest to allow a shareholder to inspect any document, or part of a document as referenced above, refuse to permit the shareholder to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records. Where our directors exercise their powers in these circumstances, they must notify the shareholder as soon as reasonably practicable.

Differences in corporate law

        We were incorporated under, and are governed by, the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The flexibility available under British Virgin Islands law has enabled us to adopt the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that provides shareholders with rights that do not vary in any material respect from those under the Delaware Corporate Law.

130


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest

        Pursuant to the BVI Act and the Company's Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, a director of a company who has an interest in a transaction and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:

    vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

    attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

    sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction.

Anti-money laundering laws

        In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

        We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

        If any person resident in the British Virgin Islands knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business, the person will be required to report his belief or suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the British Virgin Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997 (as amended). Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Duties of directors

        British Virgin Islands law provides that each director of a company in exercising his or her powers or performing his or her duties must act honestly and in good faith and in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company. Additionally, the director must exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in the same circumstances taking into account the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and his responsibilities. British Virgin Islands law requires that a director exercise his powers for a proper purpose and not act, or agree to the company acting, in a manner that contravenes British Virgin Islands law or the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Anti-takeover provisions

        The BVI Act does not prevent companies from adopting a wide range of defensive measures, such as staggered boards, blank check preferred shares, removal of directors only for cause and provisions restricting the rights of shareholders to call meetings and to submit shareholder proposals. Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association contain the following provisions which may be regarded as defensive measures: (i) a requirement of the affirmative vote of two-thirds or more of the shares entitled to vote on special matters such as mergers or acquisitions; (ii) the prevention of "business combinations" with "interested shareholders" for a period of three years after

131


Table of Contents

the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in accordance with our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association by a general meeting of our shareholders or satisfies other requirements specified in our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association; (iii) directors' ability, in their absolute discretion, to decline to register any transfer of shares without assigning any reason; (iv) our board of directors' ability to issue, from time to time, one or more classes of preferred shares and, with respect to each such class, to fix the terms thereof by resolution; (v) restrictions on the ability of shareholders to call meetings and bring proposals before meetings; and (vi) the requirement of the affirmative vote of 75% of the shares entitled to vote to amend certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Interested directors

        The BVI Act provides that a director must, after becoming aware that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company, disclose that interest to the company's board of directors. The failure of a director to disclose that interest does not invalidate the subject transaction, so long as the director's interest is disclosed to the board before the company enters into the transaction or is not required to be disclosed (for example, where the transaction is between the company and the director or is otherwise in the ordinary course of business). As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, a director interested in a particular transaction may vote on it, attend meetings at which it is considered and sign documents on our behalf which relate to the transaction.

Voting rights and quorum requirements

        Under British Virgin Islands law, the voting rights of shareholders are regulated by the company's Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association and, in certain circumstances, the BVI Act. The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association governs matters such as quorum for the transaction of business, rights of shares, and majority votes required to approve any action or resolution at a meeting of the shareholders or board of directors. Unless the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association otherwise provides, the requisite majority is usually a simple majority of votes cast.

Mergers and similar arrangements

        Under the BVI Act, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with the statutory provisions. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies, and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation which must be authorized by a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the shareholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of two- thirds or more of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and voted, or a resolution consented to in writing by the same number of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon.

        Shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation may still acquire the right to vote if the plan or merger or consolidation contains any provision which, if proposed as an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, would entitle them to vote as a class or series on the proposed amendment. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting or consent to the written resolution to approve the plan of merger or consolidation.

132


Table of Contents

Shareholder suits

        We are not aware of any reported class action or derivative action having been brought against the Company in a British Virgin Islands court.

        Under the BVI Act, if a company or a director of a company engages in, or proposes to engage in, conduct that contravenes the BVI Act or the memorandum of association or articles of the company, the British Virgin Islands court may, on the application of a shareholder or a director of the company, issue an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in that conduct.

        In addition, under the BVI Act, a British Virgin Islands court may, upon the shareholder's request, grant leave to a shareholder to bring proceedings on the company's behalf or to intervene in proceedings to which the company is a party for the purpose of continuing, defending or discontinuing the proceedings on the company's behalf. In determining whether to grant leave for such derivative actions, the court must take into account certain matters, including whether the shareholder is acting in good faith, whether the derivative action is in the interests of the company taking account of the views of the company's directors on commercial matters and whether an alternative remedy to the derivative claim is available.

        A shareholder of a company may bring an action against the company for breach of a duty owed by the company to him as a shareholder. The BVI Act also includes provisions for actions based on oppression and for representative actions where the interests of the claimant are substantially the same as those of other shareholders.

Corporate governance

        British Virgin Islands laws do not restrict transactions with directors, requiring only that directors exercise a duty to act honestly, in good faith and in what the directors believe to be in the best interests to the companies for which they serve.

Indemnification

        British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company may provide for indemnification of its officers and directors, unless such indemnification would violate public policy in the view of the British Virgin Islands courts, such as where the director has committed civil fraud or a criminal offense. Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide for the indemnification of our directors against all losses or liabilities incurred or sustained by him or her as a director of our Company in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal. To be entitled to indemnification, the director must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, with respect to any criminal action, must not have had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.

Staggered board of directors

        The BVI Act does not contain statutory provisions that require staggered board arrangements for a British Virgin Islands company and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association does not provide for a staggered board.

133


Table of Contents

C.  Material Contracts

        The following summarizes each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the filing of this annual report:

        We entered into an underwriting agreement between us, IBS Group and UBS Limited, as representative of the underwriters, on June 25, 2013, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares sold in our IPO. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

        Summaries of the following material contracts and amendments to these contracts are included in this annual report in the places indicated:

Material Contract
  Location

Amended and Restated Global Framework Agreement with UBS AG

  "ITEM 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—We generate a significant portion of our sales of services, and anticipate deriving a large portion of our sales of products, from a limited number of clients, and any significant loss of business from these clients or failure by such clients to pay for our services would materially adversely affect our results of operations"

Outsourcing Master Service Agreement with Deutsche Bank

  "ITEM 4. Information About Luxoft—B. Business Overview—Clients"

Credit Agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V. and amendments thereto

  "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit facilities"

Luxoft Holding, Inc Stock Plan

  "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Stock option plans—U.S. stock option plan"

Registration rights agreement

  "ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Relationship with IBS—Registration rights agreement"

D.  Exchange Controls

        There is no income or other tax of the British Virgin Islands imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by us.

        We are free to acquire, hold and sell foreign currency and securities without restriction. There is no exchange control legislation under British Virgin Islands law and accordingly there are no exchange control regulations imposed under British Virgin Islands law that would prevent us from paying dividends to shareholders in U.S. dollars or any other currencies, and all such dividends may be freely transferred out of the British Virgin Islands, clear of any income or other tax of the British Virgin Islands imposed by withholding or otherwise without the necessity of obtaining any consent of any government or authority of the British Virgin Islands.

E.  Taxation

        The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares. Investors should

134


Table of Contents

consult their own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation in the British Virgin Islands

        The Government of the British Virgin Islands will not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the company or its security holders (who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands).

        The company, and all distributions, interest and other amounts paid by the company to persons who are not tax residents in the British Virgin Islands are exempt from any income, withholding or capital gains taxes in the British Virgin Islands, with respect to the shares in the company owned by them and dividends received on such shares, nor will they be subject to any estate or inheritance taxes in the British Virgin Islands.

        No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands with respect to any shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company.

        All instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the business of the company are exempt from the payment of stamp duty in the British Virgin Islands, provided that they do not relate to real estate situated in the British Virgin Islands.

        There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the British Virgin Islands applicable to the company or its shareholders.

United States federal income taxation

        The following discussion sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares as of the date hereof. This discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences and does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to investors in light of their particular circumstances. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that hold Class A ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment), and it does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

    banks and other financial institutions;

    insurance companies;

    regulated investment companies;

    real estate investment trusts;

    dealers and traders in securities that use mark-to-market accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

    U.S. Holders holding Class A ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction;

    U.S. Holders whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

    tax-exempt organizations or entities;

135


Table of Contents

    U.S. Holders that received the Class A ordinary shares as compensation for the performance of services;

    U.S. Holders holding Class A ordinary shares that own or are deemed to own 10% or more of the voting shares of the Company; or

    former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates.

        Moreover, this description does not address the Medicare tax on net investment income, any U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minmum tax conseqeunces, or any state, local or foreign tax consequences, in each case, with respect to the ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

        This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as currently in effect and available. These authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

        For purposes of this summary, a "U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares who is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more U.S. persons that have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the Class A ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Prospective investors who are partners in a partnership should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

        This discussion assumes that the Company is not, and will not become, a "passive foreign investment company," or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "ITEM 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Passive foreign investment company considerations" below. Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate and gift, state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences to U.S. Holders of owning, and disposing of Class A ordinary shares. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

Taxation of distributions

        Distributions paid on Class A ordinary shares will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid to a U.S. Holder with respect to Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as ordinary income at the time of receipt. Distributions in excess of our current and

136


Table of Contents

accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital, thereby reducing a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero), and thereafter as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. Holder has held the Class A ordinary shares for more than one year at the time such distribution is received. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported as dividends. Distributions of additional Class A ordinary shares to U.S. Holders that are part of a pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of distribution. As used below, the term "dividend" means a distribution that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends received may be subject to reduced rates of taxation provided that our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on a qualifying U.S. securities market and that (i) such U.S. Holder holds such Class A ordinary shares for 61 days or more during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividends and (ii) the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to existing or substantially similar or related property. Our Class A ordinary shares currently trade on the NYSE, which is currently treated as a qualifying U.S. securities market. However, there is no assurance that our Class A ordinary shares will remain "readily tradable" and, additionally, such reduced rate will not apply if we are a PFIC for the taxable year in which we pay a dividend or were a PFIC for the preceding taxable year (see "ITEM 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Passive foreign investment company considerations" below).

        Dividends received on the Class A ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code.

Sale or other taxable disposition of shares

        For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if a U.S. Holder held such Class A ordinary shares for more than one year. Non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

        The amount of the gain or loss realized will be equal to the difference between a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the sale or other taxable disposition. A U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares generally will be the amount paid for the Class A ordinary shares. Such gain or loss generally will be U.S.-source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Passive foreign investment company considerations

        The Company will be classified as a PFIC in any taxable year in which, either:

    at least 75% of its gross income is passive income; or

    at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which may be determined, in part, by the market value of its Class A ordinary shares, which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

137


Table of Contents

        Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions. If a non-U.S. corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation's income. Under the PFIC rules, if we were considered a PFIC at any time a U.S. Holder holds Class A ordinary shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such holder's investment unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. Holder has made a "deemed sale" election under the PFIC rules.

        Based on our financial statements, relevant market data and the projected composition of our income and the valuation of our assets, including goodwill, we do not believe we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended March 31, 2017 and do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future. Because PFIC status is based on our income, assets and activities for the entire taxable year, it is not possible to determine whether we will be characterized as a PFIC for the current taxable year until after the close of the year. In addition, because the market price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to fluctuate and because that market price may affect the determination of whether we will be considered a PFIC, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any future taxable year.

        If, however, we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held Class A ordinary shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder upon a disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of Class A ordinary shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder's holding period for such shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of disposition and to years before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the tax attributable to the allocated amount. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on Class A ordinary shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on such shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder's holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the Class A ordinary shares. We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections if, contrary to our expectation, we are classified as a PFIC. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning their annual filing requirements if the Company were to become a PFIC.

        If we are classified as a PFIC, the PFIC tax consequences described in the previous paragraph would also apply to distributions and gains deemed to be received by U.S. Holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that are also classified as PFICs.

        U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding whether we are a PFIC and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

Information reporting and backup withholding

        Payments of dividends and proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (1) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (2) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

138


Table of Contents

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Foreign asset reporting

        Certain non-corporate U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to ownership of our Class A ordinary shares in excess of certain thresholds, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of Class A ordinary shares.

United Kingdom Taxation

        In May 2014, we completed transfer of the tax residence of our holding company from the British Virgin Islands to the UK to better align our legal and operating structures with business needs of the Group.

        The following summary is intended to apply only as a general guide to certain UK tax considerations and is based on current UK tax law and current published practice of HM Revenue and Customs, both of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retrospective effect. This summary relates only to certain limited aspects of the UK taxation treatment of investors who are resident outside the UK, who will hold the Class A ordinary shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the Class A ordinary shares.

        Any shareholder or potential investor should obtain advice from his or her own investment or taxation advisor. Shareholders and/or potential investors who are in any doubt as to their tax position, or who are subject to tax in any jurisdiction other than the UK, should consult a suitable professional adviser.

Taxation of dividends

        A dividend payment in respect of a Class A ordinary share may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of UK tax.

        An individual holder of a Class A ordinary share who is non-UK resident for UK tax purposes will not be chargeable to UK income tax on a dividend paid by the Company unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency in the UK to which the Class A ordinary share is attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances including the application of any available relief, be chargeable to UK income tax on a dividend received from the Company.

        A corporate holder of a Class A ordinary share who is non-UK resident for UK tax purposes will not be subject to UK corporation tax on a dividend received from the company unless it carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment to which the Class A ordinary share is attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on its particular circumstances including the application of any available relief, be chargeable to UK corporation tax on a dividend received from the Company.

Taxation of capital gains

        An individual holder who is non-UK resident for UK tax purposes will not be liable to UK capital gains tax on a capital gain realized on the disposal of a Class A ordinary share unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a

139


Table of Contents

branch or agency in the UK to which the Class A ordinary share is attributable. (In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances including the application of any available relief, be chargeable to UK capital gains tax on a chargeable gain arising from a disposal of his or her Class A ordinary share.)

        However, an individual shareholder who ceases to be resident in the UK for UK tax purposes for a period of five years or less (or, for departures before April 6, 2013, ceases to be resident or ordinarily resident or becomes treaty non-resident for a period of less than five tax years) and who disposes of Class A ordinary shares during that period may be liable upon his or her return to the UK to UK taxation on any capital gain realized (or upon ceasing to be regarded as resident outside the UK for the purposes of double taxation relief), subject to the application of any available relief.

        A corporate holder of a Class A ordinary share who is non-UK resident for UK tax purposes will not be liable for UK corporation tax on a capital gain realized on the disposal of a Class A ordinary share unless it carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment to which the Class A ordinary share is attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal of a Class A ordinary share by such holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK corporation tax, subject to the application of any available belief.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

        No UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax ("SDRT") will be payable on the issue of Class A ordinary shares and UK stamp duty should generally not be chargeable on a transfer of Class A ordinary shares provided that the instrument of transfer is executed outside the UK and does not relate to any matter or thing done or to be done in the UK. No UK SDRT will be payable in respect of any agreement to transfer Class A ordinary shares provided that the shares are registered in a register kept outside the UK by or on behalf of the Company.

F.  Dividends and Paying Agents

        Not applicable.

G.  Statement by Experts

        Not applicable.

H.  Documents on Display

        We are currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. We fulfill these requirements by filing annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC, which you can access using the means described below. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements which will be examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent public accounting firm. We also intend to file with the SEC reports on Form 6-K containing unaudited quarterly financial information within 90 days after the end of each quarter.

        You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC without charge at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies

140


Table of Contents

of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including our filings with the SEC, are also available to the public through the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

I.  Subsidiary Information

        Not applicable.

ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

        We are exposed to a variety of risks, including foreign currency exchange fluctuations, changes in interest rates and inflation. We regularly assess currency, interest rate and inflation risks to minimize any adverse effects on our business as a result of those factors. See also Note 2 included in our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.

Foreign currency risk

        We conduct business in multiple countries, which exposes us to risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the year ended March 31, 2017, 56.5% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars and 28.3% were denominated in euros. On the cost side, however, in the year ended March 31, 2017, 12.7% of our expenses (excluding currency losses and changes in deferred tax) were denominated in Polish Zloty and 12.5% in Russian rubles. As a result, weakening of euro against U.S. Dollar and strengthening of the Russian ruble relative to the U.S. dollar present the most significant risks to us. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may impact our business significantly.

        Based on our results in the year ended March 31, 2017, a 1.0% increase (decrease) in the value of euro against the U.S. dollar would have increased (decreased) our sales by $2.3 million. Based on our results in the year ended March 31, 2017, a 1.0% increase (decrease) in the value of the Russian ruble against the U.S. dollar would have decreased (increased) our cost of services and operating expenses by $0.9 million.

        We manage our foreign currency risk primarily through short-term forward contracts in order to reduce our exposure to volatility in the currency markets. During the year ended March 31, 2017, we engaged in forward sales contracts to hedge the euro against the U.S. dollar. Typically, our outstanding instruments have maturities from one to six months, with the longest maturity not exceeding 12 months. We have obtained credit limits from our counterparty banks and therefore are not required to maintain deposits on margin accounts in case of adverse market movements.

        Currency forward contracts concluded before January 2016 were not designated as hedging accounting instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (originally issued as SFAS 133). Therefore, we have been incurring financial loss or income as a result of these derivatives. Currency forward contracts concluded starting January 2016 were designated as cash flow hedges and qualified for hedge accounting under ASC 815. Changes in the intrinsic value of such contracts are accounted in accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated condensed balance sheet, until the forecasted transaction occurs. As of March 31, 2017, we had $1.1 million receivable for our hedging positions. See also Note 9 included in our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.

Inflation risk

        Inflationary factors such as increases in the cost of our services and overhead costs may adversely affect our operating results. Wage inflation in Russia, Ukraine, Romania, Poland, South Africa, Bulgaria and Vietnam, where we operate our delivery centers, could also lead to payroll increases,

141


Table of Contents

which may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and operating expenses as a percentage of sales if the selling prices of our services do not increase in line with increases in costs.

Interest rate risk

        Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our variable rate borrowings. See "ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospectus—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future interest expense may increase and interest income may fall due to changes in market interest rates.

ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

        Not applicable.

142


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

        None.

ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        On June 25, 2013, the SEC declared effective our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333 188765), filed in connection with our IPO. Pursuant to the Registration Statement, we issued and sold 2,046,035 ordinary shares at a price $17.00 per share. As of March 31, 2017, we had used all of the net proceeds from our IPO. Except as described above, there has been no material change in the expected use of the net proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus, dated June 26, 2013, relating to our Registration Statement on Form F-1.

ITEM 15.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.     Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of March 31, 2017. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of March 31, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

(b)
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting .    Our management, under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with general accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

    Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

    Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this report. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment, we determined that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

143


Table of Contents

    Our management has excluded Insys Group, Pelagicore and IntroPro from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, as these companies were acquired by us in July 2016 and January 2017, respectively. These companies are included in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2017 and combined constituted $162.3 million or 30% and 126.0 million or 33% of total and net assets, respectively, as of March 31, 2017. For the year ended March 31, 2017, these entities contributed $66.2 million or 8% of revenue and $5.1 million of net loss. Under guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission, companies are allowed to exclude acquisitions from their assessment of internal control over financial reporting during the first year of an acquisition. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLC, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, which appears below.

(c)
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Luxoft Holding Inc.

        We have audited Luxoft Holding Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Luxoft Holding Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

144


Table of Contents

        As indicated in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Insys, Pelagicore, IntroPro and their subsidiaries acquired on July 15, 2016, September 13 2016 and January 31, 2017 respectively, which are included in the 2017 consolidated financial statements of Luxoft Holding Inc. and constituted $162.3 million and $126 million of total assets and net assets, respectively, as of March 31, 2017 and $66.2 million and $5.1 million of revenues and net loss, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Luxoft Holding Inc. and subsidiaries also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Insys, Pelagicore, IntroPro and their subsidiaries.

        In our opinion, Luxoft Holding Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Luxoft Holding Inc. as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017 and our report dated July 14, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young, LLC

Moscow, Russia
July 14, 2017
   
(d)
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. During the period covered by this report, no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) have occurred that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16.    [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A:    Audit Committee Financial Expert

        Our board of directors has determined that Marc Kasher is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and has the requisite financial experience defined by the NYSE Listed Company Manual. In addition, Mr. Kasher is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under the applicable listing standards of the NYSE. For further discussion, see "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management."

ITEM 16B:    Code of Ethics

        Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to all of our directors and employees (subject to local laws and regulations), part of which is a "code of ethics" as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC. The full text of the Code of Ethics can be found on our website at www.investor.luxoft.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this annual report and is not incorporated by reference herein. Under Item 16B of Form 20-F, if a waiver or amendment of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or other persons performing similar functions and relates to standards promoting any of the values described in Item 16B(b) of Form 20-F, we will disclose such waiver or amendment (i) on our website within five business days following the date of amendment or waiver in accordance with the requirements of Instruction 4 to such Item 16B or (ii) through the filing of a report on a Form 6-K.

145


Table of Contents

We granted no waivers under and have made no amendments to our Code of Ethics during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.

ITEM 16C:    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Fees paid to the auditors

        The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees expensed by our independent registered public accounting firm.

 
  Fiscal years
ended March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  
 
  (in thousands of
U.S. dollars)

 

Audit Fees(1)

  $ 1,111   $ 845  

Audit-Related Fees(2)

    20     55  

Tax Fees(3)

    10     16  

All Other Fees(4)

         

Total

  $ 1,136   $ 916  

(1)
"Audit Fees" include fees for services performed by our independent public accounting firm in connection with our annual audit for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, certain procedures regarding our quarterly financial results submitted on Form 6-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, the filing of our annual reports on Form 20-F, and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

(2)
"Audit-Related Fees" relate to assurance and associated services that are traditionally performed by the independent auditor, including accounting consultation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

(3)
"Tax Fees" include fees for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for advice related to tax compliance, transfer pricing and tax on actual or contemplated transactions.

(4)
"All Other Fees" include fees for services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm with respect to government incentives and other matters.

Audit Committee's Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

        Our Audit Committee has adopted a pre-approval policy for the engagement of our independent accountant to perform certain audit and non-audit services. Pursuant to this policy, which is designed to assure that such engagements do not impair the independence of our auditors, the Audit Committee pre-approves annually a catalog of specific audit and non-audit services in the categories of audit service, audit-related service and tax services that may be performed by our independent accountants. Our Audit Committee pre-approved all audit and non-audit services provided to us and to our subsidiaries during the periods listed above.

ITEM 16D:    Exemptions From the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

        None.

ITEM 16E:    Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

        None.

146


Table of Contents

ITEM 16F:    Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

        None.

ITEM 16G:    Corporate Governance

        As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted under the NYSE rules to follow home country corporate governance practices instead of the NYSE requirements, except that we must maintain an audit committee of the board of directors that meets the requirements of Exchange Act Rule 10A-3 and disclose any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. domestic companies under NYSE listing standards.

        We have elected to apply the corporate governance rules of the NYSE applicable to controlled companies, with the exception of maintaining an internal audit function, even though, as a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of our home country, the British Virgin Islands, instead of most of these requirements. Nevertheless, we may in the future follow home country corporate governance practices instead of some or nearly all of the NYSE's requirements, including in the event we are no longer eligible for the "controlled company" exemption.

        Certain corporate governance requirements of U.S. domestic companies under NYSE listing standards are not reflected in the BVI Act or other British Virgin Islands law, such as the requirements to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive issuances of shares, including the sale of our Class A ordinary shares in below-market private placement transactions if greater than 20% of our pre-transaction issued and outstanding shares are sold, or are subject to different approval requirements, such as in connection with the establishment or amendment of equity compensation plans. Moreover, the BVI Act does not require the implementation of a nominating committee or establishment of a formal director nomination process, the formation of an audit committee or if such a committee is formed that it have any specific composition, that a board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors or that independent directors be involved in the determination of executive compensation. See "ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Corporate governance practices."

ITEM 16H:    Mine Safety Disclosure

        Not applicable.

147


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 17:    Financial Statements

        Not applicable.

ITEM 18:    Financial Statements

        See Financial Statements included at the end of this annual report.

ITEM 19:    Exhibits

        See Index of Exhibits at the end of this annual report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

148


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

LUXOFT HOLDING, INC    

By:

 

/s/ DMITRY LOSHCHININ


 

 
    Name:   Dmitry Loshchinin    
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President    

Dated: July 14, 2017

149


Table of Contents


ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F
INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Number   Description
  1.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of Luxoft Holding, Inc., incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1/A, filed on June 12, 2013 (File No. 333- 188765)

 

2.1

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1/A, filed on June 12, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

 

4.1

 

Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Bank, N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

 

4.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Rank. N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

 

4.3

 

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Rank, N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

 

4.4

 

Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement No. TF-048/10 between Luxoft USA Inc. and Amsterdam Trade Rank. N.V., entered into on July 16, 2010, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

 

4.5

 

Outsourcing Master Services Agreement between Deutsche Bank AG, Luxoft Holding, Inc, LLC Luxoft Professional, Luxoft Ukraine LLC, Luxoft Eastern Europe (BVI), Luxoft UK Limited, Luxoft USA Inc. and Luxoft GmbH (Germany) entered into on January 6, 2011 and all related schedules, as amended by the Deed of Accession for Luxoft Consulting Inc. between DB, Luxoft Holding, Inc, Luxoft Professional LLC, Luxoft Ukraine LLC, Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd., Luxoft UK Limited, Luxoft USA Inc., Luxoft GmbH (Germany), Luxoft International Company Limited and Luxoft Consulting Inc. entered into on January 1, 2013. Deed of Amendment to the Outsourcing Master Services Agreement between DB, Luxoft Holding, Inc, LLC Luxoft Professional, Luxoft Ukraine LLC, Luxoft Eastern Europe (BVI), Luxoft UK Limited, Luxoft, USA Inc., Luxoft GmbH (Germany) and Luxoft International Company Limited entered into on January 1, 2011, and all related annexes, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1/A, filed on June 21, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)†

 

4.6

 

Amended and Restated Global Framework Agreement 6481, entered into between UBS AG and Luxoft USA Inc. on September 16, 2010; Agreement amending and incorporating the Amended and Restated Global Framework Agreement between Luxoft Consulting Inc., Luxoft USA, Inc. and UBS entered into on November 16, 2011, and all related appendices; and Amendment to the Amended and Restated Global Framework Agreement between Luxoft USA, Inc. and UBS entered into on November 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1/A, filed on June 21, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)†

 

4.7

 

Unanimous written consent of directors of Luxoft Holding, Inc. on issue of shares under incentive stock option plan, dated March 25, 2010, and Form of Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

150


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  4.8   Minutes of a Meeting of Stock Option Plan Committee of Luxoft Holding, Inc. on December 14, 2011; Annex #1 to Minutes of a Meeting of Stock Option Plan Committee of Luxoft Holding, Inc. on December 14, 2011; Main Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Plan 2; and Form of Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

 

4.9

 

Luxoft Holding, Inc. Stock Plan (Effective as of June 14, 2012), incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1, filed on May 22, 2013 (File No. 333-188765)

 

4.10

 

Luxoft Holding, Inc. 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed on November 14, 2014 (File No. 001-35976)

 

8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Luxoft Holding, Inc.

 

12.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

12.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

13.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Rule 15d-14(b), as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, furnished herewith

 

13.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Rule 15d-14(b), as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, furnished herewith

 

15.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Company's application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 which was approved by the SEC.

151


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Luxoft Holding, Inc
Consolidated financial statements

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Luxoft Holding Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Luxoft Holding Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Luxoft Holding Inc. and subsidiaries at March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Luxoft Holding Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated July 14, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLC

   

Moscow, Russia

July 14, 2017

F-2


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Consolidated balance sheets

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

 
  As of March 31,
2017
  As of March 31,
2016
 

Assets

             

Current assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 109,558   $ 108,545  

Restricted cash, current

    4,000      

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $435 at March 31, 2017 and $79 at March 31, 2016

    144,862     131,204  

Unbilled revenue

    14,454     16,081  

Work-in-progress

    2,805     1,595  

Due from related parties (Note 13)

    1,084     2,180  

VAT and other taxes receivable

    1,732     1,814  

Advances issued

    2,740     2,413  

Other current assets

    5,224     3,333  

Total current assets

    286,459     267,165  

Non-current assets

             

Restricted cash, non-current

    1,399      

Deferred tax assets (Note 15)

    3,423     3,174  

Property and equipment, net (Note 4)

    49,571     46,072  

Intangible assets, net (Note 6 and 7)

    120,430     43,780  

Goodwill (Note 5)

    76,918     30,285  

Other non-current assets

    9,007     4,066  

Total non-current assets

    260,748     127,377  

Total assets

  $ 547,207   $ 394,542  

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

             

Current liabilities

             

Short-term borrowings (Note 8)

  $ 633   $ 460  

Accounts payable

    24,402     8,266  

Accrued liabilities (Note 12)

    38,513     27,357  

Deferred revenue

    3,815     5,048  

Due to related parties (Note 13)

    460     518  

Taxes payable

    21,283     22,532  

Payable under foreign currency forward contracts (Note 10)

    295     2,476  

Payables for acquisitions, current (Note 2 and 9)

    17,221     5,595  

Other current liabilities

    2,025     1,503  

Total current liabilities

    108,647     73,755  

Deferred tax liability, non-current (Note 15)

    16,907     5,511  

Payables for acquisitions, non-current (Note 2 and 9)

    32,206     11,786  

Other non-current liabilities

    2,629     1,757  

Total liabilities

    160,389     92,809  

Shareholders' equity

             

Share capital (80,000,000 shares authorized; 33,540,034 issued and outstanding with no par value as at March 31, 2017, and 80,000,000 shares authorized; 33,178,641 issued and outstanding with no par value as at March 31, 2016) (Note 14)

         

Additional paid-in capital

    133,192     107,477  

Common stock held in treasury, at cost (93,813 shares as of March 31, 2017; 35,579 shares as of March 31, 2016)

    (6,028 )   (2,665 )

Retained earnings

    263,508     200,870  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (3,886 )   (3,981 )

Total shareholders' equity attributable to the Group

    386,786     301,701  

Non-controlling interest

    32     32  

Total equity

    386,818     301,733  

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 547,207   $ 394,542  

F-3


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Consolidated statement of income

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

 
  For the years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Sales of services

  $ 785,561   $ 650,752   $ 520,548  

Operating expenses

                   

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    474,980     379,331     293,960  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    213,723     171,707     128,952  

Depreciation and amortization

    34,847     23,814     16,834  

(Income) loss from revaluation of contingent liability (Note 9)

    (10,031 )   (2,511 )   1,166  

Impairment loss (Note 7)

    5,287          

Operating income

    66,755     78,411     79,636  

Other income and expenses

                   

Interest income (expense), net

    (81 )   121     (543 )

Other gain, net (Note 11)

    5,119     3,947     1,430  

Gain from foreign currency exchange contracts (Note 10)

    1,314     261     1,321  

Net foreign exchange loss

    (2,604 )   (381 )   (8,867 )

Income before income taxes

  $ 70,503   $ 82,359   $ 72,977  

Income tax expense (Note 15)

    (7,865 )   (12,108 )   (9,828 )

Net income

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149  

Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

             

Net income attributable to the Group

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149  

Basic EPS per Class A and Class B ordinary share (Note 19)

                   

Net income attributable to the Group per ordinary share

  $ 1.88   $ 2.13   $ 1.93  

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

    33,280,771     32,949,807     32,790,711  

Diluted EPS per Class A and Class B ordinary share (Note 19)

                   

Diluted net income attributable to the Group per ordinary share

  $ 1.84   $ 2.06   $ 1.91  

Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

    34,000,674     34,088,214     33,111,753  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  Year Ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Net income

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                   

Gains/(losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax effects of $201 and $(197)

    1,418     (1,412 )    

Unrealized gains/(losses) on pension plan, net of tax effects of $(69), $40 and $28

    580     (205 )   (378 )

Translation adjustments with no tax effects

    (1,903 )   (664 )   (47 )

Total other comprehensive income/ (loss)

    95     (2,281 )   (425 )

Comprehensive income

  $ 62,733   $ 67,970   $ 62,724  

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest

             

Comprehensive income attributable to the Group

  $ 62,733   $ 67,970   $ 62,724  

F-5


Table of Contents

Luxoft Holding, Inc

Consolidated statement of shareholders' equity

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

 
  Share capital    
  Treasury Stock    
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss (net of tax
effect)
  Total
shareholder's
equity
attributable
to the Group
   
   
 
 
  Ordinary
shares
  Amount   Additional
paid-in
capital
  Treasury
shares
  Amount   Retained
earnings
  Non-
controlling
interest
  Total
equity
 

Balances at March 31, 2014

    32,758,535   $   $ 83,390       $   $ 67,470   $ (1,275 ) $ 149,585   $ 32   $ 149,617  

Net income for the period

                        63,149         63,149         63,149  

Other Comprehensive loss for the period

                            (425 )   (425 )       (425 )

Shares issued under the stock option plan (Note 18)

    123,470         4,596                     4,596         4,596  

Cancellation of stock options (Note 18)

    (30,660 )                                    

Equity based Compensation expenses (Note 18)

            1,187                     1,187         1,187  

Balances at March 31, 2015

    32,851,345   $   $ 89,173       $   $ 130,619   $ (1,700 ) $ 218,092   $ 32   $ 218,124  

Net income for the period

                        70,251         70,251         70,251  

Other Comprehensive loss for the period

                            (2,281 )   (2,281 )       (2,281 )

Stock issued in connection with acquisition of FOSS

            559                     559         559  

Shares issued under the stock option plan (Note 18)

    327,296         16,557     (35,579 )   (2,665 )           13,892         13,892  

Equity based Compensation expenses (Note 18)

            1,188                     1,188         1,188  

Balances at March 31, 2016

    33,178,641   $   $ 107,477     (35,579 ) $ (2,665 ) $ 200,870   $ (3,981 ) $ 301,701   $ 32   $ 301,733  

Net income for the period

                        62,638         62,638         62,638  

Other Comprehensive income for the period

                            95     95         95  

Stock issued in connection with acquisition of FOSS

            1,107                     1,107         1,107  

Shares issued under the stock option plan (Note 18)

    361,393         23,420     (58,234 )   (3,363 )           20,057         20,057  

Equity based Compensation expenses (Note 18)

            1,188                     1,188         1,188  

Balances at March 31, 2017

    33,540,034   $   $ 133,192     (93,813 ) $ (6,028 ) $ 263,508   $ (3,886 ) $ 386,786   $ 32   $ 386,818  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  For the year ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Operating activities

                   

Income from operations

  $ 62,638   $ 70,251   $ 63,149  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Depreciation and amortization

    34,847     23,814     16,834  

Deferred tax benefit (Note 15)

    (3,395 )   (902 )   (1,167 )

Foreign currency exchange contracts gain (Note 10)

    (1,314 )   (261 )   (412 )

Loss on foreign exchange

    2,604     381     8,867  

Provision for doubtful accounts (Note 2)

    380     311     805  

(Gain)/ loss from revaluation of contingent liability (Note 9)

    (10,031 )   (2,511 )   1,166  

Share-based compensation (Note 18)

    28,984     17,745     5,783  

Impairment loss (Note 7)

    5,287          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenue

    145     (10,261 )   (32,450 )

Work-in-progress

    (1,210 )   (146 )   3,271  

Due to and from related parties

    1,001     (1,084 )   575  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    8,879     4,942     (5,562 )

Deferred revenue

    (1,761 )   (4,222 )   6,468  

Changes in other assets and liabilities

    (5,027 )   7,332     8,951  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    122,027     105,389     76,278  

Investing activities

                   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (19,614 )   (24,171 )   (14,232 )

Purchases of intangible assets

    (4,182 )   (5,069 )   (3,868 )

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

        40     77  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (Note 2 and 9)

    (77,672 )   (3,525 )   (24,257 )

Escrow deposits

    (5,000 )        

Net cash used in investing activities

    (106,468 )   (32,725 )   (42,280 )

Financing activities

                   

Net repayment of short-term borrowings

    (5,897 )   (880 )   (18,594 )

Acquisition of business, deferred consideration (Note 2 and 9)

    (4,577 )   (6,126 )   (2,747 )

Repurchases of common stock

    (3,611 )   (1,774 )    

Repayment of capital lease obligations

    (133 )   (124 )   (38 )

Dividend paid

            (18 )

Overdraft facilities, net

            (598 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (14,218 )   (8,904 )   (21,995 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (328 )   (808 )   (3,913 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    1,013     62,952     8,090  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    108,545     45,593     37,503  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 109,558   $ 108,545   $ 45,593  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   

Cash paid for income tax

  $ 12,861   $ 12,942   $ 3,013  

Cash paid for interest

    76     149     433  

Cash received as government grants (Note 11)

    3,817     2,885      

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

1. Description of business and environment

        Luxoft Holding, Inc (the "Company") was incorporated as a company limited by shares under the laws of the British Virgin Islands ("BVI") on March 7, 2006. The Company has 39 subsidiaries across Europe, North America, Asia, Australia and Africa collectively referred to as "Subsidiaries". The Company and its Subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Group".

        The Group is a leading provider of software development services and innovative IT solutions to a global client base consisting primarily of large, multinational corporations. The Group's software development services consist of core and mission custom critical software development and support, product engineering and testing, and technology consulting. The Group's solutions are based on its proprietary products and platforms that directly impact the Group's clients' business outcomes and efficiently deliver continuous innovation. The Group's products are part of its current portfolio of proprietary solutions that have not been commercialized in the past. However, the Group intends to grow its future sales using these products as stand-alone software and as a part of its software development services offering. The Group's platforms are also a part of its proprietary solutions portfolio that it utilizes within the scope of its software development services to clients. Most of the Group's platform components are available under non-commercial open source license to allow any potential user to quickly evaluate the characteristics of the technology, but these components are not sufficient for a commercial use.

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

        The functional currency of the majority of the Group's subsidiaries is the United States dollars ("USD"). The Group operates in a multi-currency environment having transactions in such currencies as the euros ("EUR"), British pounds ("GBP"), Romanian lei ("RON"), Polish zloty ("PLN"), Swiss francs ("CHF"), Russian rubles ("RUR") and others. The subsidiaries maintain their accounting records in accordance with the local or statutory requirements of the jurisdictions in which they are incorporated. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP"). The accompanying consolidated financial statements differ from the financial statements of the subsidiaries issued for statutory purposes because they reflect certain adjustments, not recorded in the respective statutory accounting books that are appropriate to present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Principles of consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly and majority owned Subsidiaries. This generally includes all companies over which the Company directly or indirectly exercises control, which generally means that the Group owns more than 50% of the voting rights in the Subsidiary. Consolidation is also required when the Company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss or is entitled to receive a majority of the residual returns or both from a variable interest entity's activities. The financial statements of the Subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. Adjustments are made to conform any dissimilar material accounting policies that may exist. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

        The list of subsidiaries of the Group is the following:

 
  % of ownership as
at March 31
 
Subsidiary
  2017   2016  

Luxoft International Company Ltd. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Excelian (Singapore) Pte Ltd

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Symtavision Inc(1). 

    n/a     100.00 %

Symtavision GmbH

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Luxembourg S.a.r.l

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Sweden

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Netherlands B.V. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft UK Ltd. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Excelian Ltd. (UK)

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft USA, Inc. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Radius, Inc. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Excelian, Inc

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Canada Ltd. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Excelian Ltd. (Canada)

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Singapore PTE. LTD. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Poland sp.z.o.o. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft GmbH

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft (Switzerland) GmbH

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Global Operations GmbH

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Vietnam Company Ltd. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Bulgaria EOOD

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Professional Romania S.R.L. 

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Software ITC S.A. 

    99.40 %   99.40 %

Luxoft Services, LLC

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Professional, LLC

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Research, LLC

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Dubna, LLC

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Training Center, Autonomous Non-commercial Organization

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Ukraine, LLC

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Luxoft Denmark ApS

    100.00 %   n/a  

Insys Group, Inc. 

    100.00 %   n/a  

Intro Pro US, Inc. 

    100.00 %   n/a  

Intro Pro Software Company Limited

    100.00 %   n/a  

Intro Pro Ukraine, LLC

    100.00 %   n/a  

Pelagicore AB

    100.00 %   n/a  

Pelagicore AG

    100.00 %   n/a  

Luxoft Malaysia Sdn Bhd

    100.00 %   n/a  

SME—Science Management and Engineering AG

    100.00 %   n/a  

Luxoft India, LLP

    100.00 %   n/a  

   


(1)
The legal entity was liquidated

F-9


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

        The non-controlling interest is reported in the consolidated balance sheets as a separate component of equity and represents the aggregate ownership interests in the subsidiaries that are held by owners other than the Company.

Foreign currency translation

        For the majority of the Subsidiaries, the functional currency is USD because the majority of their revenues, expenditures, debt and trade liabilities are either priced, incurred, payable or otherwise measured in USD. Transactions and balances not already measured in the functional currency have been re-measured in USD in accordance with the relevant provisions of ASC 830 Foreign Currency Matters. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currencies are re-measured at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet dates:

March 31, 2017   March 31, 2016   March 31, 2015
US 1$ =   0.997 CHF   US 1$ =   0.9650 CHF   US 1$ =   1.0389 CHF
US 1$ =   56.3779 RUR   US 1$ =   67.6076 RUR   US 1$ =   58.4643 RUR
US 1$ =   27.015 UAH   US 1$ =   26.2181 UAH   US 1$ =   23.4426 UAH
US 1$ =   0.93 EUR   US 1$ =   0.88 EUR   US 1$ =   0.92 EUR
US 1$ =   4.244 RON   US 1$ =   3.9349 RON   US 1$ =   4.1115 RON
US 1$ =   0.8053 GBP   US 1$ =   0.69 GBP   US 1$ =   0.67 GBP
US 1$ =   3.946 PLN   US 1$ =   3.759 PLN   US 1$ =   3.776 PLN

        Non-monetary assets and liabilities, capital, revenues and costs are re-measured at historical exchange rates prevailing on the relevant transaction dates. Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are charged or credited to operations.

        The Group uses the U.S. dollar as its reporting currency. Therefore, the financial statements of the Subsidiaries that use a functional currency other than USD are translated into USD in accordance with ASC 830 using the current rate method. Assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Shareholders' equity is translated at the applicable historical rate. Revenue and expenses are translated at the monthly average rates of exchange. Translation gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Comprehensive income

        ASC 220 Comprehensive Income , requires the reporting of comprehensive income in addition to net income. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income consists of foreign currency translation adjustments; effective portion of gains and losses on forward contracts that are designated as, and qualify as, cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC Subtopic No. 815-20, Hedging—General ; and adjustments to record changes in the funded status of the Group's defined benefit pension plan in accordance with ASC Subtopic No. 715-30, Defined Benefit Plans—Pension .

F-10


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Cash and cash equivalents

        The Group considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less from the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted cash

        Restricted cash is represented by deposits on escrow accounts, related to new businesses acquisitions. As of March 31, 2017, the Group had $5,399 as restricted cash.

Accounts receivable, net

        Accounts receivable are non-interest bearing and shown at their net realizable value, which approximates their fair value. Allowances for doubtful accounts are made for specific accounts in which collectability is doubtful, the Group does not make any general allowance based on the aging of accounts receivable.

        Recoveries of losses from accounts receivable written-off in prior years are presented within income from operations in the Group's consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Collections in respect of prior year write-offs amounted to $60 for the year ended March 31, 2017; $818 for the year ended March 31, 2016 and $501 for the year ended March 31, 2015.

        The table below summarizes changes in qualifying accounts for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017:

 
  Balance at the
beginning
of period
  Charged to
costs and
expenses
  Reversals /
write-offs
  Balance at the
end of period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                         

For the year ended March 31, 2015

    651     805     (157 )   1,299  

For the year ended March 31, 2016

    1,299     311     (1,531 )   79  

For the year ended March 31, 2017

    79     380     (24 )   435  

Work-in-progress

        Work-in-progress includes costs related to uncompleted contract stages. Costs include direct costs such as professional compensation (payroll and related benefits), subcontracting, travel, materials and other items.

F-11


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Property and equipment

        Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:

Buildings

  25 years

Furniture and fixtures and motor vehicles

  5 years

Exhibition and demonstration equipment

  3 - 4 years

Assets under capital lease

  3 years

Computers and office equipment

  3 years

Capitalized software

  3 years

Leasehold improvements

  according to lease contracts

Goodwill and Long-lived intangible assets

        Goodwill represents an excess of the cost of business acquired over the fair value of identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, principally software and acquired contract-based customer relationships, software and brands are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, on average 5 to 10 years. The Group does not have any intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

        Goodwill and Long-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually or whenever it is determined that one or more impairment indicators exist. Upon such review, the Group considers the following factors: under-performance of the reporting unit or significant changes in its projected results; changes in the manner of utilization of an asset; severe and sustained declines in the traded price of the Company's common stock that are not attributable to factors other than the underlying value of its assets; negative market conditions or economic trends; changes in technology; new legislation, and other factors. The Group determines whether impairment has occurred by assigning goodwill to the reporting unit identified in accordance with ASC 350 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other , and comparing the carrying amount of the reporting unit to the fair value of the reporting unit. If an impairment of goodwill has occurred, the Group recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the implied fair value of goodwill.

        See also Impairment of Long lived assets and Note 7, Impairment loss, below.

Software costs

        Under the provisions of ASC 350 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other , the Group capitalizes costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use when both the preliminary project stage is completed and the Group's management has authorized further funding of the project which it deems probable to be completed and used to perform the function intended. Capitalization of such costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the software (generally 3 to 5 years).

F-12


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Research and development costs

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of Long-lived assets

        In accordance with ASC 360 Property, Plant, and Equipment , and ASC 205 Presentation of Financial Statements , long-lived assets to be held and used by the Group, including intangible assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed to determine whether an event or change in circumstances indicates that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Group bases its evaluation on such impairment indicators as the nature of the assets, the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or future profitability measurements, as well as other external market conditions or factors that may be present. When such impairment indicators are present or other factors exist that indicate that the carrying amount of these of an undiscounted cash flow analysis of assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows exist. If impairment has occurred, the Group recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. The fair value of the asset is measured using discounted cash flow analysis or other valuation techniques.

        As of March 31, 2017, the Group performed its impairment review, which resulted in impairment loss of $5,287 attributable to the client base recognized upon acquisition of Insys Group Inc. No impairment expense related to long-lived assets was recognized during the years ending March 31, 2016 and 2015.

        See below—" Fair value measurement and Intangible Assets Impairment Tests" and Note 7, Impairment loss, for valuation techniques and quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement.

Income taxes

        The Group computes and records income tax expense in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at each reporting date, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when differences are expected to reverse.

        ASC 740 Income Taxes , clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Group believes that its recognized income tax filing positions will be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change to its financial position. However, the Group cannot predict with certainty the interpretations or positions that tax authorities may take regarding specific tax returns filed by the Group.

F-13


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Revenue recognition

        The Group generates revenues primarily from software development services, including in such areas of competence as (a) custom software development and support, (b) product engineering and testing and (c) technology consulting. The Group recognizes revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

        The Group recognizes sales from time-and-material contracts as services are performed, based on actual hours and applicable billing rates, using the proportional performance method, with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of sales. The majority of such sales are billed on a monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client at negotiated hourly billing rates.

        The Group recognizes sales from fixed price contracts based on the proportional performance method, during the period in which amounts become billable in accordance with the terms of the Group's contracts. Services under fixed price contracts are delivered in stages. Revenues recognized for completed stages are generally representative of the percentage of completion of the entire contract, as they are based on hours incurred compared to the total hours estimated for the completion of the entire contract. Costs related to completed stages are expensed as incurred, while those related to uncompleted stages are recorded in work-in-progress on the balance sheet. In instances where final acceptance is specified by the client, sales are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In the absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, sales are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client.

        Revenue is stated net of any value-added taxes ("VAT") or other similar indirect taxes charged to clients.

        The Group enters into multiple elements arrangements with the customers that purchase license and further maintenance and support. The Group accounts for these revenues in accordance with guidance of ASC 605-25, Revenue recognition—multiple elements arrangements . The selling price of each element is based on vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") if available or estimated selling price. The estimation of selling price is made through consultation with and approval by the Group's management, taking into consideration the Group's pricing model and go-to-market strategy. Some of the software arrangements include consulting implementation services sold. Consulting revenues from these arrangements are generally accounted for separately from new software licenses revenues because the arrangements qualify as services transactions as defined in ASC 985-605, Revenue recognition—Software . The more significant factors considered in determining whether the revenues should be accounted for separately include the nature of services (i.e., consideration of whether the services are essential to the functionality of the licensed product), degree of risk, availability of services from other vendors, timing of payments and impact of milestones or acceptance criteria on the realizability of the software license fee. Revenues for consulting services are generally recognized as the services are performed.

        For multiple element arrangements under time-and-material contracts, revenue is recognized as services are performed for each deliverable. For arrangements under fixed-price contracts, software development revenue is recognized upon delivery of development services under the proportional

F-14


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

performance method, as described above and for support services—on a straight-line basis over the support period, which is generally from 6 months to a year.

        The Group reports gross reimbursable travel and "out-of-pocket" expenses incurred as both sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.

Warranty Costs

        In most contracts the Group warrants that the technology solutions it developed for its clients would operate in accordance with the project specifications without defects for a specified warranty period. In the event that defects that the Group is held responsible for are discovered during the warranty period, the Group is obligated to remedy the defects.

        The Group provides for the estimated cost of warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized based on historical and projected warranty claim rates, historical and projected cost-per-claim and knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of the Group's typical experience. The Group has never incurred any material amounts with respect to the warranties for its solutions. Each quarter, the Group re-evaluates these estimates to assess the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities considering the size of the installed base of products subject to warranty protection and adjusts the amounts as necessary. If actual product failure rates or repair costs differ from estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liabilities would be required and could materially affect the Group's results of operations.

Cash Flow

        The Group utilizes invoice discounting and receivable purchase facilities as a source of short-term borrowings. The volume of such borrowings decreased significantly since the year ended March 31, 2016 as the Group changed the presentation for the year ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. Due to the fact that all short-term borrowings of the Group have quick turnover and short maturities the Group chooses, in accordance with ASC 230-10-45-8, Statement of Cash Flows—Other Presentation Matters , to present only net changes during the period in the Statement of Cash Flows, because the knowledge of the gross cash receipts and payments related to them is believed to be not necessary to understand the Group's financing activities.

Government Grants

        The Group participates in government grants programs in several countries. Due to the absence of authoritative regulations for government grants in U.S. GAAP, the Group refers to IAS 20 guidance as to a non-authoritative source. The company evaluates a received grant as related to expenses or losses already incurred and recognizes it in profit or loss of the period in which the grant becomes receivable.

Business combinations

        The Group accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method. The total cost of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets, including intangible assets acquired, and liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management's judgment and often involves the use of significant

F-15


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangible and other asset lives and market multiples, among other items. The results of operations of acquired companies are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. After control is obtained, changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

        Acquisition-related costs are costs the Group incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees; general administrative costs, including the costs of maintaining an internal acquisitions department; and costs of registering and issuing debt and equity securities. The Group accounts for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received.

Advertising

        The Group expenses the cost of advertising as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $3,316, $2,942 and $2,281 respectively, and are classified as selling expenses.

Social contributions

        The Group contributes to various government pension and social funds in accordance with the legislation applicable to each of the subsidiaries. The employer's part of these contributions amounted to approximately, $42,824, $31,284 and $20,608 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and was expensed as incurred.

        The majority of social contributions are made by subsidiaries in Poland, Romania, USA and Russia where social contributions charges is a mandatory tax consisting of contributions paid by employers at their own expense and on behalf of employees to the relevant pension, social security, medical and other similar funds. In most countries, where subsidiaries of the Company are located, the social contributions tax rate varies depending on employee's annual compensation and maximum taxable amount of annual or monthly compensation.

Derivative financial instruments

        To protect itself from possible changes related to forecasted transactions denominated in currencies different from U.S. dollars, the Group uses forward currency exchange contracts. In accordance with ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging , the Group recognizes all derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange contracts at fair value. Estimates of fair value were determined in accordance with ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements .

        Due to increased volume of hedged transactions and extended periods of foreign exchange contracts there is a risk of significant fluctuations of fair values of derivatives, affecting the Company's Statement of Comprehensive income. In order to reduce such fluctuations, the Group started to apply hedge accounting to forward contracts offsetting its forecasted transactions denominated in euro and British pounds in accordance with the guidance of ASC 815-30, Cash Flow Hedges . The forward contracts concluded in 2016 calendar year are designed so that the critical terms of the hedging instrument and of the hedged forecasted transaction are the same, therefore there is no ineffectiveness

F-16


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

to be recognized in earnings, and the Group recognizes all gain or loss on a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge in other comprehensive income. Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings in the same period when the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings, i.e. when a forecasted sale actually occurs or an expense is incurred. Gains or losses related to hedge of forecasted sales are recognized in Sales of services, and those attributable to forecasted expense are recognized in Cost of services.

        Forward contracts concluded before January 2016 were not designated as cash flow hedge at inception and did not qualify for hedge accounting as defined by ASC 815. Gain or loss on revaluation of these contracts is recognized directly in earnings as gain or loss from foreign currency exchange contract.

        In October 2016, as the euro started to depreciate against the US dollar, the Group decided to early close some of its forward euro contracts with maturity dates in 6 months or more. In accordance with ASC 815-30-40-1 and 40-2, the Group calculated the fair value of these contracts and recognized the result of the valuation in accumulated other comprehensive income. The net gain in the amount of $22 remains in the accumulated other comprehensive income until reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. All further changes in the fair value of de-designated hedges were recognized directly in earnings in the period of revaluation. In order to lock the speculation gain achieved by the early closing, in November 2016, the Group entered into reverse contracts, i.e. to buy euros for US dollars. The new contracts matched those de-designated both in the amounts and maturity dates, resulting in early fixing of the results of the deals. The result of matching the pairs of forward contracts in amount of $941 was recognized in the earnings for the year ended March 31, 2017.

Concentration of credit risk

        The concentrations of credit risk associated with trade and other receivables are mitigated by ongoing procedures to monitor the creditworthiness of customers and other debtors.

        As of March 31, 2017, the largest clients' balances accounted for 18%, 18%, 6%, 6% and 3% of the total Group's accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2016, the largest clients' balances accounted for 30%, 22%, 7%, 4% and 3% of the total Group's accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2015, the largest clients' balances accounted for 32%, 21%, 9%, 4% and 3% of the total Group's accounts receivable.

        For the year ended March 31, 2017, the same customers accounted for 23%, 20%, 6%, 3% and 2% of the Group's revenues. For the year ended March 31, 2016, the same customers accounted for 30%, 22%, 7%, 3% and 3% of the Group's revenues. For the year ended March 31, 2015, the same customers accounted for 36%, 20%, 8%, 4% and 4% of the Group's revenues.

Use of estimates in preparation of financial statements

        The preparation of these consolidated financial statements, in conformity with US GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-17


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

Fair value of financial instruments

        The fair value of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term borrowings, which are included in current assets and liabilities, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate the carrying value of these items due to the short-term maturities of such instruments.

Fair value measurement and Intangible Assets Impairment Tests

        The Group follows the provisions of ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , and considers the following three levels of inputs to measure the fair value:

            Level 1: Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

            Level 2: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are non-active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

            The Group classifies its derivative assets and liabilities as Level 2. The fair value of foreign currency forward and option contracts are based on internally developed valuation models that discount cash flows resulting from the differential between the contractual foreign currency exchange rate and the reporting date market-based forward foreign currency exchange rate for a similar instrument.

            Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

        The Group used Level 3 inputs when determining the fair value of contingent payable for business acquisitions (Note 3); contingent payable for software acquisition (Note 9); reportable unit for the purposes of determining goodwill impairment; intangible assets for the purposes of determining their impairment (see Note 7), and the value of shares issued under the stock option plans of the Company (Note 18).

        In determining the estimated fair values of the reporting units and intangible assets, the Group employed a Discounted Cash Flow ("DCF") analysis. Determining estimated fair values requires the application of significant judgment.

        The basis for the Group's cash flow assumptions includes attributable forecasted revenue, operating costs and other relevant factors, including estimated capital expenditures. Assumptions under this method have been adjusted to reflect increased risk due to current economic volatility. In addition to that, the Group has to estimate the applicable discount rate and the terminal growth rates, where applicable. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value estimations are as following:

    Cost of capital: The cost of capital reflects the return a hypothetical market participant would require for a long-term investment in an asset and can be viewed as a proxy for the risk of that asset. Changes in the financial markets, such as an increase in interest rates or an increase in the expected required return on equity by market participants within the industry, could increase the discount rate, thus decreasing the fair value of the assets. The cost of capital used by the Group

F-18


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

      in its analysis ranged from 11% to 20% based on the level of risk related to each particular asset or reporting unit.

    Cost of debt: The cost of debt reflects the effective rate paid for use of current debt facilities. The cost of debt used by the Group in its analysis ranged from 2.5% to 4.0%.

    Short- and medium-term growth rates: Short- and medium-term growth rates reflect the level of economic growth in each of the Group's markets from the last forecasted period. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to management discretion based on reasonable market expectations and the company's performance.

    Forecasted operating costs: The level of cash flow generated by each operation is ultimately governed by the extent to which the Group manages the relationship between revenues and costs. The Group forecasts the level of operating costs by reference to (a) the historical absolute and relative levels of costs the Group has incurred in generating revenue, (b) the operating strategy of each business, (c) specific forecasted operating costs to be incurred and (d) expectations as to what these costs would be for an average market participant. The Group's estimates of forecasted operating costs are developed from a number of external sources, in combination with a process of on-going consultation with operational management.

    Forecasted capital expenditure: The size and phasing of capital expenditure, both recurring expenditure to replace retired assets and investments in new projects, has a significant impact on cash flows. The Group forecasts the level of future capital expenditure based on current strategies and specific forecast costs to be incurred, as well as expectations of what these costs would be like for an average market participant. The Group's estimate of forecasted capital expenditure is developed from a number of external sources, in combination with a process of on-going consultation with operational management.

        The most significant unobservable input used in the valuation of contingent payable is discount rate. Cost of debt is applied when the certainty of future payments is higher and cost of capital is applied where the certainty of future payments is lower.

        The fair value of Group's assets and liabilities measured at fair value at the reporting date is presented below:

 
  As of March 31, 2017  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Recurring fair value measurements

                         

Contingent consideration

    37,884             37,884  

Foreign currency derivatives asset

    1,367         1,367      

Foreign currency derivatives liability

    (295 )       (295 )    

Total recurring fair value measurements

  $ 38,956   $   $ 1,072   $ 37,884  

        The Group's policy is to recognize transfers to and out of Level 3 as of the date of change in circumstances that caused the transfer. During the year ended March 31, 2017, only contingent liabilities were transferred out of Level 3 due to resolution of contingencies in deferred considerations

F-19


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

payable for business acquisitions and acquisitions of software. No transfer between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy occurred during the period. The reconciliation from the opening balance to the closing balance for recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy is presented below:

Balances at March 31, 2016

  $ 8,096  

Transfers out of Level 3

    (2,258 )

Gain for the period included in earnings

    (10,221 )

Additions and settlements

       

Acquisitions

    47,951  

Settled in cash

    (4,577 )

Settled in shares

    (1,107 )

Balances at March 31, 2017

  $ 37,884  

Share-based compensation

        The Group accounts for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation . Under ASC 718, companies must calculate and record the cost of equity instruments, such as stock options or restricted stock, awarded to employees for services received in their consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The cost of the equity instruments is measured based on the fair value of the instruments on the date they are granted (with certain exceptions) and is required to be recognized over the period during which the employee is required to provide services in exchange for the equity instruments (see Note 18).

        The Group recognizes compensation cost for an award with service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        With the exception of the below, there have been no recent accounting pronouncements or changes in accounting pronouncements during year ended March 31, 2017 that are of significance, or potential significance, to the Company's consolidated financial statements:

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . The amendments in this Update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The amendments will be effective for the Group for the fiscal year beginning April 1, 2020, and are not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business . The amendments in this update provide guidance on evaluating whether

F-20


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The ASU amends ASC 805 to "provide a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business." In addition, the amendments "provide more consistency in applying the guidance, reduce the costs of application, and make the definition of a business more operable." The update will be effective for the Group starting April 1, 2018, and is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-15—Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This Update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The Group adopted the amendments of this update from April 1, 2016. The ASU did not have any material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross share-based compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The Group adopted the amendment for the fiscal year beginning April 1, 2016. The amendment resulted in recognition of $1,411 of excess tax benefit in current year's earnings—see Note 15 Income Tax below.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)". The purpose of this update is to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. Most prominent among the amendments is the recognition of assets and liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous U.S. GAAP. Under the new standard, disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting update on its consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-17, " Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes ", which requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position to simplify disclosure. The Group adopted the new standard from April 1, 2016, and, as a result of the implementation of this standard, changed the presentation of the prior year's deferred tax current assets and liabilities to noncurrent.

        In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, " Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments ". The amendments in this update require that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The update eliminates the current requirement to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recognized at the acquisition date. The amendment is effective for the Group beginning April 1, 2016. The implementation of this standard did not have a material effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

F-21


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies (Continued)

    Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)

        In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers " ("ASU 2014-09"). ASU 2014-09 and further issued Accounting Standards Updates to Topic 606(2) will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new guidance (i) removes inconsistencies, and weaknesses in revenue requirements, (ii) provides a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues, (iii) improves comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets, (iv) provides more useful information to users of financial statements through improved disclosure requirements, and (v) simplifies the preparation of financial statements by reducing the number of requirements to which an entity must refer. The core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company intends to adopt the provisions of the new standard for its fiscal year starting April 1, 2017. The new standard allows the option of modified retrospective adoption with certain reliefs according to which the new standard will be applied to existing contracts from the initial period of adoption and thereafter with no restatement of comparative data. Alternatively, the new standard permits full retrospective adoption with certain reliefs. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the standard, and its adoption method is subject to change. The Company is in the process of analyzing its contracts to quantify the impact that the adoption of the standard will have on revenue.

3. Business combinations

        During the twelve months ended March 31, 2017, the Group has completed a number of business combinations discussed below. The following is a summary of revenues and net income included in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2017:

 
  Insys   Pelagicore   IntroPro  

Revenue

  $ 55,524   $ 5,729   $ 4,951  

Net loss, including:

  $ (2,848 ) $ (1,664 ) $ (634 )

Impairment loss

  $ (5,287 ) $   $  

Amortization of Intangible assets identified in business combinations

  $ (2,288 ) $ (1,244 ) $ (624 )

        The unaudited pro-forma revenue and net income of the combined entity as though Insys, Pelagicore and IntroPro were acquired as of April 1, 2015 would have been $812,605 and $63,210 for the year ended March 31, 2017, and $752,672 and $72,669 for the year ended March 31, 2016.

   


(2)
Update 2016-20— Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606 ; Update 2016-12— Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients ; Update 2016-10— Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing , Update 2016-08— Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) ; Update 2015-14— Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date.

F-22


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

3. Business combinations (Continued)

        These unaudited pro-forma financial amounts are being provided for informational purposes only and do not necessarily reflect what the combined Group's financial condition or results of operations would have been had the acquisition occurred on the dates indicated. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from these unaudited pro-forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors.

Acquisition of Science, Management and Engineering AG (SME)

        On February 9, 2017, Luxoft Global Operations GmbH has completed the acquisition of Science, Management and Engineering AG (SME), a system-independent consultancy and development company, based in Garching, Germany.

        Luxoft acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of SME for $218 of cash consideration.

        This acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The results of SME were included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income from February 9, 2017.

        The Group's financial statements reflect the preliminary purchase price allocation based on the fair value of identified Customer relations in the amount of $1.1 million which will be amortized over a period of 10 years. The following schedule reflects the preliminary purchase price allocation to the net assets acquired:

 
  As of
February 9,
2017
 

Intangible assets (Customer relations)

  $ 1,061  

Goodwill

    411  

Other current assets

    50  

Total assets

    1,522  

Due to related parties

    (747 )

Taxes payable

    (299 )

Deferred Tax Liability, non-current

    (109 )

Other current liabilities

    (149 )

Total liabilities

    (1,304 )

Total net assets acquired

    218  

Total purchase consideration

  $ 218  

        As the value of certain assets and liabilities are preliminary in nature, they are subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. The Group is currently assessing forecasted inputs used in valuation of assets and liabilities. Any changes in this assessment may result in adjustments to identified client base, goodwill and deferred taxes.

F-23


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

3. Business combinations (Continued)

Acquisition of IntroPro

        On January 31, 2017, the Group closed an equity purchase transaction to acquire IntroPro, a group of engineering consultancy companies generating the majority of its revenue from the telecom and media sector, serving several blue chip clients based in North America.

        Luxoft acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of three companies constituting the IntroPro group, namely Intro Pro US Inc., Intro Pro Software Company Limited and Intro Pro Ukraine LLC for $28,254 of cash consideration, paid at closing, of which $5,000 was placed in escrow by the sellers for up to 3 years as security for the indemnification obligations of the sellers under the terms of the stock purchase agreement. In accordance with the agreement, the Sellers are entitled to additional cash payments, subject to achievement of certain financial performance milestones by IntroPro for its 2017 and 2018 fiscal years. As of March 31, 2017, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $24,352. This acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The results of IntroPro were included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income of the Group from January 31, 2017.

        The Group's financial statements reflect the preliminary purchase price allocation based on the fair value of identified Customer relations in the amount of $37,420 which will be amortized over a period of 10 years. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the net assets acquired comprises the following:

 
  As of
January 31,
2017
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 87  

Trade accounts receivable

    1,488  

Other current assets

    126  

Property and equipment, net

    118  

Intangible assets (Customer relations)

    37,420  

Goodwill

    24,456  

Total assets

    63,695  

Accounts payable

    (1,293 )

Other current liabilities

    (104 )

Line of credit

    (118 )

Deferred Tax Liability, non-current

    (14,968 )

Total liabilities

    (16,483 )

Total net assets acquired

    47,212  

Total purchase consideration

  $ 47,212  

        As the value of certain assets and liabilities are preliminary in nature, they are subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. The Group is currently assessing forecasted inputs used in valuation of assets and

F-24


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

3. Business combinations (Continued)

liabilities. Any changes in this assessment may result in adjustments to identified customer relations, goodwill and deferred taxes.

Acquisition of Pelagicore

        On September 13, 2016, the Group has completed the acquisition of Pelagicore AB, a Swedish company, provider of open source software platforms and services for in-vehicle infotainment systems and human machine interface (HMI) development.

        In accordance with the stock purchase agreement, Luxoft Global Operations GmbH paid €16,862 or $18,898 upon closing of this transaction. Additionally, Luxoft agreed to pay further up to € 5,000 or $5,540 in 2017 subject to Pelagicore achieving certain order backlog from defined clients till the end of 2017 calendar year. The fair value of the contingent consideration as of March 31, 2017 was $5,368.

        This acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The results of Pelagicore were included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income from September 13, 2016.

        The Group's financial statements reflect the preliminary purchase price allocation based on the fair value of identified IP rights in the amount of $19,225 which will be amortized over a period of 8 years.

        The following reflects allocation of the final purchase price to the assets and liabilities of Pelagicore:

 
  As of
September 13,
2016
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 128  

Accounts receivable

    1,886  

Other current assets

    564  

Property and equipment, net

    109  

Intangible assets (Trademark)

    843  

Intangible assets (IP rights)

    19,225  

Goodwill

    4,734  

Total assets

    27,489  

Accounts payable

    (2,114 )

Taxes payable

    (124 )

Other current liabilities

    (472 )

Deferred tax liability

    (341 )

Total liabilities

    (3,051 )

Total net assets acquired

    24,438  

Total purchase consideration

  $ 24,438  

F-25


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

3. Business combinations (Continued)

Acquisition of Insys Group, Inc. (Insys)

        On July 15, 2016, the Group has completed the acquisition of Insys Group, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, an IT consulting provider focusing on advanced predictive analytics, business intelligence and data warehousing, digital marketing, and enterprise information management.

        On the closing date, Luxoft USA, Inc. paid $37,896. In addition, according to the agreement, the sellers of Insys were entitled to a maximum of $2,500, $13,000 and $18,000, subject to Insys achieving certain revenue and EBITDA targets for the 2nd half of 2016 and 2017 and 2018 calendar years, respectively.

        In conjunction with the mutual election under Section 338(h) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code ("Section 338(h)"), Luxoft USA and the Insys Sellers agreed to treat the Insys purchase as an asset purchase for tax purposes.

        This acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The results of Insys were included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income from July 15, 2016.

        The Group's financial statements reflect the purchase price allocation based on the fair value of identified Customer relations in the amount of $34,320 which will be amortized over a period of 10 years. The following schedule reflects the final purchase price allocation to the net assets acquired on July 15, 2016:

 
  As of
July 15,
2016
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,301  

Accounts receivable

    15,517  

Other current assets

    352  

Property and equipment, net

    230  

Intangible assets (Customer relations)

    34,320  

Goodwill

    17,685  

Total assets

    70,405  

Accounts payable

    (7,156 )

Deferred revenue

    (508 )

Line of credit

    (6,380 )

Total liabilities

    (14,044 )

Total net assets acquired

    56,361  

Total purchase consideration

  $ 56,361  

        In March 2017, the management of Luxoft and the former shareholders of Insys Group Inc. reached an agreement in negotiations regarding certain changes to the original SPA. The main changes include re-allocation of the earn-out percentages among the former Insys shareholders and introduction

F-26


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

3. Business combinations (Continued)

of a minimum guaranteed amount of the earn-out of $2,574. As of March 31, 2017, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $7,854.

Acquisition of Symtavision GmbH ("Symtavision")

        On February 23, 2016, the Group has completed the acquisition of Symtavision, a private company incorporated in Germany. Symtavision is a boutique provider of automotive software tools and consulting services focused on scheduling analysis, architecture optimization, and timing verification.

        This acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combination. The results of Symtavision were included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income from March 1, 2016.

        In accordance with the stock purchase agreement, total purchase consideration amounted €3,889, or $4,424.

        The following reflects final allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities of Symtavision:

 
  As
Originally
Reported
  As of
March 31,
2017
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    397     397  

Other current assets

    279     279  

Intangible assets (IP rights)

    4,971     4,476  

Intangible assets (Brand)

    237     214  

Goodwill

    665     12  

Other non-current assets

    52     52  

Total assets

    6,601     5,430  

Other current liabilities

    (514 )   (514 )

Deferred tax liability

    (1,663 )   (492 )

Total liabilities

    (2,177 )   (1,006 )

Total net assets acquired

    4,424     4,424  

Total purchase consideration

    4,424     4,424  

        Due to finalization of inputs in the valuation of assets acquired the Company amended its preliminary purchase price allocation resulting in adjustments to goodwill, intangible assets and deferred tax liability with no change to the net assets acquired. The change in purchase price allocation is due to change in tax methodology used for deferred tax liability and tax amortization benefit calculation.

        The Group's financial statements reflect the amended purchase price allocation based on the fair value of identified IP rights in the amount of $4,476 which will be amortized over a period of 8 years.

F-27


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

4. Property and equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following as of March 31:

 
  2017   2016  

Land

  $ 5,277   $ 5,277  

Buildings

    3,580     3,554  

Motor vehicles, furniture and fixtures

    16,737     17,310  

Assets under capital lease

    647     887  

Leasehold improvements

    15,894     11,074  

Software

    17,855     12,985  

Computers and office equipment

    55,183     41,799  

Total cost

    115,173     92,886  

Accumulated depreciation

    (66,141 )   (48,083 )

    49,032     44,803  

Assets under construction

    539     1,269  

Property and equipment, net

  $ 49,571   $ 46,072  

        Depreciation expense, including amortization of assets recorded under capital leases, was $19,544, $14,069 and $10,358 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

5. Goodwill

        Goodwill as of March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 comprises the following:

 
  Luxoft  

Balances at March 31, 2015

  $ 29,620  

Acquisition of Symtavision

    665  

Balances at March 31, 2016

  $ 30,285  

Acquisition of Pelagicore

    4,734  

Acquisition of Insys

    17,685  

Symtavision measurement period adjustment (Note 3)

    (653 )

Acquisition of IntroPro

    24,456  

Acquisition of SME

    411  

Total Goodwill acquired

    46,633  

Balances at March 31, 2017

  $ 76,918  

F-28


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

6. Intangible assets

        Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 
   
  As of March 31, 2017   As of March 2016  
 
  Weighted-
average
useful lives
  Cost   Accumulated
amortization
  Cost   Accumulated
amortization
 

Capitalized software development costs

  5 years   $ 22,383   $ (9,582 ) $ 17,609   $ (6,673 )

Contract-based customer relationships

  5 - 10 years     109,339     (28,324 )   41,820     (19,587 )

IP rights

  5 - 8 years     31,764     (6,899 )   13,017     (3,479 )

Trade names and brands

  8 - 10 years     1,990     (317 )   1,158     (97 )

Other

  4 - 6 years     438     (362 )   483     (471 )

Total

      $ 165,914   $ (45,484 ) $ 74,087   $ (30,307 )

        Amortization expense for intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $15,303, $9,745 and $6,476 respectively.

        Estimated future amortization expenses related to amortizable intangible assets are as follows:

 
  Amortization  

For the year ended March 31, 2018

  $ 21,458  

For the year ended March 31, 2019

    18,782  

For the year ended March 31, 2020

    15,460  

For the year ended March 31, 2021

    13,326  

For the year ended March 31, 2022 and thereafter

    51,404  

Total

  $ 120,430  

7. Impairment loss

        During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Group recorded an impairment loss of $5,287 related to Insys client base, the asset identified upon acquisition of Insys Group, Inc., discussed in Note 3 above. The impairment loss was caused primarily by a decrease in originally anticipated revenue growth rates, resulting in lower projections of the future cash flows that were not sufficient to support the recorded net book value of the asset. Assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the client base included the discount rates, attrition and growth rates. In determining the estimated fair values of the client base, the Group employed a Discounted Cash Flow ("DCF") analysis.

        The Group also performed tests for goodwill impairment. Except for Insys, no indications of goodwill impairment were identified for the Group. Due to the existing impairment indicators, an additional assessment was performed for goodwill assigned to Insys by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying amount. In the determination of the implied fair value of goodwill the Group compared the fair value of the reporting unit to the estimated fair value of its assets and liabilities. As the implied fair value of the goodwill exceeded its carrying value, no impairment charge was recorded.

        The Group considers all current information in determining the need for or calculating the amount of any impairment charges, however, future changes in events or circumstances, could result in decreases in the fair values of its intangible assets and goodwill.

F-29


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

8. Short-term borrowings

Credit facilities

        Insys Group Inc. utilizes a credit facility provided by TD Bank N.A. The Loan and Security agreement was modified effective August 29, 2016, to provide an aggregate amount of $8.0 million at LIBOR plus 2.00% interest rate. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this agreement.

        Excelian Ltd uses an invoice discounting facility of up to £3.0 million provided by Royal Bank of Scotland. On November 19, 2016, the facility was reduced to £1.0 million. Under this arrangement Excelian Ltd can assign certain receivables in exchange for cash less a discount based on 1.90% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this agreement.

        On December 27, 2016, Luxoft USA Inc. and Luxoft Global Operations GmbH respectively entered into the Facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank N.V. for the aggregate available credit amount up to $18.0 million. For both of the facilities the applied interest rate is the cumulative of the applicable LIBOR and a 3% margin. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 under these agreements.

        On February 20, 2014, Luxoft USA, Inc. entered into a credit facility agreement with Citibank, N.A. for up to $5.5 million. The loan bears an interest rate LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 and as of March 31, 2016 under this agreement.

        On November 20, 2013, Luxoft UK Ltd., Luxoft Eastern Europe Ltd. and Luxoft GmbH entered into an uncommitted Pre- and Post-Shipment Advances Facility Agreement with Citibank Europe PLC for up to $5.0 million. On November 13, 2014 Luxoft Global Operations GmbH acceded to the mentioned Facility Agreement as a Borrowing Entity. On November 25, 2016 Citibank increased the total credit amount available for the Group to $17.4 million. This is a continuing agreement and remains in full effect subject to its terms until 30 days after the bank's receipt of written notice of termination from the borrower's agent. Under this agreement the borrower can use pre- or post-shipment advance. The interest rate for pre-shipment is LIBOR plus 2.0% per annum and the interest rate for post-shipment is LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 and as of March 31, 2016 under this agreement.

        On January 15, 2013, the Group entered into an uncommitted receivables purchase agreement with BNP Paribas Dublin Branch. Under the agreement the Group can assign certain receivables in exchange for cash based on LIBOR for the relevant purchase term (30/60 days) plus 3.0% per annum. The current limit available under this facility is up to $30 million. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 and as of March 31, 2016 under this agreement.

Overdraft facilities

        On December 27, 2016 Luxoft International Company Ltd. entered into the Facility agreement with Amsterdam Trade Bank N.V. for up to $2.0 million of the available overdraft limit. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 3.75% per annum. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017, under this facility.

        On November 12, 2013 Luxoft Professional Romania SRL entered into an overdraft facility agreement with ZAO Citibank for $0.9 million. As of March 31, 2017, this facility has not been drawn

F-30


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

8. Short-term borrowings (Continued)

down. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum overnight interest rate paid monthly. The overdraft facility is guaranteed by Luxoft Holding, Inc. and Luxoft Professional, LLC. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 and as of March 31, 2016, under this agreement.

        On October 25, 2012 Luxoft Professional, LLC entered into an overdraft facility agreement with ZAO Citibank for $3.0 million. As of March 31, 2017, this facility has not been drawn down. The overdraft facility bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum overnight interest rate paid monthly. The overdraft facility is guaranteed by Luxoft Holding, Inc. There was no outstanding amount as of March 31, 2017 and as of March 31, 2016, under this facility.

9. Consideration payables for acquisitions

        Payables for acquisitions consist of contingent consideration payable for acquisitions of businesses and software and deferred consideration payable for which contingencies have resolved. Contingent consideration, resulting from business combinations, is valued at fair value at the acquisition date as part of the business combination and is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date as discussed in Note 3 above. The determination of the fair value is based on discounted cash flows. The key assumptions take into consideration the probability of meeting each performance target and the discount factor. Contingent consideration is categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and transferred out of recurring fair value measurements when the contingency is resolved as current payable for business acquisition or software acquisition.

        The following table presents the Group's consideration payable for acquisitions as of March 31, 2017 and 2016:

 
  As of March 31,  
 
  2017   2016  

Contingent payable for business acquisition

  $ 5,652   $ 350  

Contingent payable for software acquisition

    26     29  

Current payable for business acquisition

    11,535     5,216  

Current payable for software acquisition

    8      

Total payable for acquisitions, current

    17,221     5,595  

Contingent payable for business acquisition

    32,206     7,331  

Contingent payable for software acquisition

        386  

Non-current payable for business acquisition

        4,069  

Total payable for acquisitions, non-current

  $ 32,206   $ 11,786  

Total payable for acquisitions

  $ 49,427   $ 17,381  

F-31


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

9. Consideration payables for acquisitions (Continued)

        The reconciliation from the opening balance to the closing balance for the Group's consideration payable is presented below:

 
  For the years ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

As of the beginning of the period

  $ 17,381   $ 26,101  

Additions, net of measurement period adjustment

    47,951     501  

Payments

    (4,577 )   (6,126 )

Transfers to additional paid-in capital

    (1,107 )   (559 )

Foreign currency loss

    (190 )   (25 )

Gain from revaluation

    (10,031 )   (2,511 )

As of the end of the period

  $ 49,427   $ 17,381  

10. Derivatives and hedging activities

        Operating in multiple currencies, the Group uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge certain exposures resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These foreign exchange contracts, carried at fair value, have maturities of up to twelve months and are recognized as derivative instruments. The Group enters into these foreign exchange contracts to hedge a portion of its forecasted foreign currency denominated revenue and expense in the normal course of business and accordingly, they are not speculative in nature.

        Foreign exchange contracts are classified as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured on a recurring basis at fair value. Gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of the contract and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

        The critical terms of forward contracts concluded in 2017 calendar year are the same as those of the hedged forecasted transaction; all hedging relationships are formally documented at the inception of the hedge; therefore there is no ineffectiveness to be recognized in earnings and the Group recognizes changes in the intrinsic value of these cash flow hedges in accumulated other comprehensive income in its Consolidated Balance Sheets, until the forecasted transaction occurs.

        Forward contracts concluded before January 2016 were not designated as cash flow hedge at inception and did not qualify for hedge accounting. Gain or loss on revaluation of these contracts is recognized directly in earnings as gain or loss from foreign currency exchange contract.

        The fair values of the Group's net derivative receivable of $1,072 have been classified as Level 2 as discussed in Note 2 above.

F-32


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

10. Derivatives and hedging activities (Continued)

        The Group recognized a net gain/(loss) from foreign currency exchange contracts as gain/(loss) from foreign currency contracts in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income, including foreign currency exchange contracts settled during the following periods:

Year ended March 31,  
2017   2016   2015  
$ 1,314   $ 261   $ 1,321  

        The reconciliation from the opening balance to the closing balance of foreign currency derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges and of foreign currency derivative instruments not designated as hedges for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 
  Balance as of
March 31,
2016
  Revaluation
Gain/(Loss)
  (Received from)/
paid to the
bank (net)
  Balance as of
March 31,
2017
 

Fixing to Other income/Expenses

  $ (97 ) $ 544   $ 248   $ 695  

Revaluation to Other income/Expenses

    (770 )   770          

Fixing to Revenue

        1,472     (1,105 )   367  

Fixing to Cost of Sales

        (965 )   965      

Revaluation to Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1,609 )   1,619         10  

Total

  $ (2,476 ) $ 3,440   $ 108   $ 1,072  

 

 
  Balance as of
March 31,
2015
  Revaluation
Gain/(Loss)
  Received from
the bank
(net)
  Balance as of
March 31,
2016
 

Fixing to Other income/Expenses

  $   $ 1,031   $ (1,128 ) $ (97 )

Revaluation to Other income/Expenses

        (770 )       (770 )

Revaluation to Accumulated other comprehensive loss

        (1,609 )       (1,609 )

Total

  $   $ (1,348 ) $ (1,128 ) $ (2,476 )

        As of March 31, 2017, the Group has entered into forward contracts to buy £9.7 million in total for $12.3 million in order to hedge the risk of U.S. dollar depreciation against the British pound for GBP-denominated expense; and forward contracts to sell €30.4 million in total for $32.6 million to hedge the risk of U.S. dollar appreciation against the euro for EUR-denominated revenue. All forward contracts are subject to net settlement.

        The fair values of the Group's derivative assets of $1,367 and liabilities of $295 have been classified as Level 2 as discussed in Note 2 above.

F-33


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

11. Other gain (loss)

        Other gain (loss) consisted of the following:

 
  Year ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Government grants

  $ 3,415   $ 2,885   $  

Operating rent income

    958     997     1,374  

Other gain/(loss)

    746     65     56  

Total other income/expenses

  $ 5,119   $ 3,947   $ 1,430  

        During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Group received five government grants in total amount of $3,415. The grants require certain investments in creation of new workplaces and maintaining them during certain periods of up to five years. The Group recognizes grants received as other non-operating income based on the evidence that the company has fulfilled the grant's requirements.

12. Accrued liabilities

        Accrued liabilities consist of the following as of March 31:

 
  2017   2016  

Compensation to employees

  $ 32,328   $ 23,234  

Professional services

    3,886     1,390  

Other

    2,299     2,733  

Total

  $ 38,513   $ 27,357  

13. Related party transactions

        The following table provides the balances with related parties as of March 31:

Due from related parties, current:

 
  2017   2016  

Receivable from related parties

  $ 981   $ 1,991  

Loans due from employees

    103     189  

Total due from related parties, current

  $ 1,084   $ 2,180  

Due to related parties, current:

 
  2017   2016  

Payable to related parties

  $ 460   $ 518  

Total due to related parties, current

  $ 460   $ 518  

F-34


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

13. Related party transactions (Continued)

        In the ordinary course of business, the Group provides services to and purchases goods (computers and related components) and services (rent, professional, marketing, outstaffing and management services) from IBS Group subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

        On June 5, 2015, Luxoft Global Operations and Area 52 Property AG, a company controlled by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and then current Chief Financial Officer, entered into a lease agreement for an office space of 388 square meters located at the 21 st  floor of the building in Zug, Switzerland where the Group's operating headquarters are situated at a different floor. The lease term is from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020. The base rent is $300 per annum and is subject to annual increases based on index of consumer prices not to exceed 2%.

        The goods and services include software customization and other software subcontracting services to IBS Group subsidiaries and other companies affiliated with IBS Group.

        Sales of services included software customization and other software subcontracting services to IBS Group subsidiaries and other companies affiliated with IBS Group.

        Below are the turnovers of related parties:

 
  For the year ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Sales of services

  $ 631   $ 5,592   $ 3,618  

Purchase of goods

    347     708     947  

Purchase of services

    380     267     1,620  

14. Shareholders' equity

        The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 30,000,000 Class B ordinary shares which will be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfers, transmissions, forfeitures and otherwise as the shares in issue. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company' issued and outstanding share capital was as follows:

 
  March 31, 2017   March 31, 2016  

Common stock issued:

             

Class A ordinary shares

    22,104,012     21,092,619  

Class B ordinary shares

    11,436,022     12,086,022  

Less: Common stock held in treasury

    (93,813 )   (35,579 )

Common stock outstanding

    33,446,221     33,143,062  

        The Company's authorized and issued common stock shares have no par value.

        During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company's shares held in treasury increased by 58,234 shares or $3,363. The treasury shares were withheld to pay the withholding taxes upon the vesting of the instruments granted under SOP III program discussed in Note 18 below.

F-35


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

14. Shareholders' equity (Continued)

        During the year ended March 31, 2017, 650,000 Class B ordinary shares were converted to Class A ordinary shares.

15. Income taxes

        The Group's income is subject to taxation in the United States, United Kingdom, Switzerland and various other states and foreign jurisdictions. Our major tax jurisdictions are Switzerland, United States, United Kingdom, Russia, Romania and Poland.

        Income tax expense consisted of the following:

 
  For the years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Current income tax expense

  $ (11,260 ) $ (12,670 ) $ (10,995 )

Deferred tax benefit

    3,395     562     1,167  

Total income tax expense

  $ (7,865 ) $ (12,108 ) $ (9,828 )

        The reconciliation between the income tax expenses reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and income before taxes applicable to the Group's income is provided below:

 
  Years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Computed expected tax at different tax rates of subsidiaries

  $ (10,596 ) $ (10,533 ) $ (7,955 )

Tax effect of non-deductible expenses and non-taxable income at applicable tax rates

    336     (446 )   (674 )

Accrued tax claims

    (70 )   (353 )   (100 )

Excess tax benefit on SOP

    1,411          

Exchange difference

    484     (102 )   (519 )

Tax loss carry-forwards

    (85 )   (674 )   (748 )

Benefit from a change in tax position

    655         168  

  $ (7,865 ) $ (12,108 ) $ (9,828 )

F-36


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

15. Income taxes (Continued)

        The following table summarizes major components of the Group's deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 
  For the years ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Deferred tax assets

             

Accrued operating (and interest) expenses

  $ 2,377   $ 1,727  

Net operating loss / Tax loss carry forward

    4,642     404  

Contingent consideration

    1,792     1,581  

Accrued expense for stock-based compensation

    781      

Other

    500     332  

Total deferred tax assets

  $ 10,092   $ 4,044  

Valuation allowance

    (1,724 )   (395 )

Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $ 8,368   $ 3,649  

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Accounts receivable and revenue accruals

    (766 )   (353 )

Inventory and deferred cost of revenue

    (523 )   (76 )

Property and equipment

    (2,116 )   (2,081 )

Intangible assets

    (18,447 )   (3,476 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $ (21,852 ) $ (5,986 )

Net deferred tax asset, non-current

    3,423     3,174  

Net deferred tax liability, non-current

    (16,907 )   (5,511 )

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (13,484 ) $ (2,337 )

        For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance was recorded to reflect management's best estimate of the realization of deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carry-forwards of certain lossmaking subsidiaries of the Group. Valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the foreseeable future. These evaluations are based on expectations of future taxable income, reversals of the various taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies.

        At March 31, 2017 the Group had net operating loss carryforwards of $20,151. Majority of those losses were incurred in Sweden, United States, Germany, United Kingdom and Canada. Group's net operating loss carryforwards are not going to expire in the foreseeable future. Tax benefit related to recognition of net operating losses was $1,807 for the year ended March 31, 2017.

        Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested were $15,736 and $11,496 as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Group has not recognized deferred tax liability for temporary differences related to investments in foreign Subsidiaries of the Group that are essentially permanent in duration. If such earnings and other basis differences in our investment in foreign Subsidiaries were to be repatriated in the future, they would be subject to various income taxes and applicable withholding taxes.

F-37


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

15. Income taxes (Continued)

        The amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to such investments in foreign Subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested were $804 and $605 as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        The subsidiary in Poland conducts a part of its operational activities in the territory of Krakow special economic zone ("SEZ") under the permit, which entitles the Group to use a tax incentive. The Group's profit generated from operations in the SEZ is tax exempt within the amount of tax credit calculated based on eligible investments. Since the amount of the relevant tax credit currently exceeds the amount of tax payable with respect to profits earned in the SEZ, the Group pays no income tax in relation to its operations in the SEZ. The amount of tax benefit received through the utilization of investment tax credit was $581 for the year ended March 31, 2017 and $598 for the year ended March 31, 2016.

        Income before income tax is attributed to the geographic locations as follows:

 
  For the years ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Domestic*

  $ (3,248 ) $ (9,996 ) $ (6,659 )

Foreign

    73,751     92,355     79,636  

Total income before tax expense

  $ 70,503   $ 82,359   $ 72,977  

*
Due to change of tax residence of the Group's holding company, the domestic jurisdiction was (i) the UK during the period of May 12, 2014—March 31, 2017, and (ii) Cyprus during the period of February 21, 2012—May 11, 2014.

Uncertain tax positions

        The Group's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of its provision for income taxes. There was no accrued interest and penalties resulting from such unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016. The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

 
  For the year
ended March 31,
2017
  For the year
ended March 31,
2016
 

Balance, beginning of the year

  $ 353   $  

Increases related to prior year tax positions

    55     353  

Balance, end of year

  $ 408   $ 353  

        The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits of $408 as of March 31, 2017 and $353 as of March 31, 2016, if recognized would affect Group's effective tax rate for the respective years. It is reasonably possible that $353 of unrecognized tax benefits may significantly increase or decrease within 12 months, subject to finalization of administrative proceedings with IRS related to 2009-2011 tax audit.

F-38


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

15. Income taxes (Continued)

        Group's operations in major tax jurisdictions are subject to examination for tax years 2011 through 2017, some of which are currently under audit by local tax authorities. The IRS completed its examination through our 2009-2011 tax years. All issues have been concluded except for one issue related to application of R&D tax credits, which is being resolved. The IRS is currently examining our 2012 through 2014 tax returns.

16. Commitments and contingencies

        The Group leases office space from third parties, total rent expense incurred under operating leases is the following:

For the Years ended March 31,  
2017   2016   2015  
$ 22,051   $ 23,690   $ 21,565  

        Minimal lease payments under non-cancellable operating lease contracts are expected to be as follows:

 
  Minimal lease
payments
 

For the year ended March 31, 2018

  $ 22,395  

For the year ended March 31, 2019

    17,214  

For the year ended March 31, 2020

    9,942  

For the year ended March 31, 2021

    7,952  

For the year ended March 31, 2022

    2,506  

Total

  $ 60,009  

Legal proceedings

        In the ordinary course of business, the Group may be party to various legal and tax proceedings, and subject to claims, certain of which relate to the developing markets and evolving fiscal and regulatory environments in which the Group operates. In the opinion of management, the Group's liability, if any, in all pending litigation, other legal proceedings or other matters will not have a material effect upon the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Group.

Operating environment of the Group

        Economic environment —A significant portion of the Group's business operations relate to the Central and Eastern Europe ("CEE") countries. CEE includes Poland, Romania, Bulgaria, Russia and Ukraine. CEE countries continue economic reforms and development of their legal, tax and regulatory frameworks as required by a market economy. The future stability of the CEE countries' economies is largely dependent upon these reforms and developments and the effectiveness of economic, financial and monetary measures undertaken by the governments.

F-39


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

16. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        Exchange Rate —Although the Company's reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, the Group's sales are largely denominated in U.S. dollars and euros, and, to a lesser extent, in British pounds and Russian rubles, whereas the Group's expenses are largely denominated in U.S. dollars, Russian rubles, Polish zloty, British pounds and Romanian leu. As a result, currency fluctuations, and especially the appreciation of the Russian ruble relative to the U.S. dollar and the depreciation of the euro relative to U.S. dollar, affect the Company's results of operations.

        During year ended March 31, 2017, USD appreciated against Euro by 5.9% and was on average 0.7% higher than during year ended March 31, 2016. British pound and Russian ruble were on average 15.7% higher and 1.5% lower, respectively, than during year ended March 31, 2016.

Taxation

        The tax legislation and practice in some jurisdictions in which the Group operates is unpredictable and give a rise to significant uncertainties. In particular, the tax, currency and customs legislation in Central and Eastern European (CEE) jurisdictions are subject to varying interpretations and changes, which can occur frequently. Tax laws in these jurisdictions have been in force for a relatively short period of time as compared to tax laws in more developed market economies, and tax authorities are often somewhat less advanced in their interpretation of tax laws, as well as in their enforcement and tax collection methods. It is possible that tax positions that have not been challenged by tax authorities in the past may be contested. Significant developments in transfer pricing rules, introduction of controlled foreign corporation legislation and other recent changes in tax laws bring additional uncertainty to the Group's tax affairs.

        As of March 31, 2017, management believes that its interpretation of the relevant legislation is appropriate and that the Group's tax positions will be sustained. However, due to the above reasons, it is at least reasonably possible that relevant governmental authorities in CEE countries may attempt to assess additional income and non-income taxes, against the Group or certain of its Subsidiaries. It is not practicable to determine the amount of unasserted claims that may manifest, if any, or the likelihood of any unfavorable outcome. Management will vigorously defend its positions if such claims are raised.

        The Group's operations and financial position will continue to be affected by CEE countries' application and interpretation of existing and future legislation and tax regulations. Such possible occurrences and their effect could have a severe impact on the Group's operations and its financial position.

Accrued Warranty and Indemnification

        The Group offers a basic labor warranty on its services. The basic warranty period for hardware products is typically one year from the date of acceptance of works by the customer. The Group provides currently for the estimated cost that may be incurred under its basic limited warranties at the time related revenue is recognized. Factors considered in determining appropriate accruals for product warranty obligations include the nature of services provided, historical and projected warranty claim rates, historical and projected cost-per-claim and knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of the Group's typical experience. The Group assesses the adequacy of its pre-existing warranty

F-40


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

16. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary based on actual experience and changes in future estimates.

        In the normal course of business, the Group is a party to a variety of agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These obligations typically arise in contracts where the Group customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants for certain matters such as title to assets and intellectual property rights associated with certain arrangements. The duration of these indemnifications varies, and in certain cases, is indefinite.

17. Segment information

        ASC 280 Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , established standards for reporting information about operating segments in financial statements. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in business activities about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

        The Group's chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. Consequently, the Group operates only in one operating segment.

Geographic area information

        Revenues by geographical location are as follows, based on the location of the customers:

 
  For the years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

USA

  $ 261,443   $ 202,855   $ 204,541  

UK

    213,547     223,566     159,866  

Germany

    115,301     86,332     64,723  

Russia

    36,905     32,748     36,022  

Switzerland

    34,833     23,489     10,800  

Poland

    30,940     17,009     7,870  

Romania

    21,403     14,381     3,431  

Singapore

    4,889     10,154     15,216  

Rest of Europe

    36,148     17,554     10,808  

Other

    30,152     22,664     7,271  

Total revenues by geographical location

  $ 785,561   $ 650,752   $ 520,548  

F-41


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

17. Segment information (Continued)

        Geographical information about the Group's long-lived assets is based on locations where the assets are accumulated:

 
  As of March 31,  
 
  2017   2016  

USA

  $ 132,510   $ 30,954  

Romania

    29,930     31,982  

Sweden

    26,083      

UK

    14,238     15,516  

Switzerland

    20,425     12,009  

Russia

    10,030     9,653  

Poland

    8,465     8,236  

Ukraine

    6,993     7,419  

Luxembourg

    3,152     4,765  

Germany

    5,873     3,494  

Other

    3,049     3,349  

Total

  $ 260,748   $ 127,377  

Client Information

        Revenues from the transactions with external customers with individual turnover over 10% and over 5% of total revenues are the following:

 
  For the years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Revenues over 10% of total revenues

  $ 340,538   $ 340,189   $ 293,761  

Revenues over 5% of the total revenues

  $ 388,863   $ 387,114   $ 333,404  

18. Share-based compensation

        During the financial year ended March 31, 2015, the Company launched a share-based remuneration plan (the Plan) for management of the Group. The Plan consists of remuneration programs for the CEO, the top management of the Company and other employees and consultants (hereinafter—"participants"). A total of 2,300,000 Class A common shares, with no par value, of the Company were authorized for issuance under the Plan. The shares that may be issued under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in treasury or shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase.

        On November 10, 2015, the share pool available for the Plan was extended to 2,452,000 Class A common shares, with no par value. Additionally, on that date, the Company's Board approved further annual allocation of Class A common shares to the Plan. The available for issuance share pool will be not more than the lesser of 2% of the total Company's outstanding number of shares, and 1,000,000 shares.

F-42


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

18. Share-based compensation (Continued)

        The Plan provides for the grant of options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock awards, performance share awards ("PSA"), restricted stock units ("RSUs"), cash-based awards, dividend equivalents and other stock-based awards to the Company's directors and to the Company's or affiliates' current and prospective employees and consultants and prospective employees or consultants.

        All instruments granted within the Plan by the Company are accounted for as equity instruments. The compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period which coincides with the vesting period.

        Upon exercise of the instruments, the participants receive a certain number of the Company's shares. For tax residents of the USA, the UK Switzerland or Germany personal income tax arising from exercise of the instruments in accordance with the tax legislation of the country of the participant's tax residence is withheld by the Company in form of treasury shares.

        The amount of expenses for years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 included in the accompanying statements of comprehensive income was as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  

SOP II

  $   $   $ 816  

SOP III including:

                   

Management program

    18,481     11,587     3,038  

CEO remuneration

    8,702     4,970     742  

Top Management bonus in the form of shares

    1,801     1,188     1,187  

Total

  $ 28,984   $ 17,745   $ 5,783  

        The details of each program within the Plan are discussed below.

Top Management Bonus

        On August 12, 2014, the Board of Directors adopted share-based remuneration plan ("Top bonus") for management of the Group. The program was approved by the Company's shareholders on November 14, 2014. In accordance with the terms of the Top bonus, the Company granted 164,257 RSUs which entitle the holders to receive a fixed number of Class A shares, allocated for issuance under this plan, at no cost subject to continued service conditions. The grant-date fair value of each RSU was $36.17.

F-43


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

18. Share-based compensation (Continued)

        The RSUs are subject to service conditions and are vesting in annual increments over a five-year period as follows:

 
  RSUs  

March 31, 2015

    32,851  

March 31, 2016

    32,851  

March 31, 2017

    32,851  

March 31, 2018

    32,851  

March 31, 2019

    32,853  

    164,257  

        The first and the second tranches were vested and exercised as of March 31, 2017. The third tranche was pending approval of the Company's Board of Directors which took place in May 2017. The following schedule presents the information about the RSUs outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016:

 
  As of March 31,  
 
  2017   2016  

The number of RSUs outstanding, units

    65,704     98,555  

The weighted-average remaining contractual term, days

    548     730  

The intrinsic value of the RSUs outstanding, in thousands of the U.S. dollars

  $ 4,110   $ 5,423  

        The intrinsic value of the RSUs exercised during financial years 2017 and 2016 was $2,055 and $1,808 respectively.

        As of March 31, 2017, the total compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs not yet recognized was $2,376.

        Additionally, based on the results of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, the Board of Directors approved bonus in amount of $613 in form of shares, which resulted in issuance of 9,130 shares. This expense was included in the total expense on Top Management bonus in the form of shares.

CEO remuneration

        In accordance with the program approved on November 14, 2014, 328,513 RSUs were granted to the CEO of the Company. The RSUs are subject to vesting in annual increments over a five-year period. The program does not provide for an automatic exercise of the vested RSUs and requires a submission of an exercise notice.

        On November 10, 2015, additional 328,513 RSUs, subject to service and market conditions, were granted to the CEO. The RSUs will vest on August 12, 2019, subject to continued employment and certain level of average market capitalization of the Company during the last 6 months prior to the vesting date.

F-44


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

18. Share-based compensation (Continued)

        The grant-date share prices in U.S. dollars for the two grants were as follows:

 
  Dec 16,
2014 grant
  Nov 10,
2015 grant
 

Grant-date share price

    36.21     70.3  

        The RSUs have no exercise price. The vesting schedule for both grants is presented below:

 
  RSUs  

August 12, 2015

    65,702  

August 12, 2016

    65,702  

August 12, 2017

    65,702  

August 12, 2018

    65,702  

August 12, 2019

    394,218  

    657,026  

        As of March 31, 2017, the first and the second tranches were vested, but not exercised. The following schedule presents the information about the RSUs outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and 2016:

 
  As of March 31,  
 
  2017   2016  

The number of RSUs outstanding, units

    657,026     657,026  

The weighted-average remaining contractual term, days

    727     986  

The intrinsic value of the RSUs outstanding, in thousands of the U.S. dollars

  $ 41,097   $ 36,156  

        As of March 31, 2017, the total compensation cost related to non-vested instruments not yet recognized was $20,576.

SOP III

        On November 11, 2014, the Board of directors adopted the Incentive Compensation Plan for the employees and consultants of the Group ("SOP III"). The SOP III became effective on November 14, 2014, the date on which the Company's shareholders approved the program.

F-45


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

18. Share-based compensation (Continued)

        The SOP III provides for the grant of SARs, RSUs and PSA to the current and prospective employees and consultants of the Group. The following table presents the vesting schedule of the instruments granted:

 
  PSAs   SARs   RSUs  

January 1, 2016

    264,690     91,652     147,131  

January 1, 2017

    356,612     134,339     211,337  

January 1, 2018

    356,612     139,275     225,471  

January 1, 2019

    463,672     195,515     285,189  

    1,441,586     560,781     869,128  

        RSUs awarded under the SOP III entitle the holder to receive a fixed number of Class A shares at no cost subject to continued service conditions. The holders of RSUs have no rights to dividends or dividends equivalent. Since the exercise price for the RSUs granted under the SOP III is zero, the fair values of the grants were measured using fair values of shares at the date of grant including 3% annual attrition rate.

        SARs issued under the SOP III to certain participants who reside in the US entitle the holder to receive a number of Class A shares at no cost determined by reference to appreciation from and after the date of grant in the fair market value of a Class A share over the grant price.

        PSAs awarded under the SOP III to certain participants who reside outside the US entitle the holder to receive a fixed number of Class A shares at no cost subject to continued service conditions and determined by reference to the fair market value of Class A share at the exercise date.

        The fair value of SARs and PSAs was measured using Longstaff—Schwartz model. Valuation of SARs and PSAs was made using the following assumptions:

Risk free interest rate

    2 %

Expected dividend yield

    0 %

Attrition rate

    3 %

Volatility factor

    40 %

 

Grant date
  Grant-date
share price, $
 

Dec 16, 2014

    36.21  

May 12, 2015

    52.80  

Jan 1, 2016

    71.36  

Feb 11, 2016

    55.64  

Apr 1, 2016

    56.46  

June 27, 2016

    52.66  

Nov 10, 2016

    48.85  

F-46


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

18. Share-based compensation (Continued)

        The following table reconciles the quantity of restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and performance share awards as of March 31, 2016, to the quantity as of March 31, 2017:

 
  Restricted
stock units
  Stock
Appreciation
Rights
  Performance
Share
Awards
 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2016

    524,302     314,217     1,038,409  

Granted during the period

    210,609     127,195     157,272  

Exercised during the period

    (230,115 )   (34,144 )   (196,001 )

Cancelled during the period

    (1,433 )        

Forfeited during the period

    (31,293 )   (55,945 )   (60,522 )

Outstanding as of March 31, 2017

    472,070     351,323     939,158  

        During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company granted additional 102,181 shares as an incentive to its employees. Of those granted, 35,769 shares vested and were exercised during the year and 66,412 are expected to vest and be exercised during the year ending March 31, 2018.

        The following table summarizes information about restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and performance share awards for the period from March 31, 2016, to March 31, 2017:

 
  Restricted
stock units
  Stock
Appreciation Rights
  Performance
Share Awards
 
 
  Quantity   Weighted
Average
grant-date
fair value, $
  Quantity   Weighted
Average
grant-date
fair value, $
  Quantity   Weighted
Average
grant-date
fair value, $
 

Non-vested as of March 31, 2016

    524,302     37.30     280,394     4.55     1,009,887     5.29  

Granted during the period

    210,609     51.56     127,195     2.30     157,272     4.41  

Vested during the period

    (241,046 )   41.05     (134,339 )   5.39     (356,612 )   6.42  

Cancelled during the period

    (1,433 )   55.64                  

Forfeited during the period

    (31,293 )   36.21     (55,945 )   4.76     (60,522 )   5.27  

Non-vested as of March 31, 2017

    461,139     41.87     217,305     2.66     750,025     4.57  

F-47


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

18. Share-based compensation (Continued)

        The schedule below summarizes the information about restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and performance share awards outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2017:

 
  Restricted
stock
units
  Stock
Appreciation
Right
  Performance
Share
Award
 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2017

                   

Number of instruments

    461,139     217,305     750,025  

Intrinsic value, in thousands of the U.S. dollars

  $ 32,129   $ 4,388   $ 15,093  

Weighted-average remaining contractual term, days

    477     489     482  

Vested and exercisable as of March 31, 2017

                   

Number of instruments

        97,304     169,147  

Intrinsic value, in thousands of the U.S. dollars

  $   $ 2,035   $ 4,107  

        No instruments were exercised during financial years 2015. The following table summarizes information about the intrinsic value of Company's restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and performance share awards exercised during 2016 and 2017:

 
  2017   2016  

Total intrinsic value of RSUs exercised

  $ 32,129   $ 10,376  

Total intrinsic value of SARs exercised

  $ 4,388   $ 2,211  

Total intrinsic value of PSAs exercised

  $ 15,093   $ 9,291  

        The total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized is $41,905 at March 31, 2017.

19. Earnings per share

        Net income per common share for all periods presented has been determined in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share , by dividing income available to ordinary shareholders of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

        The vested rights to the Group's shares granted to employees under the stock option plans are considered participating securities since they have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents during the period from the vesting date to the date they are transferred to the participant from Luxoft SOP S.A. and thus require the two-class method of computing EPS. When calculating diluted EPS, the numerator is computed by adding back the undistributed earnings allocated to the participating securities in arriving at the basic EPS and then reallocating such undistributed earnings among the Company's ordinary shares, participating securities and the potential ordinary shares that result from the assumed exercise of all dilutive options. The denominator is increased to include the number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding had the options been exercised.

        Stock splits are accounted for retrospectively assuming the number of shares for all periods presented.

F-48


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

19. Earnings per share (Continued)

        The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the holders of the Groups' Class A and Class B ordinary shares are identical, except with respect to voting and dividends in the form of shares or rights to acquire shares. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote per share. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes per share and will be convertible at any time into one Class A ordinary share. As a result, the undistributed earnings for each year are allocated based on the contractual participation rights of the Class A and Class B ordinary shares as if the earnings for the year had been distributed. As the liquidation and dividend rights are identical (save for where dividends are paid in the form of shares or rights to acquire shares), the undistributed earnings are allocated on a proportionate basis. Further, as the Group assumes the conversion of Class B common stock in the computation of the diluted net income per Class A ordinary share, the undistributed earnings are equal to net income for that computation. The computation of the diluted net income per Class A ordinary share assumes the conversion of Class B ordinary shares, while the diluted net income per Class B ordinary share does not assume the conversion of those shares.

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
  Years ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  Class A   Class B   Class A   Class B   Class A   Class B  
 
  (In thousands U.S. dollars, except share amounts and EPS)
 

Basic EPS

                                     

Numerator

                                     

Net income attributable to the Group

  $ 40,346   $ 22,292   $ 42,976   $ 27,275   $ 24,963   $ 38,186  

Denominator

                                     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

    21,436,667     11,844,104     20,156,818     12,792,989     12,962,222     19,828,489  

Basic EPS

                                     

Net income attributable to the Group

  $ 1.88   $ 1.88   $ 2.13   $ 2.13   $ 1.93   $ 1.93  

Net income attributable to the Group

    40,346     22,292     42,976     27,275     24,963     38,186  

Reallocation of net income as a result of conversion of Class B to Class A ordinary shares

    22,292         27,275         38,186      

Net income attributable to the Group

  $ 62,638   $ 22,292   $ 70,251   $ 27,275   $ 63,149   $ 38,186  

Denominator

                                     

Conversion of Class B to Class A shares

    11,844,104         12,792,989         19,828,489      

Stock option plans

    719,903     719,903     1,138,407     1,138,407     321,042     321,042  

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

    34,000,674     12,564,007     34,088,214     13,931,396     33,111,753     20,149,531  

Diluted net income attributable to the Group per share

  $ 1.84   $ 1.77   $ 2.06   $ 1.96   $ 1.91   $ 1.90  

20. Employee Benefit Plans

        Luxoft Global Operations GmbH maintains a mandatory defined benefit pension plan in accordance with the legislation of Switzerland, which obliges all Swiss employers to provide a minimum

F-49


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

pension plan for their employees. According to the plan, contributions are defined by the plan regulations and cannot be decreased without amending the plan regulations. In pension funds the employer has to pay at least as much as the employees. Swiss pension funds are legally independent from the employer. Funding is granted there by means of defined savings contributions on individual retirement assets implementing a guaranteed interest rate (1.75% for 2015, 1.25% for 2016 and 1.00% for 2017) and a fixed conversion rate (6.8%) for old age pensions of the retirement asset.

        The Group accounts for its defined benefit pension plan in accordance with ASC Subtopic 715-30, Defined Benefit Plans—Pension. Benefits under this plan are based on the employees' years of service and compensation.

        The present value of the Projected Benefit Obligation (PBO) is determined using the projected unit method. The following inputs were used in benefit calculations:

 
  Years ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Discount rate at April 1, 2016 and 2015

    0.5 %   0.9 %

Expected rate of return on plan assets at April 1, 2016 and 2015

    2.5 %   3.0 %

Discount rate at March 31, 2017 and 2016

    0.6 %   0.5 %

Expected rate of return on plan assets at March 31, 2017 and 2016

    2.5 %   2.5 %

Future salary increases

    1.0 %   1.5 %

Future pension increases

    0.0 %   0.0 %

Expected average remaining working lives in years

    11     11  

        Mortality and disability rates used were in accordance with the mortality tables "BVG 2015" (generation tables) published in December 2015.

        Luxoft Global Operations GmbH is affiliated via contract with the collective foundation AXA Foundation for Occupational Benefits. As there is no financial statement for each contract separately, the plan assets at fair value correspond to the lump sum of savings of the plan participants at reporting date. The collective foundation is responsible for the investment of the assets. The plan assets consist entirely of insurance assets.

F-50


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The change in the projected benefit obligations for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 is as following:

 
  For the years
ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Balance at the beginning of period

  $ 1,989   $ 603  

Interest cost

    9     11  

Current service cost

    458     398  

Prior service costs

        (50 )

Contributions by plan participants

    (742 )   699  

Actuarial loss on obligation

    (619 )   287  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

    (54 )   41  

Balance at the end of period

  $ 1,041   $ 1,989  

        The fair value of pension plan's investments is presented below. The inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of these assets are discussed in Note 2 and have been applied consistently.

 
  For the years
ended
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Balance at the beginning of period

  $ 1,199   $ 274  

Actual return on plan assets

    (50 )   (26 )

Contribution paid

    251     233  

Benefits (paid)/deposited

    (742 )   699  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

    (33 )   19  

Balance at the end of period

  $ 625   $ 1,199  

        The funded status of the plan and the amounts recognized in the statement of financial position as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are as follows:

 
  As of
March 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Benefit obligations

  $ 1,041   $ 1,989  

Fair value of plan assets

    625     1,199  

Underfunded

  $ 416   $ 790  

        At March 31, 2017 and 2016, the plan liabilities in amounts of $416 and $790, respectively, were recognized within other non-current liabilities.

F-51


Table of Contents


Luxoft Holding, Inc

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Group recognized $483, $413 and $99 respectively, of net periodic pension cost within selling, general and administrative expenses and $583, $378 and nil, respectively, of unrecognized actuarial loss in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

        In 2018 financial year, the Group estimates to amortize $5 of prior service cost and $43 of net actuarial loss from accumulated other comprehensive income into pension cost.

21. Subsequent events

        On April 3, 2017, the Group made the final payment to former Radius shareholders in accordance with the amended SPA in the amount of $10,922.

F-52



Luxoft Holding, Inc. (NYSE:LXFT)
Historical Stock Chart
From Mar 2024 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Luxoft Holding, Inc. Charts.
Luxoft Holding, Inc. (NYSE:LXFT)
Historical Stock Chart
From Apr 2023 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Luxoft Holding, Inc. Charts.